# Category: Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## COMPLETION OF THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRUE PARENTS

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### December 6, 1992
Belvedere, New York
Translator – Sang Kil Han

Today is the sixth of December. What does December seventh signify? It is the anniversary of Pearl Harbor Day, the day when World War II really began. That was fifty-one years ago, more than half a century.

Can anybody repeat the title of today’s sermon? Yes, it is, Completion of the Responsibilities of True Parents. We are the only people who have a concept such as “True Parents.” Famous scholars and learned people do not have such an understanding as ours. The understanding of True Parents originated from Father himself.

Once we truly understand the Fall of man, it is easy to understand the idea of True Parents. Yet, this simple fact has not been disclosed to mankind until now. (Speaking to a sister in audience:) Take off your hood, please. Once we come into the room, we shouldn’t wear hoods or hats on our heads. Even though the Catholics cover their heads in church, now is the time for liberation, so we don’t have to do that any more! Are you here for the first time?

After Adam and Eve fell, God chased them out of the Garden. Did God then follow them and bless them in marriage, or did they begin married life on their own? Yes, they did that by themselves, and upon whom were they centered? They were centered on someone other than God, namely Satan. There is no way of denying that that is how the lineage of mankind started: with Satan’s love, Satan’s life, and Satan’s lineage. Therefore, each and every person has been born with Satan’s blood. Because of that fact, the history of restoration has taken such a very long time.

We have to know that this is something which God cannot solve. It is the parents who have to solve this by first understanding, then discovering the prescription for correcting it. Since that was the responsibility of the parents, it has taken a long time in history. God could not help the parents because that was their responsibility. Parents were supposed to be completed, but instead, uncompleted parents came to be. Now they have the responsibility to become completed.

When we speak of “parents” in this sense, it has the same meaning as messiah, as the Second Coming, or savior. The idea of True Parents is the messianic idea, the concept of savior. At the end times, we see families, as well as countries have broken up. The messiah is needed to repair and mend not only families, but also countries. To repair broken families, we need True Parents. To repair broken countries, we need the savior. Families need the True Parents, countries need the savior. True Parents provide the formula for the ideal home. The savior provides the formula for ideal nation. So we need True Parents and we need the savior.

These translations have to be exact. Sometimes a slightly different word may confuse you a lot. If I don’t detect the problem, then I can just go on, but if I do hear some slight mistranslation, I have to correct it.

As we said, the title today is, Completion of the Responsibilities of True Parents. We must know that whatever God wants to uphold, Satan wants to destroy. That is what the Fall is all about. The Fall destroyed what was most precious to God. Beginning with the family, extending to the country and going out to the cosmos, Satan destroyed God’s domain. When the end times come, and as man has the potential to come back to God, the worst things will appear and go against what God desires. Those bad things will not last forever and ever. Actually, that’s near destruction, then they will be destroyed.

In Noah’s time, the flood judgment came. As the time got near, the judgment took place. We saw similar events throughout history. Look at the time of Jesus. The Jewish religion and the nation that had been fostered for 2,000 years was almost destroyed, and there was so much bloodshed after Jesus came. Since Jesus was actually killed and God’s will was not upheld, there was an enormous amount of indemnity to pay. In fact, it was not fulfilled until after the last World War, when a staggering number of people had to suffer. Six million is an enormous number of people.

Whoever helps to kill True Parents can never be forgiven. At the time of the Second Coming, this phenomenon also comes to be seen. The children who go against the Parents cannot be tolerated. It’s like the heavens as well as the earth cannot tolerate them. Do you follow?

Looking at today’s world, everything is close to destruction. That is because we are living in the end times. In the last days, Satan wants the most precious things to be destroyed. America, for instance, has been the leading nation of the world and has been centered upon the Christian philosophy. What about Christianity today? Do the average Christians really know that God exists? If so, how can it be that the churches are declining in membership, especially among young people? What do you think is the reason? Do you think that Christians truly believe in God, or are they not so sure, or do they not believe at all? As a matter of fact, when we look at the churches, we cannot find anything which God needs. God certainly needs something, and He should be able to find it in the church.

Why did God raise up Christianity? The purpose of all Christian churches is to accomplish the things which Jesus was trying to accomplish. Isn’t that true? What was Jesus’ mission? Jesus’ mission was to create the true individual, true family, true nation and to liberate God, as well as to accomplish the absolute environment. Within churches, do we see any true families? What about true clans? Are there true people? We cannot find these things which God needs in any of the Christian churches. Therefore, whatever we see in the churches is not of use to God. God cannot find anything useful for His purpose in the Christian churches today. On the other hand, the things which Satan needs and enjoys are in abundance. For instance, individualism is rampant everywhere, even within the churches. Is that God’s idea or Satan’s? Yes, it is Satan’s. Is there any true unity between churches? How many different denominations exist within Christianity? There are hundreds and hundreds of them. Is that God’s will? Does God want to see such a thing? Satan wants to separate people. He doesn’t want to see people coming into unity. Are churches supposed to be evangelizing for more money? No, they are supposed to be utilizing and spreading True Love. That is what they are supposed to be evangelizing. So we must clearly see and understand that what God needs the most can no longer be found within Christian churches.

Where, then, is God? Where should He be? He should be wherever the ideal of creation is being fulfilled. The completion of the ideal of creation means finding a man and a woman who reflect the nature of God Himself, and then for them to come together to form a God-like family. Even though we cannot become exactly like God, at least we will be such people that God will want to follow, to live with. Has anyone-here or in the outside world-become like that? Do you want your own children to love you and treat you with affection, or do you want them to oppose you and treat you harshly? Certainly, you want your children to love you. By the same token, you feel like being close to your own physical parents and enjoying a good relationship with them, don’t you? Parents also want to be able to lean on and depend upon their own children. So we must create the environment within our family that allows the parents to freely lean on the children whenever they want to. The children should never rebuff them.

By the same token, in the churches, God would like to be able to lean on His own people, but how many people welcome being leaned on by God? Most people would let God lean on them only if God was bringing them some blessing; in other words out of selfish thinking, not out of love for God. Do you think that someone can be prepared for God to lean on him by attending a forty-minute church service once a week, listening to a brief sermon? Does the minister reading the Bible truly understand the Bible? No, he is just reading it. Are those people who say, “I am a good Christian,” really great Christians? They may be proud to call themselves Catholic, Protestant and so forth, but they have nothing to be proud of. God is even rejected in the true sense by Christians, so how can God visit the Christian churches and expect something?

Jesus established Christianity, but did he achieve a success there? The conclusion now is obviously not. Jesus could not succeed in making the Christian churches serve God’s purpose. Isn’t that truly obvious? So God started chasing the young people out of the churches, actually, because those churches were not worthy. These young people leave the churches and go out into the secular world. Wherever they go, they find bad situations, worse than the churches. The churches are the entity which should be doing something about this evil world, which should be applying the brakes to the downhill slide of evil society, but the churches are not able to do that. Instead, the church is being dragged down by these influences. That’s not the way the church should be. So God had to send the Lord of the Second Advent to save the evil world.

God will talk to Satan and say, “You have done everything you wanted to do. You have tried everything you wanted to try, correct?” Satan will have to answer yes. The individual, family, and all the valuable things have been destroyed and it’s a dark world. In this great Christian nation of America, can you name one man or woman of whom God can be truly proud? Is there one man or one woman about whom God can claim, “I am truly proud of that person”? What is your opinion, do you think we can find such a person in America or not? You Americans, who have had such ideals about being great, answer this. The clear answer is no. There are plenty of students in the Ivy League schools about whom others say, “He is a real genius,” but such a person is living almost like a dog, a bad dog at that. This should really make you angry to hear, but instead you laugh. Is that because you realize how true it is?

What about the government of this country, is it something which God can be proud of? No, the government is certainly no exception to what we have said. The Bush administration, which has now been defeated, was not any better than the individuals of this country. They are all dog-like. Is there any place where God can dwell in this country? Just imagine. The White House is an illustrious place, and the one who occupies the White House-George Bush-has such a great position. Do you think God will be attracted to, and follow the president because God can see hope in him? Will God want to follow Barbara Bush or any of their children just because of their position in this country? Even if they expressed a desire to get closer to God, God would say, “Not the way you are now,” and He would just chase them out.

When this is true, such a country should be destroyed. It should never be respected. When some patriotic person hears such a denunciation of his country, do you think he would feel happy or unhappy? He could not feel happy. How should he feel toward Reverend Moon when he hears me describing what is true in his country? When a person hears the truth, he should accept it, even though it does not make him feel happy. That is why I have been so opposed in this country. I have been speaking the truth about this country and many people came against me, to the point of even putting me in prison. Should I have said to myself, “I guess I had better stop doing this because the people don’t like it”? Why not? I cannot stop speaking the truth because there are people who will hear me and change, along with those who oppose me and who refuse to accept the truth.

How many people are there who have truly followed in the footsteps of Reverend Moon? When the Christmas season comes, you all want to visit your homes, don’t you? There are lots of things you like to do, such as having a good time at holiday get-togethers, eating hamburgers and cheese. That is how you feel, isn’t it? Or, do you feel you have more significant things to focus on? Even though so many of you in the past wanted to go home for the Christmas season, I usually wouldn’t allow that. How many people really understood my direction and were even happy to stay with their mission? Even though God brought all of you here and separated you from the secular world, training you to become useful to God and to the rest of mankind, there have not been many people who have truly followed in True Parents’ footsteps. Have you ever seen anyone who really understood what Father was teaching and said, “Yes, this is so important that I want to go ahead of him. Even if he can’t do it, I will do it”? Do you see such American members? Is there anyone here who has thought to himself, “Father always points out the things that are wrong with America, and I have already seen these things. I will go out and try to correct these problems so Father can rest. I will take care of it.” Is there such a brother or sister in the Unification Church of America? Everyone should be like that, but how many are? Should Father be the one standing in the front all the time? You all answer, “No, you should not,” but are you even truly following me? You need to think about that.

Just like a drunken person, you want to excuse yourself somehow, to find an excuse not to join me in such hard work. If you are like that, you must stop and think about it. Is there anyone in the Unification Church who truly wants to go ahead of me in this work? You may answer “Yes,” and that is a good answer, but there is no enthusiasm in your voice. You are very uncertain in your answer. Is what I am saying true, or is it way out of proportion? It is simply, really true.

After I have completely fulfilled my responsibilities here in America, should I stay here, or should I leave? (You should leave.) Do you say that joyfully, knowing how much other places need to be saved, such as Africa? Or do you say that because you hate Father and you are glad to see him leave? (No!) I have worked for a long time here in America, teaching and doing many other activities. I have done everything which God expected me to do here and more than that. United to Serve America and the Women’s Federation for World Peace are the completion of everything I need to do here. I have already accomplished on the world level. Now this is truly the time for me to return to my home. You, too, have returned to your hometowns, right? You have become tribal messiahs and have gone back to your homes. Now you are on your own. Father, as the messiah on the world level, is one step ahead of you, so I must go back to my home country of Korea and do the hard work of reunifying Korea.

When you really understand history and God’s dispensation, you know that the unification of Korea is not going to be accomplished by politicians. That gigantic task is only going to be accomplished by True Parents. Therefore, I made a strong proclamation before I left the last time, saying “Korea had better listen to what I say, or else the path will be impossible.” Do you want to know why? (Yes.) There is a reason why, but I am not going to explain it to you here because you have your own responsibility. Actually, I made this same proposal to your president, but he did not respond. He is now out of office. If America wants to become a truly peaceful country and create a peaceful world, then it must have a clear plan to achieve that. There must be a formula by which that can be done. Father suggested a unification plan and they shook their heads.

The first Israel, second Israel and third Israel-these concepts are already clear to you. Of course, everybody understands the first Israel. The second Israel is Christianity, represented by the American nation. The third Israel is Korea. America has occupied a very important position in history. When America takes the objective, minus position then peace can be achieved. Why must it be in the minus position? Christian countries are in the position of bride countries. Therefore, America is in the position of bride to the groom. The bride exists for the groom.

Alpha is Israel, Omega is in Korea. Jesus and Israel needed a bride and because there was no bride available, they really suffered. So the central problems of the world today are Israel and Korea. Now Korea is in a great political turmoil and America is religiously in the same situation. It is like mind and body, not fulfilling what they should be doing. They have the same destiny. Father told the Bush administration exactly that. It is very simple. I suggested this during the Conference on World Peace. I said to Mr. Bush, “All you have to do is just acknowledge this by signing it. I will gather together all 160 nations and let you be the leader of these countries. Then you will be able to accomplish perfect peace among all the nations.” I said that to Mr. Bush. “You don’t have to do anything. I will provide all the plans and I will even do that for you.” Furthermore, I suggested that he choose Korea as the “Eternal Country of Peace.” After that, all America would have to do would be to support Korea in a small way economically, in order that they could continue to prosper. That is a very small part of the overall job. Then Israel would follow in America’s footsteps, and when that happens, Israel would not have any more problems with war.

I said this to Bush and I told him that he would become a historic figure. He would have a role in history which no one would ever be able to deny. But Bush didn’t listen and he rejected my idea, which was God’s will. Where is he now? He is out of office. After I met with Kim Il Sung, I sent to him a carefully thought out plan. Even to this day, I have received no answer from him. That means he is thinking, “What is Reverend Moon’s idea?” Through The Washington Times and the other media which we have at our disposal, I introduced this whole concept, even bringing to America an interview with Kim Il Sung, who is the most remote national leader in the world. It was Father himself who softened Kim’s attitude toward America, the very Kim Il Sung who has been going against America. It didn’t really take so much money to make such a thing happen. The world knows by now that even though Reverend Moon may have money, he does not use it for himself. American truly needed help, and Father had all the help they needed. I offered it to them, spending my own effort and money to help them. Still this country doesn’t come along. Even God feels there is nothing more he can do in this country.

Those of you here who are internationally married, raise your hands. More than half. I took even one step beyond. I feel that even if by some chance America totally fails the dispensation, I cannot let all the church members here die along with the rest of the country. At least I have to safeguard you Unification Church members, who are the seed of the new world. So I encouraged international marriages. It wasn’t easy to have so many international marriages, and many short-sighted people bitterly opposed it. But by making so many of those marriages, you can go out easily. I know that Australia and New Zealand welcome Americans. Therefore, you Americans now have a great place to go! These two countries together occupy a larger area than the United States, yet they have a very small population, less than thirty million. Australia has about seventeen million and New Zealand has about ten million. Korea is twenty times smaller.

If I directed all of you to move to Australia, would you go? (Yes!) There are a lot of kangaroos there. I saw two male kangaroos boxing with each other, just like two men. They were trading punches back and forth just like professional boxers. I thought, “This is quite a show!” I am thinking about so many things for your sake, things which you cannot even imagine. I have ideas about where you should move, how you can prosper, and so many different kinds of plans. Do you welcome that kind of thinking on my part, or do you say, “Father, don’t worry about us”? Which one? Well, if I didn’t worry about you, in the future you might become alcoholics, free sex people, homosexual and lesbians. (No!) When a society is full of such problems, you can become influenced by them. Of course, you will be opposed, and no way can you stand alone. Until now, Father has been protecting you by taking all the blame. I have been the scapegoat so that you wouldn’t be blamed. Perhaps in the future, people will say, “Well, Reverend Moon has left the country. Why do we need any Moonies at all?” If they say that and start to strongly oppose you, do you think you will be able to survive?

Will you start to say, “Oh boy, now I am finally free of someone looking over my shoulder and telling me what to do. Now I can go off and enjoy drinking, dancing, and free sex”? Do you remember the way you were before you joined the Unification Church? Even though you wanted to stop drinking, smoking or doing other destructive things, you didn’t have the power to do so. Do you remember that? Yes or no? (Yes.) That is why Father is always thinking about your future. Is that a happy and fortunate thing, or not? Without that, how can you live? I never say whether or not I am a good father, but I do give you a lot of “don’ts.” I tell you, “Don’t become too complacent and comfortable. Always go out and suffer and work hard.” I have been constantly restraining you in that way. Do you like that?

I have observed the Japanese sisters who came here to America full of life and energy, became Americanized. When they first arrived, they felt, “I have to do whatever I can to save this country.” But now when I look at them, my heart aches. Have you Japanese women become Americanized, or has America become “Japanese woman-ized”? Who influenced whom? You Japanese women, please answer me. Have you influenced America, or have you been influenced by America? Then what is your choice, would you prefer to stay here or go back to Japan and live? Hmm. Is that a sign of being Americanized?

If I decided to send you out to Siberia or the tundra area of mainland China, would you go? Would you tell me you would rather stay here? At least I find hope in you because when I asked if you would go to Siberia, you answered “Yes” wholeheartedly. That, at least, is hopeful. Even just the sound of that “Yes” is good to hear! But is that only mere sound, or is it reality? You would really go? You Japanese sisters all came here because of Father, right, not because your husband wanted to come here. So when Father leaves this country, would you also leave? Think quickly and answer! (Go with Father.) Why would you go along with me? It is because wherever Father goes, there is peace, safety and hope. Think about that and decide within yourself.

It is very possible that I would say, “Those who want to follow me, get ready to go to Siberia.” I would expect you to go. Would you go, or not? Not you Americans, I am talking to the Japanese sisters. This is really serious. I am not making a joke. Why? Because of very practical concerns. You would give birth to children here. You may be all right, but you would have only a little control over your children. They would be one of the children in the neighborhood, one of the school kids, and they could become influenced into pursuing free sex, alcoholism, and there would be nothing you could do; no protection. Until now you survived and your children were protected. Why? Because Father has been pouring out all his power, going directly smack against the nation. That strength supported you. But if I don’t do that any more, I fear that you will no longer be safe.

Do not have any more hope in America if I truly leave this country. America will never be the same if that happens. The new President-elect must not know what he is talking about. He says that he will lift the ban on homosexuals in the military and he will be very permissive toward abortion. The result of that kind of policy will be terrible confusion in society, worse than we have ever seen. Then the Christians will have to become aware for the first time of what is going on. They will say, “We must repent. We need God.” But already they are so weak, they cannot even move. They will look around and see that Reverend Moon is the only hope for doing God’s will, but if Reverend Moon never comes here any more, they will truly have no hope. Reverend Moon has been the focus point for God in America. If he is no longer here, then that focus point will be gone, too. This is a very serious topic.

Since Reverend Moon would not be available, they would go to his followers, the Moonies, and say, “Please help us.” Although you will want to help them, will you have the power or capability to help them all by yourself without Father being nearby? Do you think you can help America all by yourself? That means you have to make plans now because the time will come when I am no longer here. We have to plan now. Do you understand? Will you be ready when that time comes and will you know what to do?

The United States has a special responsibility for the whole world, according to God’s dispensation. Have you ever thought about the extent of suffering which will come about if America should fail to fulfill its mission? The future of this country will become more miserable than that of the first Israel nation. For forty years, and especially during the past twenty years, which has been the prime time of my life, I have been shedding so many tears for the sake of America and the free world. Has America ever paid attention the direction we go in the world today, we can ask people what they think will be the future of America and they say that it will be difficult. By the same token, those of you here believe that if America continues along the same path, her future will be very dismal.

God sent Reverend Moon to America to help it and save it. This country not only failed to respond, but also sent me to prison. Name one other person who came from another country and never said, “Please give me,” but rather invested such a huge amount for the sake of this country. Can you name one other person? As you know, one billion dollars was spent just for The Washington Times. Why would an individual spend so much for The Washington Times? The only purpose was for saving this country. No other purpose is possible. As it turns out, all this money has been invested for the sake of the country which has rejected me. Just think about how this country has treated me. They do anything toward me they feel like. When I arrive at the airport in this country, those who work there say very rude things to me, some even treating me like a drug smuggler. That is how far away from God they are.

The average American does not know about this, but this is what America is doing to me. Why should I come to America as often as I do? Even God will say, “Why should you come here when they not only ignore what you say, but even treat you so badly?” People point at Reverend Moon, saying bad things, and that I am a lowly person. How about you? Have you really upheld and supported and loved me? I don’t think you have. Whatever the so-called American leaders did and said to Father, you may not think it is serious, but what you said in essence is extremely bothersome to me. There are countries which treat me with great respect, even like their own head of state. I am speaking about this publicly for the first time. I could not give up on America because of God’s will, but now I have done enough for the sake of this country.

There is no reason I should have to endure the insults which American people give to me. Why should someone continue to bring things to people who just shout, “Go away,” and hate you? We could talk for a long, long time about these kinds of things. I fear the effect upon this nation of even one harsh word on my part. That is why I have always restrained myself, trying to figure out other angles of approach, rethinking, and trying to forget the past. That is what I have done for this country. Essentially, because of you Moonies I have been doing this, but if the Moonies crumble as well, nothing will stop Father from cursing this country. Do you follow? This is very serious. Therefore, you should become even more serious in order to protect America.

The Christian nation is in the position of bride. And the Israelites, where Cain and Abel become one and grow . . . a mother and will prepare a bride, and eventually the messiah who is the groom. All of that was the will of God in the true Israel nation. Because the bride is prepared, now the bridegroom, who is the messiah, comes. Because of the fall, false parents and false children came about. If there had been no fall, the order would have been God, Adam and Eve, and Cain and Abel. Then, of course, Cain and Abel would have been the children of the first true parents, Adam and Eve. If this had happened, then God could have claimed His tribes and countries, and He could have done whatever He desired. Instead, Satan came into God’s position and there were false parents and false children. That was the effect of the fall-false love, false life, and false lineage, and that is what has filled the earth up to now. That is the reality of the world today.

The work which you must fulfill at this time is to separate yourself from being false children, living according to falsehood, and enter into true relationships. We all have love within us, but the world has been a part of Satan’s false love and life and lineage. All of mankind has deserved to be destroyed because of this, but since God cannot do this and does not want to do this, He has been working to graft mankind into the new love, new life and new lineage in order to save mankind.

That has been the central purpose of religion, and that means uniting the mind and body of man upon God. Mind and body, plus and minus. The fall took place here. The body is supposed to be in the minus position to the mind, which is in the plus position. Because of the fall, the body took the plus position and became another plus, so to speak. Then plus and plus were constantly in conflict. Mind and body, both in the plus position, came to always fight. Even though the mind is closer to God, the body became the base for Satan, the place from which he launches his attacks. So mind and body continually fight. Our lifelong mission is to restore the original function of our mind and body and bring them into unity.

These eyes see not only the right things, but also the wrong things. The nose smells bad things as well as good things, as it was supposed to. Your ears listen to bad things as well as good things. The original function of the eyes was to see only good things from God, but because of the fall, your mind is telling you, “Not everything you see is good, so you have to distinguish between bad and good.” Your mind is also trying to warn your ears, “Whatever you hear, you must be able to distinguish between what is good and what is bad.”

Whatever God likes, Satan hates, and whatever God hates, Satan likes. Whatever your fleshly eyes like to see, whatever your carnal ears like to hear, God hates. The nose prefers the smells of perfume, your skin only wants to feel soft and easy things, never rough and hard things. But what your body wants is the reverse of what is good for you; what is good for you is what the body hates.

We deny the external world of Satan and strive to come back to the internal world of God. They are 180 degrees opposite from one another, isn’t that true? The lifelong task of each individual is to be able to distinguish between good and bad through his five senses. Here in America, it has almost become commonplace for a woman to leave her husband if someone else comes along who seems more attractive. Even good people think about that, isn’t that true? That is because our body belongs to Satan.

Therefore, we should learn to deny our body and say, “What I am desiring is a bad thing and I must stop.” From Satan’s world, the thing which is most beautiful and that which is most ugly will be combined into one and they will be the most ideal to turn to heaven. That means 180 degree different. Otherwise you cannot correct yourself. You must go for something you hate the most, then you will be restored. Generally, this is true.

Even after the Blessing, if we don’t control our body, if we don’t strive to deny ourselves, then we are not worthy of God’s world. It is worse than Satan. Before the fall, how many people were there? There were Adam and Eve, absolutely only two. Not even three, just two. Adam and Eve were each other’s spouse, they were to be the first mother and father. For them to even think that another spouse, or another partner was possible, was to admit of the existence of the fallen world. That was not the original plan. The concept of sexual promiscuity had absolutely no place in God’s world. In the Garden of Eden, man was created to have relationship only with his spouse and no one else. How can free sex ever be a possibility? Even though it seems that everybody today is behaving in such a way, it will never be all right. How can homosexuality and lesbianism ever be explained as any part of God’s realm? Man and woman were created to come together as one in love. Never was it possible for man and man or woman and woman.

Once you experience your first love, you want to live with that person for your whole life. You never should separate and have another love, and then another, and so forth. Never. That was never part of God’s plan. Your love is eternal and it centers upon your first love. In the satanic world, people behave like dogs that can mate with anyone. They experience first love, then they step beyond that and move on to another love, and then another. The more they repeat this destruction of love, the deeper they tumble into hell. Isn’t that true?

Where is your first love? Since your ancestors lost their first true love, we must find our true first love at this time. Even in the fallen world where Satan reigns, first love is so strong that people cannot forget it, right? So you have to completely erase that fallen love within the satanic world and reach for the higher, pure True Love.

When everyone can call God their father, including the grandparents, the parents and the children, what does it mean? Why can we say this? What is TL? It means True Love. Centering on True Love, which is first love, then for the parents, God is God. Then for children, God is also God. Also for their children, God is God. God is the common God for all the different generations, centering on first True Love. We have to restore feeling that first True Love.

Our relationship to God is one of father/son so we call God “Father.” Grandfather can call God Father, and father and mother can call Father, and even their children can call Father. That is what kind of love? That is first True Love. In the common perspective, all first True Love is between a man and woman. So grandfather and grandmother have their family. The father and mother have their family. And the children will have their own family. Same value. As you know, the family is the unit or building block of the Kingdom of Heaven. So to the family, God is the same value. To each generation, God is their father.

The world is so full of satanic things and satanic action, we have to realize that probably the first thing in the morning that our eyes behold will be something satanic. In the morning when you wake up, what do you see? What your body likes the most, or what your mind likes the most? Your body. The natural world is connected with the body, not the mind. The mind is connected with the vertical center point. Your mind is constantly speaking to you, “Don’t go there, don’t do that, you have to turn around and do the right thing.” Isn’t that true? Every day you feel that kind of situation. You are constantly fighting between your mind and body. How to solve this and make unity between your mind and body-that is meaning of the human restoration course. This is necessary in order to get into the ideal world of heaven. At some point in your life, you have to solve this problem; otherwise, you cannot ever connect with heaven. These are not just Father’s words. This is the way we create the ideal world of heaven. Is that true or not?

No matter how hard someone may try to deny these words and go against them, the truth will always take the center position and will remain the center forever. How can we put our mind back into the subject position and body in the object position? How can we make that kind of unity? No matter how hard your body may try to resist your mind following God, you have to control yourself. Without this capability, you will never enjoy the ideal world. Is that clear?

A fierce war is being waged between our mind and our body. This is more fierce than the first World War, the second World War, or any war imaginable. This fierce war going on within our body is reality. We have to bring our mind and body into unity in time, otherwise we may experience the fourth World War, the fifth World War, and so on, for many generations. In other words, there is no other solution to world peace than the successful completion of this war within the individual. Until this problem of mind and body is solved within each individual, then encountering God will never be possible forever. So religion came into being and true religion has always taught human beings to control the body, and deny oneself. Deny your body on the individual level. Deny your body on the family level, and so forth. There are seven different levels of barriers. All those barriers are standing on the foundation of the physical body. The individual barrier is founded on the body. The family barrier is the body. The national barrier is the body, all the way up to the cosmic level. Do you understand? You have to take control of this body in order to tear down all the barriers.

This is such a serious situation. In fact, we have to dedicate our lives to this cause. We have to bet our neck on this. No matter how difficult, no matter how much persecution, we have to do it. You have to go in a straight line, never a zig-zag line. Only one way, absolutely one way. Because I always wanted to go straight throughout my life, I have always been persecuted by Satan’s side. Since I came to America, I proclaimed loudly, “America is going the wrong way. You have to repent, you have to turn around, or you will have no hope.” The American people responded by saying, “Who do you think you are, you crazy guy? We don’t want you here.” But Reverend Moon continued to criticize this country and everything that I predicted has come to pass. The fortune of this nation has been going down. When people of the future look back on this time, they will see that Reverend Moon told the American people what to expect. They will say, “Everything Reverend Moon said was true.” But by then, no matter how much they repent, no matter how much they want to, they will not be able to go back. They cannot go back. This is a most serious position. You have to know that.

The reason I came to this country and did what I have done was not for my own sake at all. I came here and dedicated myself to the restoration of this country because I understood God’s will clearly. God called me to this country to work and turn it around because this country is the central nation of the free world. America is connected with many other countries and when God’s will is manifested here, it will automatically be reflected around the world.

We can go on and on, but let us come closer to the conclusion. World War II was fought, as we well know, between the Allied forces and the Axis forces. The Allies were comprised primarily of America, England, and France. The Axis forces were Japan, Germany and Italy. That was the harvest of what was sown in the beginning, even back to the Garden of Eden. In the beginning of history, we can look at the relationship between Eve, Cain and Abel. We have two levels of relationship between Eve, Cain and Abel. One is in the body’s position, and the other is in the mind’s position; internal and external positions. And we grow, we expand. One side is the right wing and the other is the left wing. These two sides have been fighting each other. Actually, this is the example of how history progresses through war. Since it was autumn time, what was sown was harvested. As we see the farmer harvesting his bunches of grain, the same is true on the world level. This bunch represents the right wing and the other bunch represents the left wing.

God and Satan go after the same objective. God wants to conquer the world, and so does Satan. However, Satan’s goal is destruction of the world, while God wants to save the world. Satan always strikes first. This has been a constant phenomenon in history. This is because in the Garden of Eden, Cain first struck Abel. God works primarily through the realm of religion, while Satan works more through the political realm. And here at last, they even denied God. Up to the last century, all mankind upheld a belief in God, no matter how bad their deeds became. But during this century, one half of the world came to deny the existence of God.

Satan is happy to deny his own existence in order to be able to deny the existence of God. He tells man, “You are the self and there is nothing greater or more important than that.” Therefore, Satan strives to blind man to his own existence in order to help them deny the realm of spirit and God. That is the genesis of the atheist philosophy.

What was the result of World War II? We see the island country of England which represents the female, or Eve. An island always symbolizes a female or mother. America is Abel because Britain gave birth to America, in which the majority of the people are Anglo-Saxon. The mother was England and the son was America. England and France have never been harmonious. France was in the position of Cain.

Japan, also an island nation, is also a female nation. Their primary god is a goddess. So a similar pattern exists. After Japan launched her aggression, she took over the entire area of southeast Asia within six months. This encouraged Hitler to come into the war. So in that sense, Japan gave birth to Hitler.

These three nations signed a treaty-Japan, Germany and France-because the southeast Asian nations were all colonies of England and France. Singapore belonged to France. This was the relationship of Eve, Cain and Abel. Same counterparts, same concepts. If the satanic side had won the war, they would have annihilated the other side. Especially the religious people, including the Christians as well as the Jews, would have been totally destroyed. In Korea, the same was happening. If the war had ended just a few days later, Korea would have experienced the massacre of more than 200,000 Christians by the Japanese. The defeat of Japan saved those Korean Christians.

The goal of Satan is always to destroy God’s will from the base. Since God was raising Korea as His central nation, God had to allow Satan’s side to do whatever they pleased. God had to give them that opportunity. So that is exactly what Japan did. But the side of goodness prevailed in World War II.

After the end of the war, all six nations were to have stood in the position of minus to Reverend Moon, as the plus. And this one (pointing to the board) would be Korea. At the end of the war, England, America, France, Japan, Germany and Italy should have listened to Reverend Moon. It is much more simple than this even. Since the defeated side was without power, if only England, France and America-predominantly Christian countries-had listened to Reverend Moon, then God’s will would have been fulfilled. God expected that to happen.

A Christian nation means it is a bride nation. The bride should be ready for the groom who is coming to her. There are many possible bride countries, but there is only one bridegroom, only one plus. Since all nations including these, lost their true father, all of them must restore their relationship with the true father. It is very simple. That was the focal point of World War II after victory.

If I had not taught truly that the Lord of the Second Advent was not coming down from the literal clouds and had instead supported the traditional Christian teachings, I would not have been so persecuted by the churches. But I could not tell lies in order to unite the Christian world and gain their support. Such unity based on falsehood would serve no purpose. I spoke the truth, that the Lord would not come down from the sky but instead would be born as a human being with a father and mother, just as Jesus was. Furthermore, I told them that the man was me, and stated that they could believe it or not.

There were many Christians who could not believe, including many missionaries from America, England, as well as the Catholic priests from France. They were blocked by their arrogance and had no avenue for communication with the truth of God. They all insisted, “No, the Lord must come down from the literal sky.” That was easier for them to believe, and so that is what they chose. In that way, they denied Reverend Moon after World War II. These three great nations denied Reverend Moon, so what happened as a result? God in turn denied those three nations. What does that mean? They literally turned themselves around to the satanic side, even without realizing it. Isn’t that true?

Think about it. For two thousand years, God fostered so many righteous people through Christianity. Christianity became truly prosperous and influential up to the end of World War II and the day of Korean liberation. What happened during the next fifty years up to the present day? We can see that the glorious foundation and Christian influence has become weakened, even to the point of perishing, both in Korea and the rest of the world. Of course, there are still great numbers of churches, but there is no true belief to be found within them.

Why did this sudden collapse occur? There is a reason. Christianity declined so fast because they did not believe Reverend Moon. Nobody in the world is thinking like that. Only God knows clearly why Christianity came down, why God had to deny Christianity. As you know, I paid a lot of indemnity beginning in Korea, my own country, where I was put into prison and paid dearly. Likewise, in Japan I was imprisoned. Also in America. The countries for which I worked the hardest were the ones who not only denied me, but also persecuted me. Of course, Kim Il Sung in North Korea imprisoned me, too.

God knows who helped to destroy the communist countries. I was ready to go to prison in all the communist countries, including Russia, China and so forth. But God said, “No, that is not the way.” So God destroyed communism, as we can see now. Some in America want to claim that they helped to destroy communism, but it was truly Reverend Moon who caused the destruction of communism.

The Soviet communists had the expectation of conquering the American culture by 1984. They figured America was a goner and they had a clear plan for taking over this country. At that time, I spoke strongly and said, “Communism will perish, not the free world.” I gave a very strong jab at the communist world. Can you see the way history has worked to prepare people? The Russians were diligently taught English. A great many young Russians can speak excellent English, especially high school students. Now our movement is teaching those young people Divine Principle and we are planning to let them teach Americans. This is the picture. Centering on Soviet youth, we are going to save the youth of the free world.

Bringing together hundreds of thousands of people in Moscow is no problem. We simply ask them, and they come. Mother will have a meeting there, and Father will teach them. They eventually will come to America. Americans have already lost their chance to learn Principle on their own. Father has taught their former enemy, their younger brother, and in that way America is losing its dignity.

We know, too, where the terms “right wing” and “left wing” came from, namely from the thieves which hung to the left and right of Jesus on the cross. Jesus knew that the price he was paying by hanging on the cross would allow unity to come one day between the right wing and left wing and Islam. If Jesus had not been killed, he would have been able to bring all the major world religions into unity. He would have been able to bring the world level right wing and world level left wing, as well as the world level opposition to religion. The resurrection now means his second coming. When he comes again, his work is to bring unity again.

Because Jesus died, unity did not happen at that time. And after World War II, America, England and France did not unite with Reverend Moon. They went back to the same situation. Their victory in World War II came to have no meaning once again, so that had to be re-indemnified for the next forty years. Father had to re-indemnify 4,000 years in forty years. He had to go over all the hurdles here and win over this realm, coming into the right position which God intended.

Here in America, I worked on solidifying the right wing, teaching them right ideas and so forth. Also, I had to deal with the left wing, namely communism, and also to deal with the realm of Islam. That realm arose after Jesus death. They had twelve different tribes like Barabbas’ and they influenced all the bad religions. They called themselves a religion, but they went against the real, Abelistic religions. This was Islam. Jesus was working on the level of the nation, but when the Lord comes again he will have to work on the world-wide level; world level of right wing and world level of left wing, and also the one in Barabbas’ position, which is Islam. He has to literally bring these things into correct alignment. That is the work of the Lord of Second Advent. If he comes on a cloud, how can he possibly do that?

America lost everything little by little after the war because of this. Now, representing the right wing of the world, America is experiencing great difficulty. Father worked so hard to lift up America. When Reagan was elected, nobody expected such a thing. This was done literally by the work of Reverend Moon, though the power of prayer, and through the practical work for that event. But the Reagan administration did not respond to my direction, they even allowed me to be incarcerated. They should at least have recognized that Reverend Moon was their benefactor. But when they failed to do that, then Clinton came and knocked them out.

Now Bill Clinton has come to office and is in the same position as Carter. How can Clinton lead America? How can he be any better than any of his predecessors? Only through the help of Reverend Moon will Clinton be able to lead this country successfully. I had a great plan for George Bush. After I met with Kim Il Sung, I worked very hard on a proposal which was a concrete and workable plan, and I offered it to President Bush. But he did not pay any attention to this offer from Reverend Moon. What has happened to him since?

The pattern of Adam and Eve and the three archangels at the time of the fall fits perfectly today. Korea is in Adam’s position. Originally, the Eve position should have been England, but England failed, so Japan is in Eve’s position now. America is in the archangel position. After its first failure, America could not be in the position of Abel, but it is Reverend Moon himself who chose America for the Abel position. Those whom God chooses originally but then fail cannot be chosen again, but in my case I had plenty of reason for doing so. Adam and Eve failed, but then in the lifetime of their offspring restoration became possible. In the same way, the first generation Americans after World War II failed, but I could claim the second generation and take them to the Abel position. To make them fit that position, I have been working for twenty-one years. For twenty-one years I have been working to recreate America.

The satanic archangels were Russia and China, in the Asian region. These are the five major nations which play the major role of indemnity for restoration of the whole world. Why have the three nations of Japan, Germany and America prospered after the war? Because Father took them. Isn’t it true that I sent out missionaries from those three countries in 1975? No other countries were included. If these three countries became one, even through their embassies and consulates everywhere around the world, they could have worked for the unity of the whole world under God. But what happened? They did not come into unity because they did not believe in Reverend Moon. Today, they have accomplished nothing and are having difficulty.

So Father took that as the failure of the missionaries. For seventeen years Father gave this work up. For sixteen years, Father gave them up, but on this seventeenth year I brought all the missionaries from these three countries together. I brought them together for the first time in a long time. Sixteen is always the problem number. In the Korean war, there were sixteen nations helping liberate Korea. They participated in the work of restoration of the Fatherland of the whole earth. Also, the Olympics in Korea in 1988 saw 160 nations attending, although originally 162 nations were supposed to participate. The number of nations who voted to admit Korea to the United Nations was 160. The numbers are so precise throughout the history of restoration.

Father exerted influence to Korea, Japan, and the United States. Not only exerting influence, but working directly. We have been working in Russia and China, as well. Among these five nations, four are in the position of plus or male, while Japan is the only one in the female or minus position. There is one woman which all four men are trying to occupy, in a way. This is exactly the picture we see in the Garden of Eden. There was Eve and Adam, and then three archangels in the male position. So there were four male figures and one female. Very simply, the archangel took Eve, but in restoration Adam must win Eve back.

In Japan, too, the Unification Church has become quite prominent. They have been growing and becoming more powerful. So is America. And in Russia and China, too, they see more and more numbers of Unification Church members arising. You know about the Panda Project, don’t you? That was started with that in mind. Father spoke strongly to Nakasone. At the time when he was prime minister, he promised something to me but he did not keep that promise. There were seventeen out of the twenty top ministers in the Congress under his leadership, and Father had a plan to keep it that way, and how to do it. But Nakasone didn’t listen. As a result of that, he lost everything.

The only reason I worked to help Bush was to help and improve the future of America, not to destroy the other political party. The name “Carter” sounds like “Cutter.” I said many times before 1980, “I will cut out Carter.” That is because Carter was moving in the wrong way. Now we see that Bill Clinton is again using the same people who used to work under Carter. Bush didn’t listen to Father and that is what happened. Now Father could fight again, but I don’t see that as necessary and America no longer deserves that. You, however, can fight the way I did to help America.

My main responsibility is Korea. Until now, I have laid all the groundwork for actual unification between the two countries. Before I left Korea, I proclaimed through twenty-two major media outlets a blueprint, a plan for how Korea should act to attain unification between North and South. There are four major topics, including the statement that those who used to be under communism in North Korea should now teach Godism. I proclaimed that the next president in Korea should be the one who is most capable of achieving unity between North and South Korea. So I said to the North, “Prepare to give up communism and accept Godism.”

Why should Reverend Moon intervene in these matters? We can observe history. In Israel, there was the nation which was the body and there was the Jewish religion, which was like the mind. Of course, they were to unite and prepare for the coming of the messiah, who was Jesus. Likewise, at this time, America is like Israel, in the position of body, while Christianity is in the position of mind. If Christianity and America became completely united, they would have been able to prepare to meet the Lord of the Second Advent. What about Korea? Korea is divided into two countries, South and North. South Korea is the country where the Lord of Second Advent will become the central figure, and become the True Father. Meanwhile, the leader of North Korea, Kim Il Sung, also proclaims himself as the father of the people. We know that is the false father’s position.

South Korea is like the body, or outer covering, and Father is like the mind. Father and South Korea must become completely one, then they would be ready to become one with North Korea. I went to North Korea and talked this over with Kim Il Sung and he understood the idea of how to bring the two Koreas into one, and what he must do to achieve that. Have you ever heard of the world being divided between two fathers? No, there is only one Father. Kim Il Sung and his son, who is in the position of future false father, know the real meaning of Reverend Moon and his capabilities. Also, they know the meaning of politicians. They ruled them out and they know what they can do. Isn’t it ironic that out of all the good people whom God prepared and helped, the communist leaders, Kim Il Sung and his son, know who is the real person and who is the false person? They say, “Reverend Moon is the top of the whole world and all of his disciples are trustworthy people,” and they know there is no one else they can trust. They came to realize this on their own. Kim Il Sung is changing his stance at this time. He is saying, “If we have to choose a religion, I will choose no other religion than the Unification Church. The others are fake.” They are claiming, “The Unification Church is ours because it started from North Korea.”

It is clear that Kim Il Sung has repaired and maintained in good condition, my birthplace, even as well as Kim’s own birthplace. He has invited unlimited numbers of people around the world to come visit there. He is doing this today, in reality. Do you want to go there? (Yes!) Really? The North Koreans have said, “When the tourists come, please tell them to bring along lots of money.” They are in dire need. I told them, “Okay, that is no problem.” So would you like to take some money with and spend it there? Let’s buy North Korea, if we can! (Applause)

So the second generation is all on God’s side, and even Kim Il Sung’s son is coming to support and like me very much. The same is true in Russia. The young people there are very favorable to me. They are naturally drawn to me. How ironic that we are teaching the Principle to children of hard-core communists, and they are listening so well that one day they will teach about God to the whole world. They will go to America and teach the truth. The Soviet students are now teaching workshops which include students from the American Ivy League schools. The Russian students are becoming teachers to them! Not only Ivy League students, but also well-respected American professors are also being taught by those Russian students. How wonderful God’s side is!

As the Bible taught, the first shall be last and the last shall be first. This is what we are seeing now in this Russian phenomenon. Who can deny it? Reverend Moon is not talking just concepts. This is reality. I know that. Even though America has continued to go against me, I have also made a foundation in South America. If I went to South America, it would be no problem to make unification. There are thirty countries and they could combine, no problem, to reflect the United States. I made up that kind of foundation through the activities of AULA. Do you understand that? No matter how much North America has opposed me, Reverend Moon did not disappear. I will just go someplace else and digest the situation automatically. Not by fighting, but just by digesting naturally. This is God’s way. No problem. We have that kind of strong armament, don’t we?

We could bring in the worst kinds of people and we could teach them the Principle within forty days, and make them into new persons. There are so many workshops going on now, almost every day, four nights and five days; five day tour. Those people who have denied God throughout their lives come to understand and accept God within five days. They all raise their hands and say, “God does exist.” If the American government, including the CIA and FBI who are in the position to know what is happening in Russia, took notice of this, and America helped the Russians, then within six months’ time all the problems which America is facing today could be solved with the tremendous surge of power from knowledge which would be imported to America. So now the game is already over. Now, no matter how long or how persistently the free world may resist Reverend Moon, it doesn’t matter. We don’t even have to rely on resources from the free world. Who is the individual who is capable of proclaiming these awesome things to the entire world? It is nobody except Reverend Moon. What is the source of my power?

How about this simple question: if America listened to Reverend Moon and his advice, would America prosper or perish? (Prosper) No, they would perish! (Prosper!) No, perish! (Prosper!) You know better than me! I have been persecuted and rejected for many years. My only purpose has been to save the people, yet most people have opposed me. So the world was really amazed and even alarmed when I brought about the international marriage between the Japanese and Korean people. Japan has really no more way to keep to themselves. You know, there were a couple of very famous Japanese women who participated in the 30,000 Couple Blessing. One is an actress and the other is a well-known television journalist. Everybody knows them. They proclaimed very openly that they were planning to participate in the Blessing held by Reverend Moon, even if they had to give up everything, including their careers. Every day, media people were interviewing them and asking, “Is this really your own will?” and they answered emphatically that it was. One of them brought her husband to be interviewed. It became a big sensation in Japan.

I also changed the Japanese leaders with internationally married couples, those who have a Korean spouse. Adam and Eve must become one, no matter what, before any progress can be realized. These two countries must come into oneness. So the Japanese have been rising up, saying, “Reverend Moon is trying to marry everyone internationally and in that way take away all our young people.” No, it is not to take anything away, but rather to help Japan. That is the whole purpose.

Did you know that during the occupation, the Japanese forced the Korean people to change their religion to Shintoism? For many years, they did this and made virtually all the Koreans bow down to the eastern side of the country in the direction of Japan. They called it “Eastern side worship.” The Koreans were forced to show their obedience and reverence for the Japanese emperor. But now it has reversed. In Japan, the people are facing west toward Korea and bowing down. I never did that with guns or force. The Japanese are calling a Korean their Father but not because of any coercion. They are actually doing that daily ritual of bowing down every morning toward Father, toward the western side of their island, just exactly the way they forced the Koreans to do years ago.

Even though you are here, doesn’t your mind follow when I go someplace? When I go to Australia, your mind goes there, too, doesn’t it? That is why people cannot understand you. They say, “He is crazy. How can his mind follow Reverend Moon when his body is here?” That is why they say you are brainwashed. Think about that. Are you crazy? Are you brainwashed? (No.) You know the answer is no.

The world is still in the dark. They have no idea that these four countries are within the realm of influence from Korea. Even though this is reality, nobody knows except God, Father, and the Unification Church members. How privileged you are in the light of history. The world already knows that we are in the Pacific Era, but they do not really understand what that means. The Pacific Era means that God is already setting the foundation through which can be launched the Divine Principle throughout the entire Asian realm. The Pacific Era will become God’s own era. Amen! This is what we must achieve.

Dawn has begun and the sun will be visible soon afterwards. Who is the rising sun? The True Parents. Do you like the True Parents? Forever, there are only one set of True Parents, not two or more. Whether it be here on earth or in spirit world, there is only one set of True Parents. Do you think you are fortunate to know the True Parents or not? (Yes!) It is our task, now that we know True Parents, to work harder for the cause of True Parents and the accomplishment of their work so that we can stand closer to them.

I proclaimed on July 3rd, “I am indeed the Messiah and the True Parents,” and nobody came to oppose or criticize me. The Christians know that something is wrong with Christianity, but they have opposed me nevertheless. When I made this proclamation, they were surprised and they were fiercely opposed to my announcement that 60,000 men and women would join together in matrimony. They never believed me and said it was a lie. But then that number came and were blessed, and established Christians were so surprised that they just fell down flat on their backs.

A certain group of Christians in Korea has believed deeply that the world was going to end soon and that the Lord was going to literally lift them up to the sky. They call it the rapture. Actually, that concept is true but that rapture didn’t occur the way they thought it would. As happens very often in history, things take a different form from man’s concepts. During this time of the rapture that is extended three times, they were right. All they had to do was come before Father and bow down and they would have experienced the rapture. But they clung to their own concepts. The Christian churches have very often fallen prey to this kind of failure. They predict something will happen, based upon their fervently held beliefs; however, they have failed again and again. But, we are here and proclaiming loudly and clearly, “The messiah is here!” When they hear that, the established Christians had better come and bow down, or at least examine him. If they don’t, where will they end up? They will go to the one place they fear the most-hell. The dungeon of hell. The time is that close.

Japan and Korea will become one and all the problems which those great nations face will be solved. Korea and Japan have been enemies for such a long time and their mutual animosity is very deeply rooted. It is not just superficial. But now these two countries are really seeing some progress toward unity. This is truly a world event. Korea and Japan are former enemy countries; America and Japan are former enemies; Germany and America are former enemies. Among all these countries, Father has to make unity.

That was done centering on America. Without America’s involvement, the unity between the others would not have been so significant. For twenty-one years, I have been working for this purpose. Why America? Why did I come to rebuild this country and work to achieve things which no American patriot or citizen even thought to do? I did that in this country and made the beginning of the heavenly life. Now it is a different history. This is the country which, even though it has opposed me, I have worked for, even more than my own country. That kind of foundation is the beginning point of the Kingdom of Heaven. This is unheard of in history. There has been no precedent in history for enemy nations to get together and go to another enemy nation and work harder there than the citizens of that nation, to help them to gain independence. This is truly an act and example of True Love. Without this example, True Love cannot begin in the world. So the Kingdom of Heaven on earth begins from this spot.

You average Unification Church members of America, you love America in your own way, don’t you? These American Moonies are here and they love their own country. Then there are Japanese and Korean Moonies who came here to help America. Who is working harder, who is staying on the front line longer and trying the hardest? Have you tried to lead the Japanese and Korean members in loving America, or have they been working harder and you have been following them? Which one? I know that many American members have been saying, “We don’t need the Korean leaders, we don’t need the Japanese leaders, we don’t need German leaders.” Isn’t that true, even now? To make a long expression short, the one in the archangel’s position can never say that the one in Adam’s position is not needed.

When Father first proclaimed this, first disclosed the setting, that Japan is in Eve’s position and America and China are in the archangel’s position; as each country heard that, they criticized Father. Father already explained this morning why America so perfectly fits into the archangel position.

Let’s examine them again: what are the characteristics of the archangel? Number one, the archangel did not have a spouse. It was not permitted. We see so many homosexuals and lesbians because the archangel was not allowed a spouse. Number two, they are not allowed ownership. Since they have no ownership, it means they can’t have any family. So we see American families are scattered all around. You don’t need couples, don’t need parents, don’t need brotherhood. There is only one in the archangel position. They only care about themselves, not the family. That, too, attests to the fact that America is the archangel country.

If American women have a preference, they don’t prefer American men, and strangely enough, if American men have a choice of women from other countries, they feel it is more ideal than marrying an American woman. All these characteristics are a result of the Fall. They are in the archangel’s position rather than the spouse’s position. Therefore, a man will move from one woman to another woman. Incredibly, even women do that, too. It results in corruption. All this happened because they are originally in the position of archangel. AIDS is the result of this lifestyle. It has spread all around the world starting from America. America will be despised by many nations as time goes by. They are not qualified as a master.

American men like to get blessed to Japanese women, don’t they? They inherited that from the time of the Fall. They want to get married to Eve. In this time, Japan is in the Eve position. America is in the archangel position. Again, like at the time of the Fall, American men want to marry Japanese girls. It has the same meaning.

Father is raising these five countries. What has Father done in the past forty-seven years of his life? Father has been working so hard to take the walls down, one after the other. He is tearing down the wall between the individual and family, from the family to the clan, all the way to the world level. He took the wall of communism down. Now, even if Father volunteered, America could not imprison him again. Even if Father asked American people to oppose him, they would not. Do you follow? The Japanese know that shame is on America. They pretty much know that Americans need to be taught by Russians-atheistic people. This Blessing of 30,000 couples from 131 countries; all the countries opposed Reverend Moon. Especially the Eve nation opposed this Blessing, but to no avail. There was no way of stopping it. This is the tide of history. The Eve nation tried to go against the expansion of the world level foundation. No matter how against the Blessing they were, they were defeated completely.

Everybody knows marriage is the most important thing in his or her life. These people sent in a picture! They didn’t even get to see their bride or groom-to-be, yet, they could still sleep soundly on their engagement day! Is that because they are crazy and brainwashed and everything bad, or because they are almost like a genius and very lucky? Which one? And these thirty thousand people are not ignorant people. They are scholars and professors, and more than half of them are college graduates. A former president of a nation was there, can you believe it? How could you call them brainwashed and you are not? Father never visited them and forced them to come. He didn’t even visit each nation, but he married many of them by satellite. How can he do that unless they were there by their own will? (Father makes a funny noise.) That is how the world responded to Father in the beginning. At first they thought the Moonies make too much noise. They thought about it, comparing Reverend Moon making result higher and higher and watching the other side automatically go lower and lower. At last they were completely defeated. That’s true!

Think about a Blessing ten times larger: 300,000! Many Koreans were calculating, “Korea is in need of money, but by the time 300,000 couples come here, and spend the money they bring, oh boy! Korean people will have enough money and be able to live without working so hard!”

The amount of donation necessary is a figure that centers on the twenties. Twenty dollars, two hundred dollars, two thousand dollars, in that progression. Certainly, you cannot expect to get married for twenty dollars. Two hundred dollars is not enough. So, you should pay at least two thousand, but that is not an honorable number. Twenty thousand is more like it.

So for two thousand you cannot get married. But, just for a moment let’s say two thousand dollars. Two thousand times ten thousand couples, how much is that? Two hundred thousand dollars? Okay. Now, two thousand is an average month’s wage, yes? If you want to spend twenty thousand on your marriage, that is normal, don’t you think? (Laughter) That’s true! That’s not too expensive for a good marriage. Satan’s world spends much more than that amount of money. Even ten times more. We are getting married in a grand fashion, an even better standard than the satanic world. Whoever can afford it and raise twenty thousand can come. Those who offer two hundred thousand, nobody will punish them. And those who bring two million, will be welcomed! Twenty million, more welcome! Anyway, let’s say twenty thousand, alright? (Father says “More, more, more.”) Twenty thousand is too small a price. You should give more.

So multiply twenty thousand by ten thousand and what do you have? Two hundred million. What about two hundred thousand people? That is four hundred billion. The number 200,000 is just a beginning, so Korea will be able to gain plenty of revenue just in having one more couple married. In all seriousness you should think, God waited, mankind waited for two thousand years since Jesus’ time to be eligible to get married under God’s blessing. Since the creation of the world, how many thousand of years have passed?

So Father’s pocket will be like a big warehouse full of money, but, the thing is, what would Father do with that enormous amount of money? He would create a world bank and use it to save you, and to save everybody on the face of the earth. Blessed couples are financially so miserable now. You are like beggars. Father knows this. We are suffering. But where would that money go? To Blessed couples. Does Father live a life of luxury, eating three great meals a day and sleeping all he wants? (No) We suffer, but Father suffers more, doesn’t he? Still the world pokes at you and says, “You are the one who is suffering. Reverend Moon is not suffering.” Because your ear cannot distinguish between good and bad things to listen to, you hear the bad things and then drop out.

Father took down many barriers and many walls. When Father started a religion of this magnitude, how much persecution he received! How many martyrs were there, how many people were killed? Look at how many people were killed when Christianity was established. But here in the Unification Church, because Father took down so many walls, Father expects no martyrs in the Unification Church. This is great, great progress. That is one of the biggest proofs that True Parents have fulfilled their responsibility. One of the biggest responsibilities is taking down walls.

No matter how loudly you proclaim Moonism and evangelize the Unification Church discipline, you won’t die. Nobody will kill you. There will be no martyrs. Even if you proclaim loudly in the street, “Reverend Moon is the Messiah, I understand now!”, they may laugh at you, but they can’t kill you. Laughing is no problem. Killing is a problem. We cannot be killed. Now is the time to proclaim, “Reverend Moon is the messiah. Reverend Moon is the messiah, but you did not believe. I did not believe it myself, but now I believe.” If you proclaim that in the street, will they give you capital punishment for that? Will you become a martyr? Actually, wherever we do this, London, Paris, wherever Mother goes and we follow in her wake and proclaim “Yes, they were and they are True Parents,” nobody will kill us. There is no martyrdom in our relatively new religion.

Satan made many barriers, but Reverend Moon tore down and cleaned up a big variety of barriers. He cleaned it up and made a big highway, a one-way course. It is a highway we are able to travel, not a narrow way where life is threatened.

Moonies should advance. If there is a mountain we cannot pass over, then we should bore a tunnel. If there is an ocean we cannot cross, we will also bore a tunnel that reaches the other side. True Love always travels the short cut. It never goes around. A short cut is always a straight line, up, down, left, right, rear, front, making one line going the same horizontal way. Understand? If there is a mountain, we still have to travel straight; that means we have to bore a tunnel. Wouldn’t it be wonderful if we bored all the tunnels and built all the highways everywhere before we go to spirit world? Father wants to build that kind of highway. If we accomplish that mission of building a highway all around the world, how much joy God will find looking down on earth at you travelling it. Father wants that kind of highway so much. It is the same situation for God. Once that is successful, how wonderful for Reverend Moon, True Parents, and God. Think about that. Should we help Father accomplish that purpose before Father goes to spirit world and before we, too, go to spirit world? Who here will say “Yes, Father, that is true and I agree. I will build this highway”? Even women? (Yes!) You are weak women, I know. (No!) All right, all right.

Imagine this highway. You have to imagine yourself operating a bulldozer or a back hoe. You have to learn to operate one. No problem, right? You can just sit there and move all the levers. It’s a lot easier than digging with a pick and shovel. What about men? Should you let the women do it and you can take a nap? Maybe if they want to go to the bathroom, you will show them how to get there. You can usher them. Usher means all sorts of encouraging, too-“Please, please, hurry!” Leading one to the bathroom is like the lowest service. In Korea, that is the lowest service. That is a literal translation.

We know that we need to do these things before the world really becomes one. We need to work. So Father established the World Religious Federation, the World Federation of Peace; many, many essential organizations to bring religion into unity and the left wing and right wing into unity, and to bring the mind and body into unity. In other words, the religious and political domains, into unity. The mind connects to the religious world and the body connects to the political arena. The mind and body and politics and religion need to combine into one centering on True Parents, the true savior. Do you understand? We can make unification, no problem, centering on Father and True Love. True Love will bring true result.

Let’s take a few more minutes to conclude Father’s sermon this morning. This afternoon, as you know, Hyo Jin Nim has a performance at the Manhattan Center. Father had a great talk with them, which Father will not go into now.

(Father writes on the board.) These seven nations of the world: Korea, Japan, America, Germany, England, France and Italy; Father prayed every day for these seven nations for so many years. For about forty-seven years, Father spent the same amount of time everyday to pray for them. Why? If these nations had come into unity, heaven on earth would have been realized. It is essential work. Father was in the position to restore them by paying additional indemnity. So Father did that prayer. All the nations opposed Father working in this direction. They are all on the satanic side. Father’s concern was to bring them from the satanic domain into that of God. Father, first becoming one with Japan and America, then Germany, one after another, including Italy at last, has been working out the complete plan of unification of Korea. After World War II, America was in Abel’s position, so centering on America, Father has been praying for these countries. The second Israel is America. Father already explained that this is true because of Christianity. Unless you accomplish the purpose of the second Israel, you cannot connect to the first Israel, or the other way around. Father feels it is his responsibility to connect the victory of the first and second Israel to the third Israel position of Korea. We must make the first, second and third Israel into one. We know there was an Old Testament era, and New Testament era, and we know after that comes the Complete Testament era. That is one category. Without one of these parts we can never be whole. This is how Father plundered Satan’s world. By paying a dear price, he re-established these nations; he re-selected America to fulfill the role of second Israel and he re-educated the American people. He poured a lot of heart into this work. That is the major bloody fight Father has been waging since the 1970’s. All with America not understanding what Father was doing. We know now. Religions opposed Reverend Moon because religions don’t know the purpose of their beliefs. They don’t know anything; therefore, they opposed Reverend Moon.

Can you believe parents kidnapped their own children, because their children wanted to do something very much. The parents kidnapped them to discourage and stop them. There was a war between the individual and family base. Centering on this, the entire country came against me. Father has to go over that on the individual level, family level, clan, race, national level, and the world and the cosmos and even God, the eighth level. So the whole thing, including the spirit world, all came down to oppose Reverend Moon. (Father draws.) Here is a ring, the scene of the historical bloody fight of the Messiah and Satan. Now the Messiah won over the individual, won over the family, won over all eight levels. The world has now lost all power to oppose him. Satan stole and plundered God’s family. God has resurrected that family and Father is the one who did that.

Here is Satan, Adam, Eve, Cain and Abel. They all followed Satan into hell. Since they all are like this, God started restoring from here. All the precious things are now owned by Satan. Satan took everything away from God. Until now, history has been a record of trying to subjugate Cain through Abel. Cain later became deployed here and over time became left wing. Abel became right wing. Whoever strikes first in the beginning of war usually loses the war. Centering on Eve, Cain and Abel fight and become the enemy of each other. To be restored, these two should not fight each other. They should unite instead. By Cain and Abel not fighting, but united, then bringing Eve, the mother into it, they can achieve peace. The Jewish nation is Cain and Judaism is in Abel’s position. Likewise, extended to the world level, America is in the position of the Jewish nation, and the Christianity is here representing the religion of Judaism. It is Abel. By becoming one, they must prepare for the mother. By uniting with the mother, they meet the father, who is the lord to come. He comes as the groom and these three united stand in the bride position. The bridegroom is the messiah. Unless and until Cain and Abel come into unity, there is no position for the mother. By these three meeting True Father and cutting off the false father, perfected Adam is here instead of fallen Adam and eventually they will reach to God. Is that clear? Even if you cannot see this picture, it is the same thing Father has mentioned many times. So Father is going to erase it now. The formula is always simple. Until Cain and Abel become one, the mother cannot be ushered in. Centering on the individual self, mind and body is Cain and Abel. Unless you become one in mind and body, you cannot relate with the True Parents. If it is a couple, there is always a Cain/Abel relationship. In the age of Cain, Cain did what he wanted to do with Abel. In other words, the husband did that to the wife. But, originally, the wife is in Abel’s position, the husband is in the Cain position. That means for that time, men should yield to women. The wife is always connected to the mother more closely. Cain’s position is the child’s position. That means you have to be controlled by the woman from now. Do you understand? It is such a basic formula. Without understanding it, you cannot understand the dispensation. It is very fundamental.

Following Adam, Eve, too, must perfect herself like Adam. That is because God created Adam first and then Eve in the same image. So here, by Adam perfecting himself, Eve comes within the realm of his perfection. Eventually she becomes perfect also. After this war is finished and won, the time comes for women to be liberated. That means Father can bring all women, even Mother to the same level as Father himself, because after all, she is the spouse. She is the object to his subjectivity. Until now, Mother had to follow Father like a shadow. There are not two pluses, only one. While going through the persecution period, this was the safest place also. But now the time of perfection is nearing; now she stands representing the same kingship of the kingdom of God. That means women and Mother could not stand here before, but now, Father and all women, especially Mother, are entering into the time where all that was lost is now being recovered and Mother can stand in the same position as Father.

After World War II, Christianity was united with America and should have received the bridegroom who was to come. Since this failed, then Father had to walk this path. Now, Mother must go through this to serve as a condition that she too has accomplished this unity again. Now the condition is completed. Now is the time of perfection. In reality, Mother can stand in the same position as Father. Even though the translation may not be perfect, you have to make the best of it, because I cannot repeat it! (Laughter) But it is so critical to understand it, somebody can translate the original.

In other words, this failure came about, so Father had to work all over again for this. Now Mother will take this and go through the same pattern to establish conditions that she achieved this and comes into the higher realm. For the first time, liberation can take place. That second time is now accomplished here. That is what Mother is doing now. In other words, Christianity did not serve in the bride’s position. Now Mother, availing herself in the bride’s position, and accepting the groom and thereby becoming one, will not only be perfected together with Father, but will bring Christianity into it again.

So now Father can place Christianity into the position where God can deal with it. Without that, Christianity is washed out. When all women gather together here through the Women’s Federation, centering on Mother, all that are unworthy, including Christianity, their nations and their religion, can once more be brought to God. It is a tremendous blessing. Now it is conclusive: this is the time of unification. Everyone has restored their position to trod on this path which Father goes. Father made the family formula. After that, Father’s mission is the unification of North and South Korea. That is the new nation formula. The family formula and nation formula must be clearly understood and taught on earth. Every family can follow that form. Many nations can follow that formula to gain unification of all separate nations. We must center on this formula for family and nation. Do you understand? Those families and nation will combine into one and the entire world will expand and combine into one. By everyone going in that one direction, it will lead to heaven on earth. It can connect to spirit world too. From there, we can make unification of a world wide foundation.

We hear this for the first time, before anyone else of all humankind. Not even scholars have the privilege of knowing this. When Father accomplished this on the world level, and especially when the North and South Korean governments become united, then everything we hear today will be proclaimed to the entire world.

Now Father is at the beginning of his new journey towards Korea to accomplish this, his ultimate task, of bringing South and North Korea into unity. All other countries will follow in Father’s wake. Father is working for the parent countries. We go the same way as the front line; this is the so-called rear line. The rear line’s purpose is not only to support the front line, but the rear line has to wage a war of his own. This is the children’s war, the children’s country, like America. Don’t let Father fight alone. We fight together with Father, but on a different level. One is on the front line, one on the rear line, fighting the fight of America. Then liberation and hope will accompany us, and God’s protection and blessing will also be with us, if we do that.

We must understand this clearly and put it into action. Father always is one step ahead of us. He is on the world level. We are on the tribal level. Father is accomplishing the nation level, with the unification of North and South Korea, but we are already tribal messiahs. We should do our level, we should fight the war of tribal unification like Father is doing for national unification. Making unification is now Father’s mission. After that, connecting to the world immediately is no problem. Don’t let Father work alone. Now it is literally our time to take responsibility. Until now, Father took all responsibility. Can we take responsibility for our own level? (Yes!) How? How can you accomplish our mission? What is it you must do? Restore your clan. But, do you have the weapon, or the armament to do that? Yes, True Love and Father’s powerful words. Display them to the horizontal world. Cover them up with Father’s words. It is a true conclusion that Blessed couples can represent Father. The Blessed couple can make a foundation which will allow them to stand in Father’s position. Then you will not perish. You will occupy the heavenly side. Is that true?

Adam and Eve disobeyed and went the fallen way. This time you must absolutely obey the restoration course. It is simple. Disobey means the fallen way. In this way, obey means resurrection and restoration. It is simple. Do you understand?

How much will you obey, to what extent? (One hundred percent.) Absolutely one hundred percent. It is an absolute position. Absolute obedience means even if you tell a women, “Now you become a man,” she will say “Yes, I’ll become a man.” Even to that degree. Every women can make a deep voice like a man. At least you can imitate them like that.

What Father is saying is that even though Father will be away from us, he left plenty of words behind. With those words, we can perfect ourselves. That is what Father is saying. Instead of Father, the words of Father can be his replacement to help us achieve our purpose. We have to pay utmost respect to Father’s words.

The way we lecture Divine Principle, and the way we witness to new members, will become completely different from now on. Now is the time of witnessing to the family unit, not the individual. The center of that family unit is the mother. The mother has to embrace the two children and completely make complete unity. (To one sister:) You are a strong woman. I use that strong woman as an education resource. You need resources, right?

It is simple. Centering on the mother, all sons and daughters are clustered together. You can teach her the truth. The mother will listen. That is the end of perfection. The so-called “children problem” doesn’t exist anymore when the mother stands and the children cluster around her. The mother has to make that happen. All families are broken down so that many family members are worried about it. How can you solve it? Tell them, “It is simple. You have to read this book, Divine Principle. When you understand its contents, controlling your children will be no problem.”

They will ask “Is that true?” and you can say, “Please read this one time.” This is an easy way. “This is wonderful contents. We didn’t think about it! We never heard it in any high educational system. This is the first time I understood these things.” They will come and visit you over and over and you will be able to teach them clearly. This is the horizontal, not vertical way. This is the horizontal way of expansion.

Everyone sitting here must buy thirty copies of Divine Principle. We have all heard this in the past. Father told us each one in our family has to have thirty Divine Principle Books. Do you remember? Yes, there was a time when Father told us each one must have thirty books. Maybe you have forgotten already. Father instructed this when we started Home Church some fifteen years ago. Father remembers very clearly. So we edited a small book and Father distinctly remembers we had stacks and stacks of them in the East Sun Building after printing. You already forgot. Father is reminding you again, you must be equipped with thirty books. Those who say, “Oh, Father, I can do without,” please raise your hands.

That means we all will buy thirty books. Those who say they will buy thirty books, raise your hands. Don’t just give me your words; you had better buy thirty books. Does anybody know the cost of one book? Five dollars? That is $150, which is only one day’s fundraising. No problem. You are well trained by now in how to make money. If we ask Father, “Please give me that much money,” he will tell you, “No.” Now each lecturer chose to lecture without referring to the book. Many lecturers lecture in different ways. They should stop. We have to do it in a uniform way. Lecture with the book in hand. Follow the same sequence.

Every day, make a movement. Every day you should loan one book to one family. If you loan out one a day it will take you thirty days to distribute them. Lend it to them and ask them to write their opinion or critique within one week’s time. Write down in a memo how many homes this book has been lent to. Such and such time, such and such person, head of the home borrowed this book. According to their response, you can write A, B, or C. A is the one who welcomes it, B is so-so, C opposes it. If there are not enough pages to use, affix an additional page to it and continue to lend these books to more homes. If one hundred people distribute thirty books, that will be 3000 books circulating. 3000 members times thirty books will mean 90,000 books in constant circulation. That will mean 90,000 homes are reading this book. If each family averages four members, that is 360,000 family members studying Divine Principle. Each member of the family, father, mother and children, all think, “This is a good, helpful book.” Each one wants to read it first so they will choose to buy additional books. Once they do, they will start reading seriously and memorizing everything. That is the beginning of a good change in the home. If you multiply it by 1000, it is almost 360 million. In other words one individual with thirty books, in one year reaches this many families. If 1000 people do that, in one year 360 million can be reached. That means America has a chance of being restored almost over night. If this happens, would it be the easy way or difficult way? It is the easy way to save America. If we did this, saving America will be easy.

No matter how big a country America is, it is no problem to save it with this system. All American people are worried about the future now. We have the solution. This should be the direction our education takes. Do you understand? Easy or difficult? (Easy!)

Father couldn’t accomplish this here. Father is leaving all his words behind for you. It is the greatest gift Father can give you. You can make full use of it just like Father told us to do and save America. This is the fight on the rear line. This is a good gift for you. You should thank me.

Not only America, but the whole world will wager on this move. As of what day will you start lending out thirty books? Keep a record of it. This is the pride of that home. The same house may be approached by two different church members. You don’t want that to happen, but check so that that house has already read Divine Principle, then go someplace else. Make a meeting and decide areas so that no repetition takes place. That is a detail we can work out. Under the county, what is the next level. Town? Under the county, you have a village or town, so we should divide these. Find a way of not doubling, two individuals should not give a book to the same house twice. In essence, we should let all American homes read the Divine Principle book. Do you follow?

Father doubts how many times you have read the Divine Principle book. We must read Divine Principle like we eat food. That often, that much. The average member joined the Unification Church and went through two, seven, twenty-one day, and forty day training one time in his church life, and never heard lectures, other than that. That’s not it. That’s not good at all. You must study much more frequently than that. Father is asking how many times you have read the Divine Principle book. No wonder you are not powerful. Mr. Kamiyama is a good example. He almost memorized the book. He can almost recite it by heart. Father asked him how many times he had read Divine Principle. “Over one hundred times,” was his answer. It should become a part of yourself. Unless you become like that, you are a phony. In other words, you think you are something, but you are not.

After asking them if they have read a certain section yet, you can invite them to review it by phoning and asking, “Have you read about this point?” Then somehow we will bring them together again. Ask them, “Don’t you want to learn about this on a little deeper level?” They’ll say, “Yes, I would.” Give a lecture by reading the book. Lecture out of the book. Read together. If you repeat this three times you will completely become an A class member. Loan out the book to each individual and check with them if they have read the book. Bring the people together and give them a seminar out of the book. Then, we will be provided with a sample lecture. Someone who gives a lecture the best will make a video tape. Watch the video tape with them a few times. Turn on the video for fifteen minutes, then let them ask questions on the content. Answer them and then fifteen minutes again, watch the video. If you do that three times, you will become an expert lecturer. If you have a lot of experience with all potential questions, then you can be an expert lecturer. That is how communism, with the wrong, false book, became successful to the extent they did. They did not lecture. They circulated the book. People read it and became ardent communists. This method was already proven.

No matter who you are, if you are a grammar school graduate or college professor, it doesn’t make a difference. We teach Divine Principle by the book, not everybody in his own way. Do you understand?

Blessed couples must all do this. This is the fight in the rear line. All Blessed couples must make your clan into your foundation.

This is the complete instruction here. It takes three hours to give a normal lecture for chapter one. You cannot give a three hour lecture to someone who is in a hurry. So, you have to make a code, with numbers one, two, three, four and five. Code one means a one and a half hour lecture. If you want to give a three hour lecture in one and a half hours, you apply code one. In forty pages, whichever page is marked with number one, that is what you use to make the one and a half hour lecture.

If chapter one has forty pages and you want to give a one and a half hour lecture, you go to the page that is coded. Then you can meet your time limit. After finishing one page make a mark showing you have finished it, then go to the next one that is coded for your specific lecture. Obviously, to condense a three hour lecture into one and a half, you have to leave some things out and keep some things in. Make a symbol next to what you want to include, so that if you follow that mark, that’s a one and a half hour lecture. Go through the book and mark it in that way. You may have to jump from one page ahead to another. Jump, but since you made a mark already, you don’t have to stumble. If you want to give a forty-five minute lecture, you can follow the marks you’ve made on each page for a forty-five minute lecture. That would be the number two. Each page the number two is found on pertains to the forty-five minute lecture. Even down to five minutes, follow the same principle and follow that mark. Do you understand? (Laughter)

But, it is serious. In all the blank spaces of your pages, in clear writing, write down the sample questions. If this question appears, what will you answer? You can prepare this with some good lecturer. The more complicated and the more delicate questions, first level, second level, third level, cover all levels of questions. You can use AA pencil, the one that can erase easily. After you become familiarized with the answers, you can erase the questions. You won’t need them anymore, you will know them by heart.

Seriously, work this out step by step as Father said. This way, we will become completely familiarized with the Divine Principle book. It is our life. How should we study Divine Principle? Self-study is the only way to study. Don’t expect anybody to teach you. Learn by yourself. You have to learn yourself before you can answer either the difficult or easy questions other people are going to ask you. If you don’t study, learn and memorize, you won’t be able to answer. Until now, you studied without any effort. So we don’t get any results whatsoever from witnessing. Why mention this now? Until now, we didn’t really have to work so hard. We had to, but we didn’t, but we got by. How? Because Father took the burden. But now, Father is saying we are pretty much on our own. We don’t know what it is going to be like, but we will find out. Basically, we have to equip ourselves to be able to teach others. We have to learn ourselves. The only way is through studying the book.

After you give each home or each individual the basic lecture about the principle, each one will understand the basics of the Principle. After that, we have so many video tapes, Mother’s speech, even our celebrations, and Blessing ceremonies. All these videos can be shown. A picture speaks a thousand words so you don’t have to say so much. All Unification Church members, regardless of their educational background, can follow this method. Whether you are someone who can really give good lectures, or someone who has never done lecturing, if you study and do this step by step, you will be successful.

After studying the book, gather people together in one place. One hundred, two hundred, even five hundred or more will gather. You can make that into a service time every week. At that time, you can get the more than 200 volumes of Father’s speeches and read that. You can read the January 1st speech on the first Sunday and the next one at each subsequent meeting. Father gave so many speeches every year. You have many titles to choose from and read everywhere, every time. Instead of Father, a person can stand there speaking these things. The crowd will be amazed, “What a wonderful speech he gave.” That means you can take the amazing teacher’s position. No problem. Always set up preparation. That means any kind of Unification members can read in Reverend Moon’s position. It’s true! After reading the first time, the number of people gathering in that place will spread more and more. “I want more deep Divine Principle contents.” They will recommend to follow you. Everyone will follow the church organization, no problem. At that time, you’re the center they will connect to every Sunday at the time dedicated to the service. You can ask them, “What do you think? Is everybody okay?”

“I like that.”

“You too?”

“I like that.”

You can give a sermon every week, no problem. Father gave many speeches. Find out that day, that week what speech he gave and number them one, two, three, four. Find out that variety of titles from one year, two years, four years Father talked every Sunday. Do you understand? The first title is waiting for you. Check it out and read it precisely. Read it three times and after that you can talk about it, no problem. This is the easy way. Do you understand? There is no problem, this is the easy way. Much too easy. All we have to do is just pick up Father’s sermon and read it. So you have to learn Korean. How surprised they will be. “Wow, he is reading that original language.” People will be impressed. Do you want the original one or a translated version? Which one? The original one is in Korean, so you have to learn Korean. Once you can speak Korean you can read those volumes one time and connect.

Your children bring friends to visit your homes, and we invite others at certain times. Many families have many children. They go to school, primary school, middle school, high school. They are connected to their families. Mother and father can say, “Do you have friends in your classroom?”

“Yes, yes.”

“One time you can invite your friends and bring them here.”

You can invite people on your son’s or daughter’s birthday. They can invite thirty friends and their family members. You can tell them about this wonderful book. “All people-parents, teachers-have to read this book.” After that, you immediately become famous. “You read this book, then give it to your parents, your elder brothers. You can give it to all your relatives there. After they all read it, give it back to me.” Everybody can take that kind of direction. High school, university, elder brother, sister, connecting that way to many people. You will introduce this contents and amazingly, they want to read that. It will spread automatically. That is the natural way. You can do anything. Use this book for connecting everywhere. Is that a problem or no problem? (No problem!) For American people, maybe a problem. (No!) For Korean people, no problem. Even American people no problem, isn’t it? Problem guy, raise hand please. None, so no problem. I believe that.

This morning, Father has summarized all the things that have happened in history, like the dispensational responsibility centering on America, and how America and all these other nations failed. Father explained it clearly. Father had to restore that and make all of them as good as if they hadn’t failed. That is what Father has done here in America. Also, we must do our own responsibility, which even then we could not do. Now, this morning, Father explained to us how we can quickly and without fail, succeed in witnessing to people. Father prepared all this and gave us the method how to do it. Witness to people and save America. We need to save America, no matter what. Otherwise, God’s will cannot be realized because America is still the center place. If America listens, every country in the world will listen. It won’t work the other way around. We must reach America, so Father has made the foundation and given us the material.

You know that America represents Christianity. Christians belong to Jesus Christ. Jesus wanted to build the ideal country and world. That was Jesus’ hopeful point. Now America is the country with a Christian background and is leading all over the world. What Jesus exactly wanted is the last ideal point to appear in America; America to turn around and become God’s place for saving the world value. So you have to work, thinking, how can you save American people. How can you save your nation? That is the patriarch’s way. No matter how difficult your situation is, you have to do that. Taking that activity is the Moonie way. Can you do that? Anybody who follows Father’s words can do that. You can save America, no problem. Is it true or not? (It’s true!) I don’t know. (Laughter) Can you do it or not?

American people like freedom. Do it or not, you are free to choose. It’s up to you. Which way do you want: working hard or take a rest? (Working hard.) Is that true? Really? Americans can become like ants? You don’t want to sing and dance like the grasshopper, but you want to work like ants.

This is a foundation to let you witness without persecution and without danger, what more can you expect? Those who say Father, “I understand your message and your instruction too. I am very confident now for the first time, as to how I can witness without fail. Thank you for that Father,” those who feel that way, raise your hands.

“I will take that way confidently.” Is that true? (Yes!) Raise both hands, don’t put them down. Is that true or not? Those hands are beautiful to see.

## RESTORATION FROM THE ORIGIN AND REBIRTH ARE FOR MYSELF

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### September 20, 1992
Belvedere, New York
Translator – Sang Kil Han

Thank you very much, sit down please. Father’s topic this morning is Kibon bok ui wa chung saeng narul whi hae. “To be restored by the root and to be born again is for me, for the sake of myself.” (Father says in English: “Original restoration and rebirth is for me.“) Original restoration means restoration from the origin, restoration from the root.

There is only one origin. There cannot be two origins. Since we came from one origin, we must go back to that same origin in order to be born again. We all know why it is necessary to be restored. It is because of the fall of mankind. What was the fall? What was the fall which brought mankind such an incredible amount of suffering and indescribable misery? What act could have brought all the catastrophes mankind has experienced? No one could have known the consequences of the rather simple act of the fall, but those consequences were staggering to human history. Now we all know that all sadness and misery were the consequence of that act.

No one could have imagined that at some time the results of the fall would be realized for everyone to see. Now is the time we see the consequences of the fall. How is it manifested today? What country is it found in? The country in which the typical manifestations of the fall are very obvious is the United States of America. Americans do not know this. The world does not know it, but America is the example. They see, but they do not understand. America is coming down, plummeting downward to degradation. If I asked all the American people seated here this morning , “Are you happy? Are you secure?” I wonder what your answer would be. Is your answer a firm “yes” or is that a firm “no”? Though the answer is no, we may not yet know how much more miserable the situation will continue to get.

Maybe you Americans think, “Well, we have the magnificent Empire State Building, we have the White House, we have the most sophisticated weaponry and jet planes. What do we have to worry about? We will be all right.” Yet, deep inside there is no one, including the President of the United States, who can deny that there is something very wrong with this country. They see that the country is sick and is getting worse, not better.

We might ask the President, “Do you see a clear future for your country, or do you have the viewpoint of the world?” The answer would have to be, “I do not know what tomorrow will bring.” Suppose we asked, “Do you possess the value which represents the entire country?”; in other words, “Is your value equal to that of all individual Americans? Are you confident that you are the one citizen of this country who can lead the nations and peoples of the world as well as inherit a good tradition and continue to foster that tradition?” He would have to admit, “No, wherever Americans go in the world today, they are not seen that way. Americans are always told to go back home. Other countries feel that America has nothing to offer them.”

The formidable illness of AIDS started in this country and has since spread all over the world. People do not welcome that. What about free sex? What kind of idea is that? Is free sex something which God would welcome and say, “Oh, yes, do more of that”? Would a man of character, as opposed to a decadent man, value free sex? (No.) Is it the human wish to see a baby born to a woman who doesn’t even know who the father is? This happens to many children. This doesn’t happen very often even in the animal world. We can go on and on citing examples of the things which are very wrong with this society. Therefore, we say that such an America should perish. Can anyone who seriously looks at the moral degradation in this country disagree with that conclusion?

This country used to be great, but now it has no concept of its responsibility to the world. American people should have an awareness of the world, but now they are not even thinking about the country. They have been reduced to mere individualism. The ultimate future of extreme individualism is for a person to kill himself, choosing to die instead of live. Why do you think Reverend Moon has to come to such an America? What am I trying to do here? Why do you suppose I don’t just leave this country, like so many others have done? As you know, Reverend Moon came here to protect Christianity from falling into the decadence which is all around. I came to revive Christianity. Unless we revive Christianity, there is no way for America to get back on the track.

When we speak of Christianity, people have different ideas about it. But we are speaking of Christianity which is concerned with reform, Christianity which is more alive, Christianity which is closer to the true spirit of Christ himself; the Christianity that is rational. Christianity should be a religion of people who have firm beliefs, who can spell out clearly what they believe in, very consistently. All these qualities are needed in Christianity today; in short, a new breed of Christian. This world needs Christians who have knowledge, Christians who have reason and spirit adequate enough to lead the world, even to save the world. All of these qualities which Reverend Moon has enumerated are qualities which Reverend Moon possesses. What is the value of Reverend Moon? From God’s perspective, Reverend Moon is so valuable that He would not trade him for even 240 million Americans. Not even for the five billion people of the world.

I know these things; I have a clear understanding of my own value. Since Reverend Moon came here to America, how much persecution has come from America and the rest of the free world? This country has truly put itself in the position of enemy to me. America has done such a disservice to the world and mankind as well, because it has led Christianity into degradation and decline. If Christianity were washed down the drain, where would God be? God would lose His foundation.

Knowing this, Reverend Moon came here and received tremendous persecution. But he has loved Christianity because God loves Christianity. Ironically, it is traditional Christians who have most strongly opposed Reverend Moon. Still, as Christianity has tried to support itself and looks around to where the social power might be, they see no one except Reverend Moon for their hope, even though they don’t like it. You know about the activities of the USA project, United to Serve America, don’t you? Through that activity, traditional Christians, as well as the rest of the people of America are coming to realize, “Oh, this is the true spirit of Christianity. This is the true nature of Christ’s teaching.”

Since Moonies represent the teachings of Reverend Moon, other people are watching them and trying to assess and judge them. They want to know what we are all about and they are watching us carefully. They conclude, “They are a different breed. They are not like us. They are better.” We may not realize this, for whatever reasons. Maybe we are too humble, or too indifferent or don’t care to think we are better than other people, but other people look at us and say that we are different, that we are better.

Many American people have a dignified, sophisticated appearance yet they are very unrighteous. Father fought with this country alone, all by himself. Just like a wrestler, I challenged this country single handedly. I was one person taking on 240 million people! We have been wrestling for a long time now. Who has won? Did America win over Reverend Moon, or did that one person win over America? Yes, Reverend Moon won. How can we determine that? One indication is that America is depending on my help, waiting for my ideas and other activities that I have been doing. They will have to depend on me from now into the future.

Look who gave service to whom. In order to maintain The Washington Times alone, the cost was one billion dollars. One individual provided the resources for that project. Let us ask, did anyone, any individual or any government, come to Reverend Moon with even one hundred dollars and say, “Please use this for your work in this world.” No, there were none. I had to generate all the resources myself and we have spent incredible amounts of money for the sake of this country.

You who are in the church, those so-called “better kind” within the congregation, why did you join? It wasn’t in order to help Reverend Moon and the Unification Church. Rather, you came to see what goes on here. Some came to criticize, to pick it apart, scratching around. Even now there are a lot of people in the movement who, after all these years, are maintaining their membership, not for the benefit of the church but primarily for their own benefit. They feel, “I belong to the church for my benefit; I follow Reverend Moon for my own benefit.” That means when Reverend Moon disappears from the scene, rather than inheriting my work, they will just pack up and go back where they came from. What do you think, is that true? (NO!) Those who say no confidently, raise your hands.

The number one disciple of Jesus Christ, Peter, denied Jesus three times. Are you better than Peter? (Yes.) (Laughter) When you laugh, it means you are not confident. Therefore, laughing is testimony in itself about your confidence. Reverend Moon has done so many things, has worked so hard, yet the results have reached only this level. You can see how miserable God’s position is. He does so much, He pours out everything, yet He gets such little result. Reverend Moon, too-how pitiable my position is. After having done so much work, what is the result? Reverend Moon is so sad about God’s situation. That’s why I continue, without ever stopping. I am so sympathetic to God. If God were not so miserable, I might have quit. But God cannot give up mankind. That is one thing. And God cannot give up America. Therefore, no matter what, Reverend Moon cannot give up America. Do you understand?

I have set a certain tradition. Is that tradition something only for Reverend Moon to possess, or is it something which each American, the average citizen, should also embody? Which one? Yes, each American must have the same attitudes, the same tradition as Reverend Moon. This belongs to America. Americans can say, “Reverend Moon, go home!” and that won’t bother me if they mean, “Now I understand what you have been trying to say and do. I will inherit your tradition for the sake of God. You can go home now because I am going to do this work for you.” If Americans want me to go home for that reason, I can accept it.

This is a country which truly has no attraction for Reverend Moon. Whenever I go through the immigration offices at the airport, the officials look at me with squinted eyes and say, “Oh, so you are Reverend Moon.” There is that kind of unpleasant treatment by officials toward the person who is bringing new life to this country. Those men belittle me. According to the traditions of this world, anyone who is belittled like that would turn and land a big punch on them. They look at Reverend Moon as the worst person who exists on earth. You must understand how the world is treating Reverend Moon. How would you feel if they picked you out of the line at the Immigration Gate, allowing one hundred people to go through first, and finally, allowing you to go through last? That is how they treat Reverend Moon. How miserably this country treats me. You have to understand. The average person would simply refuse to have anything to do with this country.

Of course, the ultimate effort of the negative people was to put Reverend Moon into Danbury. When they did that, they shouted “Hooray!” because they thought they had defeated me. They thought that they had won. However, now after ten years they know they were wrong. History always corrects errors in judgment and looking back, people can see, “America was wrong to put Reverend Moon into prison.” America was defeated.

What supports Reverend Moon? I am a man of reason and I understand the simple fact that no one representing God, no saint, has been treated rightly by his own generation. Therefore, I said, “I am no exception.” Can you understand how I feel when a Unification Church member walks away and betrays us after receiving so much love from me and from God? When that happens, anger wells up strongly within me and the urge is there to blame him as a representative of the entire country, to just concentrate all the blame on him. I have that kind of feeling. Can you understand that? What can Reverend Moon do about such situations? I can only persevere, pretending I don’t notice. I just try to forget and do more. I feel that I have more to do in this country, more to give, more foundation to make, so day by day, I go on without thinking about those kinds of things. What would that mean? Don’t you see that when Reverend Moon leaves this country one way or another, all God’s dispensation and blessing around the dispensation will follow and go with me? It will not remain in this country, although American people don’t realize that. They don’t understand the way God’s blessing works.

If Reverend Moon leaves this country, the consequences would be unthinkable. All the blessings will flow away, like the tide ebbing. It is the responsibility of the Unificationists to hold Reverend Moon here, in spite of all the injustice done to him. You say, “Father, we know America is doing terrible things to you, but please do not leave this country.”

The festival last month in Korea was more than just a Blessing. It also included the Summit meeting, the Sports Festival, a total of eight major events. Top level leaders from the political world, economic world, scientific world, media and academics all gathered for that Festival. There were more than 12,000 people in the gathering when Reverend Moon proclaimed Messiahship, telling them they must follow the True Parents. I told them, “Different religions such as Confucianism, Islam, or Christianity have different leaders and therefore different messiahs but there is only one, absolutely one set of True Parents in the world.” For some, my statements were truly shocking. They felt they were hit in the head and had a concussion, they were so flabbergasted. It took some people twenty-four hours to compose themselves. The following day, the Blessing of more than 30,000 couples took place. They saw it. How is it possible that Reverend Moon could match so many people, and moreover, by photograph? And not one couple opposed his decision. Observers wondered, “What kind of man is Reverend Moon?” Such a thing is unheard of. In fact, Reverend Moon is the first and only person to do such a thing on the face of the earth. All the visitors saw the event and heard me saying, “Next time, we will bless more than 300,000.”

How many of those 300,000 couples will come from America? If we drew America as one individual, he would have a very large head with big bulging eyes, because that is the way individualism looks. Calculating people always look at things from that perspective. They would come to the conclusion, “Oh, I can never do that.” But they cannot dismiss the words they heard in Korea: Savior, Messiah, and True Parents. The two most awesome words for even the most individualistic American people are True Parents.

What do you think, can Reverend Moon do everything he has said he would do? Do you think I have the guts to fulfill all of that? (Yes!) Or do I have only small guts and I shake when a big wind blows? (No!) So that means you will follow Reverend Moon, no matter what incredible things he does? The most painful thing is, if more time goes by and Reverend Moon accomplishes more and more, becoming bigger and bigger, and you become conversely smaller and smaller! Are you going to do that? Or are you going to become bigger, just like Father? Do Americans have guts? (Yes.)

The secret for this is your attitude. You must have the determination and confidence to feel, “It is I who is to bring salvation to the world. Without me, this world cannot be saved. I am the one.” Without that kind of confidence, you cannot truly follow Reverend Moon. And furthermore, you must feel, “I will eventually liberate God.” What would be the most simple description of Reverend Moon’s goal and mission? If I were asked that question, I would immediately answer, “To liberate God, to save God.” Have you ever heard anyone make such a statement in any church or anywhere, before you heard me say that? (No.) You, too, must become such a person, or else you cannot follow Reverend Moon.

You must say, “With my own hands, I am going to build God’s house, I am going to form God’s family, I am going to make God’s realm prosper. I want to build God’s own country, God’s own world, God’s own people, and wipe all the sorrow from God’s eyes.” Unless you do that, you cannot liberate God. Only if you are determined to become like Reverend Moon can you truly follow me. Can you understand that? Do you want to do that?

If many Unification Church members have already made that determination, then God will be liberated. It will only be a matter of time. The more there are, the shorter the time it will take. If there are fewer people with that determination, it will take longer. But sooner or later, it will be completed. You here in the congregation this morning, are you such individuals who are committed to that goal? Or are you people who don’t even know why you are here? That means you can say, “With Father or without Father by my side, that is still my task and I will go forward to liberate God.” Is that what you say? (Yes.) Well, then Reverend Moon doesn’t need to stay here in America any more because you will do all the work! That’s a reasonable conclusion, right?

Can you name one American who likes to be defeated, or who will quietly sit back when he is outdone by other people? No, any American will come out and claim his right!

When someone comes to truly understand the value of such a position, he would not trade it for anything, no matter what he may be offered in exchange. Even if he were offered the entire country of America, he would keep that position.

It has taken almost one hour this morning, but now we understand that our aim must be one and the same. Our common aim must be one, not two. If you are an individual who confidently determines, “Yes, I will be committed for this goal,” raise your hand. Does that mean you will still go forward, even if someone cuts off your nose to try to stop you? You won’t be intimidated? What if they cut off one ear or destroy your mouth? Or perhaps they will pull your eyes out. What would you do, save your eyes, or go ahead? Even if they cut your neck and take your life, you wouldn’t change?

We have to re-determine ourselves every day, “Even if my neck gets cut, my head had better roll in front of me, not behind!” That is exactly what Jesus determined and that is why Jesus was able to come back-because he went over death and paved the road for others to follow.

Reverend Moon came here to this country which is truly alien to God, with all its individualism, all its unbelievable illness and vice, which the people here don’t even recognize. I came here and have worked for twenty years, truly at the risk of my life. Millions of people don’t know what I have actually been doing, but this morning, after speaking for about one hour to this congregation, all those here determine and pledge, “Yes, I will go and at the cost of my life will work to liberate God, just as you have been doing.” By that standard, is Reverend Moon a man of success or a man of failure? (Success.) That success, though, has different connotations. Some people might say, “Reverend Moon’s success is not individual success. It is success on my behalf. We became like that. He is successful. That means we became successful. Therefore, he says he can be successful.” Not only Reverend Moon’s success, not only your success, it is the success of America, the free world and the rest of the world, too. That means, even if we literally die, America must remain. Even if America may die, the world must remain. Even if the world-half the world or the whole world-may perish, God’s will on earth must be preserved. Even if God’s will may not succeed, God must be liberated.

Result will come depending on what you think, what you determine in yourself. To such a man who is that determined, all beings in the world including those in spirit world, will bow down to him. He may not be so strong yet, but these elements will bow down to him wherever he goes. Do you understand? We must realize that we are comrades-in-arms of the liberation army of God. We are here to fight and liberate God. How can you do it individually? You have to do it together. And all the rest of the world problems, will be solved.

Maybe this is just one scene of today’s happening. Let’s go into a second scene. How many scenes would you like to see? That means this is a facet, one important stage of our concern. This is absolutely necessary. Be sure about that. What Reverend Moon tells us today is something you cannot find in any library or any saint’s teaching, even Jesus’. In history, nobody has taught this because nobody knew about this.

What is it to be restored by origin? What is the restoration by origin, by root? Because of the fall, we are in a different place from where we are supposed to be, from where we originally were. To be restored by origin means to be born again. In other words, because we were born of fallen parents, to be born again or to be restored by origin means we must be born again from the parents who have not fallen. Is that absolutely necessary or just sort of necessary? (Absolutely.)

Then how can you believe, how can you prove that mankind has fallen? Many people do not believe that mankind has fallen. They say, “This is the way mankind has always been. This is the way God meant the world and man to be.” Really, only the Christians have the strong notion that mankind has fallen. Other religions are not so keen about that. In Christianity, the fall is primary. To other religions, it is a secondary consideration. They don’t care. But care or not care, this is a serious matter of importance. How do you believe? You have to believe because you have no idea. You have to begin to question. Why are they fallen, what is the cause of the fall? The Bible teaches that it was the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil. The Bible is absolutely necessary and we have to abide by the Bible. What does the Bible say? That’s the main thing. If we misunderstand the Bible, then the Bible itself becomes unusable. So what did the Bible mean by eating the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil?

That means mankind contracted an illness. The origin of the illness, the cause of illness, was the eating of the fruit of knowledge of good and evil. To cure that illness, we have to have an antidote. Now, do Christians know what “the fruit of the knowledge of good and evil” means? Does any Christian know what that means? Ask any Ph.D. or double Ph.D. or someone with a hundred Ph.D.’s. You ask them that question. What is that fruit? What serious wrong did Adam and Eve commit which made God, such a loving Parent, chase that son and daughter away from His own home? What is it? The magnitude of the problem it created means it must have been a very, very valuable fruit-more than an apple, more than an orange.

According to the Bible, they ate with their hands. So the hand and mouth in that story were the only parts of the body which were used to commit the crime or sin. But what did they cover after they ate? They covered up the lower parts of their bodies. Look at what children do. Whenever a child does something wrong, they express it, they show it. They are naturally honest. So if their mother says, “Don’t eat that,” but the child eats it anyway and then the mother comes and confronts the child, what does the child do automatically? He hides his hands, doesn’t he? He doesn’t hide his lower parts or other parts. Have you ever seen a child, by reflex, hide his lower parts when he has eaten something he shouldn’t? They don’t do that. That is simple enough and easy to understand.

Here is another proof that it must have been the lineage which was involved. God has panted, puffed and suffered for thousands of years to correct the lineage. If the problem was caused merely by the eating of a certain substance, God could have found a remedy for that easily. It would not have taken so long. No matter how much you try to correct yourself, no matter how hard you work to correct this and that weakness and stop doing certain sins, even if you could work hard enough to correct flaws in your character, you could never change your blood lineage. You cannot do anything about the blood that flows inside you. It just cannot be denied. You could cut off your arm, but so long as that bad blood is flowing in your body, another part of you will commit sin. Another bad thing will be done by your body. We have to know where the origin of that evil comes from.

Now we know so we can quickly come to the conclusion that it was bad lineage, wrong blood lineage. So the blood flowing in all mankind, all individuals is bad blood. We cannot say it is perfect, God’s blood. The fallen lineage is Satan’s blood, in other words. We inherited Satan’s blood. That means your body is Satan’s.

We can imagine that if the ancestors of mankind did not fall, God’s blood would have been flowing through you and through everyone who is around us today. That is imaginable, is it not? If that had happened, then everything would have belonged to God. There would have been no such thing as “bad” and there would have been no Satan. God originally owned that center root center truth and center bud. Those contents are what connect every human being. You are each like one branch. Branches automatically connect with the trunk, which is God. The fruit is not the same size as the branch. The equalization foundation is found in one tree. You are fruit of God-that is the natural, original conclusion.

With the perspective of all mankind as one big human being, we are all a part of that big human being. If you compare that to a tree, we are the branches. There are small branches, branches that are a little bigger, and so forth. We are all branches of that tree, but not God’s tree. It is Satan’s tree. What kind of fruit is borne by Satan’s tree? Satan’s fruit. We must clearly understand this. This is why we all agree that mankind needs to be saved. What does it mean to be saved? To be saved means to go backward from the root of having done something wrong, and being brought back to the position where man didn’t fall. We come back to the point before the fall.

Just as it was planted, it will be harvested. Satan gave rise to offspring by satanic love; therefore, we reap it by satanic love, too. This is what we are seeing. We can see the characteristics of the fruits of Satan today: free sex and promiscuity. This means lack of order and chaos. Satan’s actions destroyed God’s order. Because Satan’s goal was to satisfy himself, he disregarded God’s order and chaos resulted. Today we see the rampant chaos which is the fruit. The orderly expression of love is God’s utmost quality. That’s where God’s utmost value comes. There is an orderliness of parents, then the next generation, and the next, and so on. But since Satan did not respect that order, after all these years we see confusion and chaos everywhere. Satan’s actions gave rise to this type of offspring. I have been getting the reports of so many terrible things that are a result of this disorder. One example is incest. It is just incredible. That situation is unthinkable in terms of God. If you know God, you could never imagine such action.

There are brothers who are violating their own sisters and fathers who are violating their own daughters, even grandfathers who are violating their granddaughters. It is unthinkable. This is happening in many families. I have heard about these things from the true report of members. This is something you don’t see in the Orient, period. Here in this country, we see it. This is the result of the fall. Wherever their ancestors originally committed a sin and crime, the result is showing here in America. This is something we see, we cannot deny it no matter how we may try. This result must all be gathered together and burned up in the furnace to let all mankind and even God forget about that. That’s the only way we can do it.

Those who advocate free sex must be happy, right? They have many things they can do; they can do whatever they want. But that is not the case. The more they pursue free sex, the more they want to do and the more miserable they become. If the parents in a family are like that, what about the children? Who do children learn from? When the husband deceives and cheats on the wife, and the wife does the same thing, where do they go? Even as an individual, where do they go? Is there any righteousness or trust there? There is no righteousness, no trust. Satan is the only one who is satisfied with such things. Perhaps he is happy because he has his kingdom, but he’s the only one. Mankind looks like netted fish. Small and large, hundreds of thousands of fish are desperately moving about caught up in Satan’s big nets. That’s where mankind is today.

As if that weren’t enough, people use drugs. When this happens, it really doubles the misery to an impossible degree. It is nothing to be called part of God any more. God and godly people just simply want nothing to do with them and walk away. This is where we are today. Satan will say, “Don’t you see? God, it will no longer be possible for You to restore them. Your restoration effort is now beyond hope. Forget about saving mankind. How could You save them?” God has now brought all of you here, not from clean and pure roots but whatever God had in mind, you all came here. You were hippies and yippees, the fruit of extreme individualism. You all joined. I have been chipping away at the evil elements in you, allowing only the good to remain. Only Reverend Moon and the Unification Church have that power to cut out all the evil in you. Once Satan saw that and how effective we were, he became more and more afraid. He said, “Don’t come near, Reverend Moon! This is my territory.” Those who were inspired by Satan said, “What have you got to do with us here? You should go back to where you belong, go home!” Satan tried every possible way to destroy this one man, Reverend Moon. However, Satan was not successful. Father always achieves the position of victor.

So Reverend Moon made all the foundation allowing him to proclaim messiahship. No matter how many people may oppose us, their opposition will no longer interfere because the foundation is strong enough now. The opposition cannot touch us. We are in a secure zone. With that foundation completed, Father has nothing to fear. Whether they understand or not, there is bound to be somebody who understands. So Father can proclaim to the world, “Follow the Messiah!” Imagine Jesus’ life. Jesus wanted to be able to do that. At some point in his life, he should have been able to do that, but with so much opposition, including the well-armed Roman soldiers, the ignorant Jewish rabbis and leaders, Jesus could not do it. He knew that it would not work and he could not get to that point.

The Japanese media have been rabid in opposing me since the beginning. They soon became irrational. No matter how difficult it may be for them to hear, they have to hear the truth about their situation now. Reverend Moon proclaimed, “I am the Saviour standing here. You have to know that.” Until now, they didn’t know that. The Japanese media heard that proclamation. It was the first time they heard Father say it face to face. A small bit of fear went through their minds. They thought, “If this is true, this is a very serious thing.” They came to think, “Reverend Moon is a smart guy! He has understood social conditions, national conditions, world conditions and understood them very well. Why does he proclaim Messiahship at this time? Why does he want to make more barriers for himself?” After proclaiming messiahship there are no barriers. Why? That action will stop all who come against me, including the Christian world. Now the Christian world is also thinking, “Is Reverend Moon the real Messiah? What shall I do? We didn’t know that.” Until now they have been against Reverend Moon. They have no foundation to stand on, how can they continue their persecution? People are now asking Moonies around the world, “Is Reverend Moon the Messiah?” And they are receiving the clear answer, “YES!” (Yes) Yes! (Yes) Yes! (Yes) Up and down, left and right, front and rear, people are shouting, “Messiah!” That’s true!

That means people are having to check out the contents of Reverend Moon’s teaching. They are saying, “Amazing!” Up and down, they are saying, “Amazing.” Left and right and front and rear, they are also saying, “Amazing!” This is making people who formerly opposed me very miserable. They are seeing how many people are starting to follow Reverend Moon. They say, “What shall I do? I opposed him so much in the past.” They are coming to repentance. Likewise, the Japanese media is having to be very careful about what they say now.

Now there are repercussions. People are saying, “Reverend Moon, Messiahship? Hey CIA, did you know? What is your assessment, FBI?” That is their response. It is ironic that the organization that used to be the KGB, although it is no longer the KGB, understands Reverend Moon more fairly than anybody, including America. And they are following Father. They invited me over, asking me to teach the Divine Principle. They are very open and they are trying to learn. The Minister of Education in Russia officially invited and officially recognized the teaching team of the Unification Church. Twenty thousand students and two thousand professors have been educated. These are not just average college and high school students. They are the elite of the student body. More than 10,000 government officials have been exposed to the Divine Principle. Of course, many more people have heard about us, but the number who actually attended classes is 10,000.

Most importantly, two elite leaders-the Foreign Minister, which is comparable to Secretary of State, and the leader of the Scholars Academy-heard the Principle as well. These thousands of elite brains of Russia have heard the truth and they have said, “This is it! This is something Russia has to follow, even though America discarded it. They didn’t see its value, but we will adhere to this.” That is their conclusion. Soon America will say, “Why are we way back here and Russia is way up there?” What kind of scene will it be if the average Russian believers come here and give lecture to the Christian ministers in America? What kind of dignity would America be able to have? How embarrassed they would be! Now history is clearly reversing its order.

The Russians are thinking very effectively because they don’t have any junk in them. Here in America people are too complicated. For the average American to believe in something, to do something, they have to take care of lots of problems within themselves. This is not the case in Russia. They were well-educated in the communist way, just one way. There was just one button to push in Russia; in America, there are a thousand to push! How complicated it is. How much more simple it is in Russia. Who is more effective? And who do you think will be the probable winner? The one who follows a complicated process, or the one who follows the simple process? Yes, you answered that clearly: “Simple process.” That is the convenient way. The American way is too inconvenient. God doesn’t like this.

Russians could understand clearly that Reverend Moon’s teaching is full of value. Izvestia, along with Tass, are very powerful media outlets, comparable to the New York Times in America. Izvestia translated Reverend Moon’s teaching, the Divine Principle, not only in the newspaper but as a complete book and disseminated it all over Russia. Would the New York Times do that? Why not? Why can’t the editorial chief himself decide, “This is valuable information. We print everything that’s fit to print, and this is certainly fit to print.”

The Russian media leaders were so moved and they brought me a report. They said, “We twenty-odd elite members who are the heads of the organization, clearly understand the teaching. We already decided it is where our direction of leadership will come from. This is the direction we will go. Please be confident and count on us. We will lead the nation in the right direction.” Here in America, how can the media and others so confidently dismiss Reverend Moon’s teaching? Especially now that Russia is taking it more seriously?

At least three countries out of the fifteen which used to make up the USSR have determined to make the Unification Church their national church and religion. What is your answer to Father: Should I stay here all the time as I used to, or should I do better by going to Russia and teaching there? Would I get better results there? The Washington Times continues to cost money, not supply money, and if we saved all that money couldn’t we put it into more effective work in another country? We could certainly do that. If America opposes us so much that it becomes apparent we cannot work effectively here, then would you even give up your American citizenship and go to Russia? Would you even become one of them and teach there where hope is? (Yes) Would you do that? (Yes.) I don’t believe you. Can you really? Once you left America, you wouldn’t even be able to think about coming back ever again. Could you make that kind of decision for the sake of God’s will?

Moonies understand, so they will do anything which is a shortcut to accomplish God’s will. Nothing is an obstacle. If I said, “Let’s have all the Moonies around the world move to Russia,” would you all go? (Yes.) Then what would happen to America? It would become a total desert. Think about America without the Moonies. Think about it now and twenty years from now. Imagine it. Reverend Moon has the ability to make that happen. All that is necessary is that I say one word. What is the proof? Well, here are a young man and woman who are full of dreams and are willing to get married after picture matching, uttering not one word of opposition. How can anyone doubt that they would go wherever Reverend Moon asks them to go and work? They would go. Anything else is easier than that [picture matching]!

America is full of people who came from other countries. This country only has a 200 to 300 year history. The only people who can call America their original home are the Indians. This is the Indians’ home country. Was this country properly obtained, or was it confiscated and taken at gunpoint? Even though this was God’s will, we must still understand it correctly and repent. Such repentance is so important for this country. This repentance must be done, or else whatever was done by those who came here will also be returned to them. There will be a lot of bloodshed in this country. To prevent this, repentance is necessary.

They say that millions of Indians died because of the plague, but nobody believes that today. People may say, “Why talk about the past now? It’s over.” But the point is that whatever we sow is what we will reap. Therefore, this is inevitable. Even if Reverend Moon doesn’t say anything about this, still it will happen. Therefore, it is far wiser to get the remedy and not to wait until the inevitable result comes about.

The American Indians-are they more like white people or Oriental people? Yes, they are descendants of Oriental people, so they are like cousins to Reverend Moon. Therefore, from the point of view that Indians were the original settlers in this country, Reverend Moon has the greater right to be here because his cousins were the first Americans. How ironic it is, because Reverend Moon knows very well what this country is going to be like in twenty or thirty years. The minorities today, such as the Hispanic people, black people and Oriental people, will gain superiority in every area over the white people who will then be in the minority.

We can already see what the consequences will be, how the white people will behave. Reverend Moon is trying to prevent the head-on crash of the races in this country by bringing people from all different backgrounds together. White people may be alarmed by this, but they have the wrong understanding. Reverend Moon is helping bring peace between different races in the future. After that, racial discrimination will not occur. Therefore, I am clearly helping every race, the white race as well as the black, Hispanic and Oriental. In God’s eyes, there is no white and black. Racial discrimination exists only in the eyes of people. The purpose of the mass weddings of the Unification Church is to surmount these differences. If something isn’t done now, racial differences will grow and become more and more of a problem in the world. But in Unification Church marriages, there is no difference when a black marries a white. With that, racial differences stop right in that generation. Isn’t that true?

Mass weddings cut straight through Satan’s lineage because we don’t recognize any of Satan’s divisions, such as race and nationality. So many world problems are solved through this method. This time, several hundred Japanese and white people were married to Africans, to people of third-world countries. When that number goes over one million, the world will cruise automatically toward peace. It is a one way blood lineage. To Satan’s side, this is very fearful. To God’s side, it is a great victory.

In your family, should international marriage be encouraged or discouraged? Imagine someone with twelve children and each marries someone from a different nationality. Then you have thirteen different nationalities represented within one family. If they all live in harmony within one household, how wonderful this would be! Therefore, Reverend Moon is becoming the king of peace! So we know that the True Parents are absolutely necessary.

Just as you sow, you shall harvest. That is a law, even though it is not always obvious. Therefore, the world, with its widespread promiscuity, is the fruit of whatever mankind has sown in the past. Satan’s most effective weapons are alcohol, drugs, free sex and dancing around like a snake. Those are the points of Satan’s armament. How can we follow that? If you have any sense, how can you follow any part of that tradition? Moonies are the only ones who are perfectly able to guard themselves against these things because you are the only ones who understand the truth. Your mind knows which way to go. If you get hooked up to those satanic habits, then immediately you go down to the dungeon of hell. Do you like hell? You must deeply understand that the fall was caused by sexual misbehavior. Number one, you must understand that the fall indeed took place and, number two, you must understand that the fall was caused by sexual misbehavior. Number three, Satan is covering the entire world with his armament. These are three points you must deeply understand. How can we take over this world? This is the mission of the believers, the men and women of faith. It is our mission.

Today, most Christians do not pay so much attention to the fall. That’s because they don’t understand it. They say, “Oh, it’s great to get married. That’s what the Bible says, that’s what Jesus said. So we will do that and we will automatically go to Heaven.” Not so, as we know. In the Bible, what were the consequences of the fall of Adam and Eve? Whatever they did, even if it was just the act of eating a fruit, were Adam and Eve given just a reprimand and let go? No, they were chased out of God’s own house. It was that serious! That was God’s original reaction. So the fruit of the fall was that they could not remain in God’s kingdom. This was God’s reaction, not just once, but many times if necessary. Adam and Eve made just one mistake at one time and brought down such serious consequences. Now, in the last days, people are doing the same thing many times and it is just inconceivable.

Christians commit the fallen act and then afterwards they come and pray, “God, please accept me. I want to go to Heaven.” Can God accept them into Heaven? He is a crazy God and totally without principles if He allows such people to come to Heaven. Even a human being could not allow such a thing. How much more offended would God be? So if these things we have established today are correct, then would Christian ministers be included within this rule? No matter how famous or rich they may be-such as Billy Graham and Jerry Falwell-can they be exempt from this? No. They may claim, “Don’t listen to Reverend Moon because he’s a heretic and I’m an orthodox, traditional Christian.” Does God care about tradition or orthodoxy? You watch God’s face when He hears people complaining against Reverend Moon for being a heretic. Within the orthodox churches, there are all kinds of promiscuity and even fallen mankind frowns upon it. Christians themselves are now moving toward accepting gay and lesbian ministers. They say that smoking and drinking are okay. Can’t they see that they are already in hell, sinking deeper and deeper every year? It’s true, even in the churches. What can God do? Can He perform some miracle? The only thing He will do is to leave and find hope somewhere else. Do we want that to happen? Americans like to say, “Mind your own business.” They don’t want other people to tell them what to do. But this is minding our business. This is truth and it is our duty to say that. We can’t say, “Oh, you are doing just fine. Keep on doing what you are doing.” We can’t say that, can we?

If somebody is sick, he may have to take a terrible, bitter tasting medicine. The patient may not want to even open his mouth, so somebody may have to hold open his mouth in order for someone else to put in the medicine. Isn’t that true? You don’t want to open your mouth because it’s bitter. That’s what Father is doing now. I am making you open your mouth, by making you admit the painful truth. Then I can put in the medicine. That’s the only way to get the medicine into your body. We have been here for two hours already. Should we continue? (Yes.) Should we stop since I have to leave tomorrow for Korea and Japan, and since you must be tired? (No.) No?

You know, Father is an expert, a specialist of sorts. It only takes five minutes to say what I want to say. You may get the conclusion in five minutes, but you won’t get the feeling behind it. So I have to interpret this, I have to digest it and regurgitate it. It is tedious, but that is the only way you learn, correct? At least it makes an impact on you that way. All right, here is a good reason: You may understand these things yourself, but can you teach other people? No, teaching is more difficult than you think. So even if you understand the Principle, if you go out witnessing and somebody says, “Please teach me the Principle,” you will be able to use what you hear now. Therefore, you must understand the shortcuts, the simplest way to explain what the fall was, what the proof of it is and what we must do about it.

Let’s talk about Christianity-criticize it a little, belittle it a little, let’s make fun of it a little. Christians believe that Adam and Eve fell and they will say that they do. But if you ask them, “Do you know what the fall was about?” they will answer, “I don’t know.” Then ask, “Do you know if Adam and Eve were chased out of the Garden of Eden before giving birth to their first child or after?” Some might say, “I don’t know.” Then ask, “Do you believe in the fall?” They will answer, “Oh, yes, I do believe in the fall.”

What is your answer? Were Adam and Eve chased out of the Garden before or after the birth of their child? Yes, before. That is absolutely true. All Christians understand that. Okay, but after being chased out, did they give birth to children or not? Yes, they gave birth to children. Having children one after another, does that mean they were living a married life or a life of celibacy? Yes, it is clear to everyone who reads the Bible that Adam and Eve lived a married life after leaving the Garden. No Christians can deny that point. Let’s say a child was born approximately one year later. Then did God go after Adam and Eve and give His blessing over their marriage or not? Absolutely not. God did not bless their marriage. Then upon whom was their marriage ceremony centered? (Satan.) Who? I don’t know. Yes, you are correct. It was Satan. It was not God. So there is no way of denying that Satan’s love, Satan’s life, and Satan’s blood lineage were established in man. Therefore, Adam and Eve were connected by Satan, not God. That is the correct answer. Is it, or not? Yes or no? Absolutely yes? Yes.

So we know that Satan’s love started Satan’s life and Satan’s lineage and it extends all the way to the present. But this was not the way mankind was destined to go. Mankind was clearly created to begin with God’s love and God’s life and God’s lineage. So we see those two opposing directions. If mankind had not fallen, if Adam and Eve had married with God’s blessing, then God’s love, life and lineage would have come about and mankind would live forever. They would not die spiritually. They would never be dead like people today. They would have passed into eternal life without having to be saved.

From whom did each of you receive the seed of life? Was it from God or was it from Satan? Unmistakably it was from Satan. After the fall, every human being inherited Satan’s life seed from the beginning. No one can deny that. But man’s original mind has a different expectation. Human beings wanted God’s original love, God’s original life, and God’s original lineage. Even though mankind has the bad lineage, each person, deep in his mind, covets God’s love and lineage. From this we can clearly see that man has two different aspects. Within each individual, two opposing elements are struggling. The body represents everything that has to do with Satan. The mind represents everything man has coveted and yearned for from God. So these two aspects within each individual are fighting.

We talk a lot of about world peace, but this point is exactly where world peace originates and nowhere else. The origin of world peace is the unity of the mind and body of each individual centered on God. Without that, there cannot be true world peace. Upon that foundation, we find freedom. There we find happiness. There we find hope. Otherwise there is no way. People in the past have struggled solely on the horizontal level to achieve world peace, but they can never achieve true freedom or happiness or hope, neither will they find peace. Unless we come into a united mind and body, there will be no peace, no happiness, and therefore no prosperity.

The Unification Church is not just a haphazard activity. This is the greatest activity with the greatest meaning: Unification. What neither communism, nor the liberal people here in America realize, is a very important point about freedom. Unless there is a foundation of unification, freedom is impossible. Because they never understood that, they still struggle between mind and body. I remind you that no teacher, no saint throughout history, including Jesus Christ, has ever taught mankind to unite their mind and body or even explained why they are disunited. Reverend Moon is the first person who has brought this teaching. The body has already become the performing stage, the arena of Satan. Evil can do whatever it wants through the body of men and women. Meanwhile, God can have hope and can only do things in a limited way through the mind of individuals. But if mankind had not fallen, these two elements would never have been separated and there would never have been the need to worry about uniting mind and body.

Someone may ask, “Where is Satan? I want to see Satan.” Nobody is willing to admit, “Satan is in me. Satan is in my body.” The overall purpose of all religion is to raise the spirit above the body. That means the mind becomes stronger than the body and is able to subjugate and subdue the flesh. This is what all religions have in common.

We have identified what Satan’s working ground is. We are trying to subdue and control ourselves, and eventually to chase Satan entirely away through uniting our mind and body, centered on the mind, not the body.

When individuals get together and get married, suppose they fight with one another. Is that an aspect of Satan or of God? Is that Satan’s attribute or God’s attribute? Were husband and wife supposed to struggle and fight from the very origin of mankind? No, never. If a family is composed of four members, we can see struggling and fighting in four ways, or eight ways, including each person’s mind and body. There is more division than unity. That’s why Satan is saying, “Look, it doesn’t work. No matter what you teach, it doesn’t work. Give me one example of where your teaching is working.” However, God’s ideal is still there. Now here is the secret of all secrets which Father taught so many times, but people usually didn’t get: If you want unity between yourself and another, you should be the sacrifice; you should be more humble. Don’t try to win over him, just say, “Yes, yes, you are the winner. You are the more righteous one.” That is the only way. In other words, live for the sake of the other. If everybody did that, then everybody would be a winner. Very soon, people would recognize that this way of relationship works and that it is the only way that works. Therefore, more and more people would follow.

Which position in the world is America now wanting? Does America want to stand on top of the world, or does America want the world to stand above it? First or second? (First.) Is that right or wrong? (Wrong.) Why is that wrong? It is wrong because of one foremost principle which I have been teaching you: the individual exists for the sake of the family. That means he can sacrifice himself, if necessary, for the sake of the family. Furthermore, the family exists for the sake of society. The society for the nation, the nation for the world, the world for the cosmos, the cosmos for God. These are the consistent steps and the direction in which they must serve. Why have I emphasized this so much? We are valuable, aren’t we? Each individual is very valuable and he or she always wants to be above everyone else, correct? This is undeniable. But is there only one such person in each family? No, each person in each family is like that, right? So there are four in each family of two parents and two children who want to be the most important of all the family members. That means you alone have the value of one unit, while the three other members of your family have the value of three. Which should you uphold: your own value of one unit, or the value of the others, which is equal to three? It is clear which is more valuable-the larger value. The larger value is always more important than the smaller.

Suppose you say, “Well, I want all the others to obey me so that I can stay on top. I want those who represent the value of three to come below me, who represents the value of one.” But that is very difficult to maintain. Do you have the guarantee, can you be absolutely sure that if you stood on top of everybody that everybody would be happy? No. They would not be happy. They would turn against you.

Because you are righteous and intelligent, you listen to my teaching. You recognize it is important to follow this principle, so you follow and you serve for the sake of the other three or four people in your family. After that, the others will recognize, “Good things have happened because he/she is sacrificing for our sake.” They will appreciate you. In that case, whether you seek it or not, you will automatically become the center of those three or four others. Does this formula work or not? This is a very simple formula, but nobody has known it before. Nobody believed it was possible to fulfill.

Suppose there are twenty people within your circle of friendship and you are always asserting your position: “I am a member of the Unification Church and I know more than you do. Therefore, you all have to follow me and learn from me.” Do you think they will do that? No, they will never follow such a person. They will go off in twenty different directions. But if you subdue your own ego, becoming sort of inconspicuous, you can listen to them until they have no idea what to say next or how to continue. Then show them your way. This is the correct way.

What happens is that one friend will bring another friend, saying, “I have this wonderful friend I want you to meet,” and your circle of friends will increase because of you. A steady center causes the circle to increase. That’s the secret of peace and how you can become the center. Everybody wants to become the center, but how can you become the center? That’s the question which nobody has known the answer to. Is it by putting yourself above the others? No. Even in the schools-maybe not in American schools but certainly in Korean schools and Japanese schools-the teachers always say, “Serve other people. Be nice to other people.” This is taught to children from the very first day they go to school. Most people can’t explain why this is; only a few people understand why.

So individual, family, clan-when it comes to clan, there may be hundreds of families, correct? And each family has one unit of value. The same principle applies here. Who would be the central family of your clan? It would be the family who serves the most, who thinks of others the most, who prays for the others, who carries out the peacemaking, loving everyone.

Can you see this simple, basic form or type? By the same token, there are hundreds of countries in the world and America is only one of those countries. If America wants to stand up on top of all the rest of the countries, asserting itself and so forth, do you think they will listen? America may try and try to make this work, but it will never work. Why should they do something that doesn’t work? The whole mistaken way grew out of one small mistaken idea. Americans think that the wealth they have been blessed with is theirs to keep, but that is not so. Reverend Moon says that and so do many other people. The wealth and abundance which God has given to America was for the sake of the whole world, not just for America alone. America has said, “Only America can make peace in the world.” Do you think that will work? Would all the rest of the world’s nations be glad to be under the dominion of America? Now we see George Bush and other presidential candidates talking about formulas for peace in the world, promising this and that. But none of those formulas will work. The only way for America to prosper is to understand this basic notion: America should serve the other countries of the world.

You must understand that Reverend Moon has a great mission. He has to survive to accomplish this mission to the end. I am wise enough to understand these age-old secrets of the Principle. I know how to do this. Reverend Moon’s ultimate goal is to liberate God. It is very logical that so long as we put all of our energy into one goal of liberating God, as long as we stay on that course and follow that direction, God will continue to support us. We will never falter as long as we do that. And when we accomplish that goal, God will love everybody, not just the Unification Church. But with whom would He live? Probably He would live with the Unification Church at the center, as well as with everybody else.

Do you think this is a far-fetched theory of mine? There are many American families who say, “I don’t care about other families, and I certainly don’t care about the country. As long as my family is okay, that’s all I care about.” If there are many Americans like that, this country will have no future. The same is true of the Unification Church. Suppose church members make a small foundation and they know they have the highest understanding in the world, and they know that nobody can do better than they. So they say, “Everybody has to come to me and pay respect to me.” If that happened, the Unification Church would never develop any further. God would never stay with them at all. Eventually, the Unification Church would wither and decline. We don’t want that. We have to serve others if we expect to grow. God’s blessing must be with them and with us. If a person or group lives in such a serving manner and also pushes others in the direction of serving others, then God’s blessing will continue to be given through that individual and group.

This is unmistakable. Don’t you agree? So this is primarily the mission of young people. Their goal should be how to reflect this, how to actually implement this understanding in this country. America tried to seek opportunities around the world. That was no good. Americans have to think about how they can best serve for the sake of the world. That is the royal solution. You see that this principle is powerful and unfailing. No matter how complicated the world’s situation might be, this is the one solution to any seemingly impossible problems. No other techniques are superior.

If all American family members, all the individuals in America followed the country of America which has always tried to serve other countries of the world, then America would prosper more and more as each generation comes around. That is the only format by which American prosperity can be assured. Do you think that theory, that reasoning is probably correct reasoning? Or do you think it is faulty reasoning? It is correct! Absolutely correct. Reverend Moon has a good brain.

Actually, Reverend Moon sees himself as having reached the pinnacle in most fields. Nobody is able to think more deeply than Reverend Moon, nobody has done as much to teach about the reality of God. Father has penetrated many walls and is still moving forward with this Principle. There is a general awareness in Korea that the upcoming election will be very close. It is impossible right now to determine who is ahead or who will win. But among the people, the general feeling is that whoever Reverend Moon endorses, will become the president. By the same token, in Japan it is felt that whoever the members of the Unification Church support, will have a good chance of being elected. This is true for the premier, as well as congressmen. In America we have already shown the one who Reverend Moon endorses has the best chance of becoming president. Many people right now don’t like Mr. Bush. They want to push Bush out of power. But who can they put in his place?

The CIA and FBI have a better understanding of this picture, perhaps more than you church members who are very busy every day doing your mission. But they know. That’s their job. Father’s way of approving or disapproving America is already no secret, and it is very different from the general way of thinking. I am upholding God’s way. Whether it brings me benefit or difficulty, I must follow God’s criteria. That is the only way to help America prosper. Otherwise, America will never prosper.

You must understand that America is very important to me, even more important than Korea, because America is more important to God. America is in the position to exert influence upon the whole world. That is how God designed it, anyway. Not Korea. Korea has its own special attributes, but America has its unique position in regard to accomplishing God’s will. God’s will must be done here in America. That’s how God raised this America. Korea is a small country. Now the leading country of all the world is America. If this country turns around and goes to God’s side, at one time, everything changes. Do you understand? That is the fastest way. There is not so much time. God wanted that to see that happen and Reverend Moon wanted that to happen.

Of course, God and Reverend Moon are always prepared for other eventualities. What if the one in a thousand chance happens and it doesn’t work? Then there have to be alternatives. This is something we want to avoid if we possibly can. Russia can be a good alternate. The nations of South America also. North America has a Protestant religious foundation, while South America is strongly Catholic. The North has an Anglo-Saxon cultural background while the South is Latino. They have different cultural backgrounds and values. Once America turns against me, then South America will be the alternative. If both come against me, Russia will be the next alternative. After that, China would be the alternative. Think about it. Reverend Moon always makes preparation for anything that may happen.

You understand this principle clearly now, don’t you? Do you see that what this means is that the Unification Church is bound to prosper forever and ever until God is liberated? No matter how high the walls, Reverend Moon overcomes. You may not know everything, but what is your guess about what you have learned so far? Do you think this can be proven, or not? Yes, it is absolutely provable. I said the same things twenty years ago and I proclaimed, “I will save the free world.” People didn’t know at all what I was talking about. They wondered, “American people have been trying to do that for years and years and they couldn’t do it, so how can Reverend Moon do it?” They laughed. I also said, “I will liberate mankind from communism.” At that time, nobody ever thought such a thing would be possible. Now they think they did it! How mistaken they are.

I never kept secrets. Each time I spoke, I said clearly, “Each country must follow the direction I am suggesting.” I said that with great confidence and authority, and the world doubted. Where the world will go from this point on, nobody knows except Father. Why? The person who is Savior must understand every correct direction. The one who is going to lead had better know where he is going. Now you are applauding when you hear me speak. That means you can understand and appreciate what I am saying. Twenty years ago, people didn’t applaud. They just wondered about what I said. Some even shook their head in disbelief. One thing Americans don’t like is to be told what to do, even though they need to be told what to do.

This is reality, not concept. It cannot be denied. This is my substantial foundation. Is that true? I don’t know. You know well, more than me!

God lost three main things as a result of the fall of man. First, He lost His realm of blood lineage. Also, He lost the realm of ownership. That means there is nothing He can claim, saying, “This is mine.” Also, He lost the realm of heart. Satan’s self-centered love came to supplant God’s love. As a result of the fall, mankind’s lineage became different from God’s. Actually, mankind was born here (points to drawing on board) and they should have gone in this direction, but as a result of the fall, they went in this other direction. Through Satan’s love, Satan’s life and Satan’s lineage, mankind’s history started in such a way and spread out to the individual, family, and world levels. Now there are five billion people on this side, the left side, Satan’s side. Where should we go?

What we have to do is realize this, not just conceptually but in reality. Other people don’t even have a concept of this. That is why we are far more advanced. Now, because of Father’s teaching and actually doing these things, some people know clearly, at least conceptually, that this is what we have to realize.

As soon as people understand that a better world must be realized, it only follows that God’s love should be the source, God’s life should be the source, and God’s lineage should be the source of this new world. It goes without saying. We don’t create this ideal with guns, or by force, or by might and power. You have to subjugate them through love. People will come and bow down before you because of what you do for them. We see this great principle. Religion is always persecuted at first and then it is elevated in status. This simple pattern is always repeated. There is no great religion which was welcomed, which was not persecuted in the beginning. None. Goodness is always struck first. It does nothing wrong but is still struck first. The Unification Church has that kind of history. This is where the chosen nation arises.

Then we should change the lineage. In other words, what is on the left side should move to the right side. Centering on Satan, Cain followed, then Cain’s son followed, and all the rest of the offspring followed. God lost everything. Satan took everything away from God. You can compare it to this: suppose you were engaged to be married. The wedding was to take place in one month. Everything was set. Then Satan came by and snatched away your bride and married her himself. That is the kind of situation God was in. So that is why this offspring here (pointing to left side) is the enemy to God. God was eagerly awaiting His own world, but somebody else came along and stole it. So would that offspring be a friend to God, or an enemy? Certainly, they would all be enemies to God. That is why we keep saying they are enemies to God.

Who is Satan? It is the archangel, we all understand that. The archangel was not in the realm of Blessing as God’s sons and daughters were. By the same token, the archangel was not in the realm of ownership. The archangel did not have the right to own anything in God’s creation. Purely from God’s point of view, are the offspring supposed to have no possessions and property, or plenty of blessings? From God’s point of view, did He ever plan for or even imagine Hell to come into being? Do you think God had Hell in His mind; in His original plan of creation? No. Therefore, we must understand that it is not “the average” we have to restore. We have to restore the most defiled, the worst, the lowest place in the corner of the prison. That is who we need to restore. Even those in the dungeons of hell need to be saved and liberated, just as much as Christians and the members of the Unification Church.

Look at the Christians of today. They don’t understand, so what are they doing? They say, “God, I believe in Jesus. I am saved. Therefore, I will go to Heaven.” Can it be as simple as that? How does it work? How can you prove such a thing? In God’s original plan, would people automatically go to Hell if they did not believe in Jesus? No, God has no hell in mind. He sees that hell exists, but He wants to liberate the people there. In other words, God wants to save not only Christians but also those people in hell.

One very simple word: No. The Christians are wrong in saying, “I am the one to be saved. Hell doesn’t matter.” The word is NO. God also wants to liberate Hell. By the same token, the Lord of the Second Advent will come and work to liberate Hell as much as liberate Christianity. How? If you straighten the lineage and the ownership, then Hell doesn’t exist. What is hell? Hell is when you are strongly bound up, tied into Satan’s lineage, Satan’s property, and Satan’s love realm. This is hell. You can be a rich person and still be very much in hell. There is no hell within the ideology of the Unification Church. But that doesn’t mean that everything is monotonously equal, either. There are some big trees, some tall trees, and so on. But there is no hell in the Unification realm.

Here you need to reverse the role of elder son. Until now, restoration has focused on elder sonship. What God has been working on until now has been the restoration of history. That means He has been working to set things right side up. But God did not even begin His original work yet. God didn’t want to do restoration work. Eventually He has to recreate His own world. He didn’t even get there. It is like the factory where we go and pick up some salvageable person from the trash can, dust him off and clean him up. Like a hospital, we heal him, make him healthy, then put him in the role of elder son. Think about God. God is far from realizing His own ideal country, let alone His ideal world. But He still is doing the chore of picking up discards and trying to repair and heal them. God could not even repair and heal Adam and Eve’s disease.

When He does that in the course of re-creation, everything is done with plus and minus. Every aspect of God’s creation is guided by the same principle of give and take between plus and minus, whether you are talking about the animal kingdom, the plant kingdom, or the mineral kingdom. So to move from here to here means that you have to change the roles: elder son becomes the younger son, younger son become elder son. Otherwise, you cannot do this. After doing that, they go in search of the mother. That mother and the newly restored son will become one.

Because Eve fell, the restored Eve must embrace the restored elder son, and unite and together return to God. In Satan’s family, all are enemies to each other. The first son is enemy to the second son, the first son and mother are enemies to each other, the father is enemy to the others. There is so much discord. Here (drawing on board) is the big plus representing God, and a big minus here. We have to center on God. Up to this point is what God actually wants. Up here actually needs to be discarded. We see the proof, we see that happen everywhere. This is the realm of the archangel, Satan’s domain. People there always want to have this woman, like a thief. They know they cannot be Blessed, but they want it anyway.

Man historically had the bad tradition of always ruining and adulterating the woman’s heart. They deceived the woman’s heart. That is the worst thing a man can do, and they have been doing that all along. So women need to be protected and liberated, too. Where does this liberation of women come from? Not by another woman, or by any way within the realm of the fall. There is no liberation possible there. The women’s hope is to be liberated. They have to meet a savior. That savior will come as a true man and liberate womanhood. This is the only way to liberate woman.

Since this is re-creation, just as the original creation, it must always have the plus element and the minus element, or subject and object positions. We can see more clearly now what is the mission of all religions, including Christianity. Let’s ask the question: what is the mission of Christianity? Christianity was to form the realm of influence, not just for themselves, but to prepare everybody to meet the Messiah who is to come and help him do his work. We know that because the fall took place, because Adam and Eve and the archangel did wrong, in the time of restoration, religion is supposed to secure and prepare the one who is in Adam’s position who hasn’t fallen, the archangel who has not fallen, and the first son who is not fallen. So there are three archangels and one Adam. The same pattern can be observed in religion. There must be three religions in the position of archangel and one which is in the position of Eve on the world scale. Christianity has that Eve mission. Christians have the bride’s mission. God needs the bride. Also, three religions who are in the archangel’s position must help the religion which is in the Eve’s position.

The three archangel religions are Buddhism, Islam and Confucianism. They must help the religion which is in the Eve’s position in order to prepare everything for the advent of Adam who is to come. All those religions received a lot of blessings from God and guidance from God and spirit world. They know that, but they do not know what their ultimate goal is or what is the inter-relationship between them should be. Only Reverend Moon has come out and taught them, “This is your mission.” So the Lord of the Second Advent is to unite the left and right wings of human society. Also the Lord of the Second Advent must unite religions. Who is the one who has made the effort for unification, which is well underway among these four religions? This is what Reverend Moon has done, isn’t that correct? It was not Confucius. It is not the American government who is to do this; it is not even the Russian government. It is the coming Messiah who is to do this; to unite left and right and also unite those four religions.

So you see that when Jesus came and when he ascended up into heaven, during the Crucifixion there was a thief on his right and one on his left. They were the forerunners of the 20th century right-wing and left-wing. He will have to unite them before he can bring them to heaven. If the Lord of the Second Advent does not do that, he cannot accomplish God’s ideal world. So he has to bring left and right into one, no matter how far apart they are. We have to restore the same course going backwards. Jesus went into the realm of death, giving up his life. Restoring means we gain life again by going around, making two into one, instead of going to the cross. The Lord of the Second Advent has to survive and do this.

Mankind has known very little. We are intelligent beings and we know that we don’t understand our origins or our goals. Neither did we understand God’s dispensation. But everything has now been disclosed, thanks to Father. Father taught all these things. Now each person knows where he stands. We know where God’s dispensation is heading, what is the ultimate goal, what each individual must do. All these things had to be disclosed and taught by Reverend Moon. No one has done that before. After culminating that, Father proclaimed the positions of True Father and True Mother; True Parentship; the Messiahship. So Father stood at the front line and proclaimed everything while he was drawing all the attack. Therefore, what will happen? The Unification Church will receive no more persecution. It will simply become strong. Nobody is a match for the Unification Church, not in concept, not in ideology, nor in its capability to love or capability to dedicate. In no way can anybody compete against the Unification Church and its members. Isn’t that true?

The decade of the 1960’s was the transition time for history. All countries had to be liberated. Everybody came to be in an equal position. Particularly after World War II, America was the greatest winner. America was the champion of the whole world after the victory over Germany and Japan. Historically, winning countries enjoyed their tremendous position of political superiority, but the United States helped raise up every nation she had defeated, even Japan, the arch-enemy. Why did America have to do that? Without knowing that was God’s direction, they were preparing the realm of brothers on the national level for the Parents to come. The system of elections in the democratic way means choosing who will be the eldest brother among us. In other words, it is a brotherhood-choosing activity. Now if they have a consensus, we can pick out the best one. But they fight each other. The incumbent party fights against the opposing party.

What America did not realize is that they should not stop with democracy. The election process should be elevated to a higher level than that. In other words, the brotherhood election is not good enough any more. You have to rise up to the Parenthood election. Who would be the right parent for this country? They are all behind the times. Also they have become corrupted. Do you know of any truly clean elections in any society any more? They are dirty elections; corrupted. Everybody knows it but there is nothing they can do.

You can elect the one who will fill the roles of elder brother and younger brother. But can you elect your own father and mother? Can any child do that? Regarding the sons’ and daughters’ positions, there are twelve different positions and they can revolve around as they wish, but the parents position as the center is only one, not many. Can we say, “Let’s elect someone and let’s pretend he is our father and mother?” No, we have no choice in that. Also, can we elect our Messiah and True Parents at our will and consensus? One thing America never saw or accepted is that parents come to us from heaven. They are given to us. We do not select them and make them ourselves. What shall America do? All they know is the election system. They don’t know any other system.

One thing America has never understood, do the Parents come to us from heaven, or do we select them ourselves? What shall American people do, since all they know is their election system? After World War II, America began to play this role. They liberated smaller nations and they raised them up. They treated them generously, as their younger brothers, it is true. But after a few years, America became confused. They stand still now. They did not rise up to the parental level.

In 1960, Kennedy became president and died in 1963. Do you know why? It is because until that time, America was helping the rest of the world, even if it caused difficulty for themselves. Money and resources were given out for the rest of the world. But during Kennedy’s term, that giving shrank. Americans turned inwards and started trying to take care of themselves. Then Kennedy was killed. Heaven just brought him to the spirit world. Likewise Hammerskjold died. He was in the same role. These are subtle points which have not been explained before, but now because of Principle they can be understood. The United Nations was supposed to prepare the world for the one who was to come by developing brotherly relationships among the world’s nations, but they did not do that. Rather, the U.N. virtually became the performing stage for world communism. It became very degraded.

I met with former President Eisenhower around 1965. I can’t remember the exact year because it’s been a long time. I told President Eisenhower everything. I said in plain language, “Centering on Reverend Moon, America had better go in that public direction.” But Eisenhower didn’t pay much attention. He was humble enough to listen and he heard the words, but he didn’t do anything about what he heard. I was told that Eisenhower went and spoke somewhere at a university or school where he said something like, “Reverend Moon is not an ordinary person. He has a great vision and he has a lot to offer mankind.” But that is the extent of what Eisenhower did in order to heed the warning I gave to him.

I set up 120 Holy Grounds around the world, and sixty-two are located right here in America. I took America that seriously. Now, ironically, the country which received God’s love the most, the country which received the most attention and sweat and blood from Father has become the country which has gone against me the most strongly. This has always been the case in history. So left and right wing have to be united before I can make this turn around 180 degrees. Now for the first time, things are going toward God’s direction. To God’s throne we go.

In Jesus’ time, the victory was on the national level. But the victory of Reverend Moon comes on the world level. Do you understand? What has been done? I have been paving the road for that highway which leads to God’s throne-not just for a selected and chosen few but for everyone in the universe, including those who are in the depths of hell. That is what I am doing, and that is what you are doing, as well-paving the road.

The most important thing in human restoration is marriage because history originated from the wrong direction in marriage. Therefore, our mass weddings and purity in love, keeping our lineage clean and intact, is the most important affair in human responsibility. At least Unification Church members understand that much by now. Your ears have been soaked with that message: chastity is of utmost importance. Right here, the main thing we must do is to change the direction of our lineage, transferring it from the realm of Satan to the realm of God. You all made your pledge when you went through the Blessing ceremony, right? And there are other aspects to the process, such as the indemnity stick and the Three-Day Ceremony. All these things are set up to prevent Satan from invading your marriage. Because we have proclaimed that we have gone beyond the level where Adam and Eve fell, at the top of the growth stage, Satan cannot invade. Satan proclaims, “I need an indemnity condition.” That condition is the indemnity stick and the Three Days Ceremony. Without that, you cannot reach up there. Do you understand? These conditions completely separate you from Satan’s blood lineage.

Let me ask you, do you really, deeply and clearly realize that you have gone through that transition of the blood lineage, from evil to good? Do you realize that through those ceremonies you have established that condition? That is a must. The ownership of the satanic world began after the fall, not before. That means after the realm of lineage changes, then the realm of ownership must automatically follow. What belongs to the satanic world cannot be unconditionally moved into the heavenly world.

The center of the conditions in the Old Testament days were material goods or offerings. The New Testament conditions required sacrificial offerings by which the sonship is restored. The Completed Testament days are the time of Parents. To uphold the Parents means to invite God down to earth. Until that time, heaven and earth have been separated. Now through the Parents, God can come down and live on earth. Until such time, the Parents must go through a realm of persecution. The realm of heart is something not so frequently mentioned by Father, but this time Father has emphasized it.

There are four great heartistic realms and three great national or kingship realms. Together they comprise the heartistic, shimjung realm. So in the transition of the blood lineage, everything that belongs to you belongs to God. That means whatever we own ourselves is not ours individually. Adam and Eve were supposed to be blessed under God, and then true ownership was supposed to be given, in that order. Now we are restoring. That doesn’t mean we can own everything and then be blessed by God. No. How does it work? We are blessed first, then with all we own, we will recover the country and dedicate to God and God will perhaps give it back. Things work in that order. We dedicate it, but receive it again.

This is true of the nation, too. Now many begin to deny the right of individual ownership. More and more are saying, “This all belongs to the society.” We are moving in that direction. That was the unmistakable viewpoint of communism, and now even the free world is moving in that direction. Ownership is supposed to be given to the Lord of the Second Coming. Supposedly he should own everything. He will be the center of all ownership, all things, and then he will re-allocate, giving it back. It is the True Parents who give it all back, not the false parents who give it all back. The false parents’ generation took ownership. This is not the original way. We must rededicate. After that, we receive the center, True Parents. After that, we receive our real ownership.

Because of this Principle, which is the law of God, unification happens automatically. If you will stick to this principle, then you don’t have to do anything to be united, it happens automatically. That means if we create more numbers of Blessed couples, all the work we are about to do is already done. That is the goal, the purpose, and we will do it without fighting. Transfer the lineage and ownership. You think, “My body is mine, my life is my life,” but that is not so. That has to belong to God. Now, unfortunately, it is under the dominion of Satan. If your mind and body are completely one, you are probably on God’s side. But if your mind and body are not one, in all probability you are still in the satanic domain. Those here who can proudly proclaim to me, “Yes, my mind and body are already one,” raise your hands. Nobody? This is why we need to pray to God, pray to God to help us and fight. Fight against whom? Not against other people but fight against yourself. As long as there is room inside of you for Satan to come in and dance around, you are in hell. You have to cross the borderline from Satan’s domain into God’s domain. That’s why we need prayer.

So on God’s side, mind and body are already one. This is not a theory or abstract concept. Through this understanding, you have to make it a reality. That is up to you, with God’s assistance. Otherwise you have no real plan for where you want to go. You cannot build anything without a blueprint. What if we don’t realize that? There will be no freedom. There is no peace, and there will be no happiness. No hope. What do we have, then? No future. Nothing, only hell. Therefore, we must do this. Then what do we have? Everything.

There is no higher education than this education, correct? This is the ultimate and most basic education. Many people want to live according to their urges. That is not good at all. Some people have even been blessed with spouses they didn’t like, so they asked me, “Father, give me another spouse.” Someone actually said that. Think about the law of God which Adam and Eve violated, because of which God had to expel them from the Garden of Eden. Do you think that law has changed now? No, the same law is in effect. The dimension is different now. The position of Adam and Eve was the individual, small way, but Father’s position now is fully established to the world level. So if you break that law, it is not that survivable. You must understand the seriousness and gravity of this principle. Whether we are abiding by or breaching that principle we must understand this seriously. Divorcing, no matter what may be the reason . . . One partner will come to God, and cry and explain why he is right and his spouse is wrong. Then the spouse will come and do the same. Do you think God will listen? We must understand the foundation we are sitting on here. It may look humble, but it is the result of much bloodshed, much sacrifice and the martyrdom of all religions in the past. Many entire countries perished. With that enormously high price paid, the Unification Church could stand. Can you take it lightly?

Your husband will have certain faults. In the past, God tried to accommodate the unreasonable and childish desires of men and women. That is how God, until now, fostered religion. Does He have to do the same thing even today? No. Since we know a lot, we have to take care of ourselves. We know ownership automatically goes with lineage. What about the heartistic realm? When God created the first ancestors of mankind, Adam and Eve, He had an idea, an heartistic attitude. He knew that children should behave in a certain manner toward their parents. It is simple, but in English it becomes complicated. Parents should have a certain heart toward their children. The child should have a certain attitude and heart toward his parents. And husband and wife should not only have the heart and mind . . . It’s a kind of code of conduct, the way you should behave. There is always a rule, ethical rules and heartistic attitudes of God. God must have already had that when He created mankind and gave blessing to them, correct?

Parents have a certain acceptable mindset toward their offspring. This is the order: first, there is the child’s heart toward his parents since everybody starts as a child. When another child is born into the family, the brother/sister relationship comes about. And, when the boy and girl grow up, the husband and wife relationship comes into being. When the couple becomes parents, they realize a heartistic attitude toward their children as well as all the rest of their family. God has definite ideas how each of these relationships should be.

When the fall took place, these things mattered no more. People came to have nothing to do with God, so why worry? Do you follow this? But originally God clearly had this expectation. God still has an expectation, not through the lineage of the fallen generations but for the original Adam to come. God still has His long-awaited expectation for this heartistic realm: that perfect man and perfect woman will have a family and fulfill God’s ideal in all these different relationships. Then God can say, “Yes, that’s what I wanted. Now you fill me up!”

We can see the Lord of the Second Coming in a different perspective this way, “Oh, he is the one who comes to fulfill the perfection of each position, and teach us the heartistic relationship we should have with each other.” Who should be the first to set the good example? It should be Adam. Because of Adam fulfilling this, he can take Eve and recreate Eve, and bring her up to the same level as himself in perfection of the heartistic realm and all these four positions. It may be easy to describe this, but do you think it is easy to actually do it? And doing it while being opposed by others? There are always more hills to go over, one after another. You cannot bend the road to suit your convenience. You have to go straight ahead. Where there is a rock, you have to penetrate it.

So Reverend Moon could have gone around his imprisonment, and everybody thought, “Why didn’t you? That would have been easier.” But that is not so. The road is straight ahead, and God cannot bend His principle. All those walls came down by my taking that road. I have torn them down, and flattened the path so that no more walls are standing in the way. Do you think that was easy to do?

Let us look at this example. If Christianity had received Reverend Moon after World War II, as God’s dispensation was expecting, then within seven years time, the whole world would have turned around. They were ready, mature. Only one country, the greatest country at that, had the Christian cultural background, and the owner of that country should have been the Second Advent. As I have said, Christianity was Eve’s religion. Their mission was to prepare for the groom who was coming. America was in the position of being the bride, as well as Christianity, which was supposed to be making preparation. For whom? For the Second Advent, for the bridegroom. Who is that? Only one man.

What happened? Christianity opposed him, America opposed him. Because of that, millions of people have been sacrificed, history became entangled, everything deteriorated, everything became more difficult. They were saying, “Well, the Bible says that the Lord will come down on the clouds,” and they were looking for that to happen literally. This is the same attitude the Jewish people had at the time of Jesus. Everybody believed, because it was in the Scriptures, that Elijah must come first, then the Savior would come. Nobody knew Elijah had come, so when Jesus appeared, they said, “Who are you?” They didn’t realize John the Baptist was in the position of Elijah, so when Jesus spoke and challenged them to believe, “I am the one who has come,” they couldn’t accept it. John should have been the one testifying to Jesus, but because he didn’t fulfill his mission, then Jesus had to proclaim himself. The people accused Jesus for proclaiming himself, but he had no other choice.

Now Reverend Moon has done everything necessary to enable even the traditional Christians to believe and receive, so I am hiding nothing. I am simply proclaiming the truth as it is. Father is thinking of everything at a higher level than the Christians. It is now the time to make the proclamation. Father has said everything. Seven years is all it would have taken and the restoration of the world would have been accomplished. Reverend Moon is now a leader of the world, not just leading the Christian world. High level people are following behind me. They are watching to see what I will do. If I take a step, they take a step. They follow behind me making no sound. As more join in, the sound will get bigger and bigger until at last it breaks your ear. After that, automatically all will follow. That is how we will make the whole-purpose world.

That is why I went to the prison. I walk the straight road, never compromising but going right through. They found some fault by which they could put me into prison, but I didn’t mind and just went straight ahead. By coming to that point, then literally everything is freed. What about America? Without Reverend Moon, where is this country going to go?

So take down all the walls of the satanic world. There is no castle of Satan remaining anywhere on the earth, no walls Satan can dwell behind. True Parents can relate directly with the families of all five billion people on earth. Until now there have been many, many walls. Now they have been torn down. True Parents can connect with all the world’s families. Now woman can be lifted up. In a family, God needs one: not man, not children, but woman. That is Eve’s position. Do you understand? After the fall, Eve embraced Cain and Abel, but that embrace took them toward hell. From there, all humankind was connected with hell. At the time of the Second Advent, people will come to belong to their original parents, not Satan anymore. The owner of all human beings is True Parents. All human beings belong to the True Parents, not to Satan. Satan doesn’t have ownership or partnership any more. He doesn’t control the family, the nation or world. In this time of the Second Advent, True Parents changed all humanity through one embrace. First, Satan stole Eve. Secondly, Satan stole the children. Since the way of indemnity is the reverse way, then first of all True Parents must restore Eve, who, on Satan’s side, embraced two brothers. Satan embraced woman and their children. The family ultimately follows Eve. Do you understand? The original Eden lost Eve’s family. That husband does not belong to God. That is representative of the archangel position. Do you understand?

Now that the end time is coming, America compares exactly to that kind of family. Woman is queen in this country. We see American queens. Man is a servant here. Exactly a servant. This is different from God’s viewpoint. A woman is standing on God’s side, but children, brotherhood, parents, that is Satan’s side. Connecting into one, they did not unify. This is the problem. How can we connect those three, mother, son and daughter? This is something the American woman cannot do. They need True Mother’s teaching. True Mother is the center of woman. She is the center mother, center woman. True Mother is embracing three kinds of human beings: one is Satan’s side in the outside world; the other is religious world, or God’s side, and another is her real, direct lineage. Those three she has to embrace. This is Mother’s mission.

So Mother’s way is first making sacrifice for the sake of the religious world. When Mother and the religious world combine into one, those two sacrifice for the outside world. That is God’s providential way. Centering on God’s providential way, they connect with the real son. They cannot have false love. They must unite, Mother’s side, the outside, Satan’s side and Cain’s side, completely in love. After that they come back, and Mother and elder son and Father combine into one. Love is in that Abel position. That means one is Satan’s side, one is the archangel’s side. They combine and obey there. Real parents can accomplish that. This is Principle viewpoint. It is that much of a complicated position. You have to choose and go in a clear direction, otherwise you cannot reach heaven. Satan cannot follow that clear direction. God’s way is too difficult for Satan.

So it is the time of a great encounter, a great meeting together. All the world is coming down and there is no more separation between parents and children, children and families. This is true for all the families in the world. Until now, Mother followed in Father’s footsteps, just like a shadow going exactly the same way. Because when Eve appears, Satan will be hurt. Until now, the golden rule for Mother was to be totally obedient to Adam and truly follow. Mother has fulfilled her course. So after that was done, then Father could go to Korea and for the first time present Eve right next to him in the Messiahship and proclaim the worldwide liberation of women.

Now Father appears as the True Father in the brother’s position to all the women of the world, all those who have been molested and hurt by men, and always invaded by men. He watches with a protective eye. Then Mother appears and proclaims liberation for all womanhood from the tyranny and misery brought about by fallen man. This is a test. Unless she goes past these tests, she does not pass. Now Mother fulfills Mother’s role.

It is the role of the eldest brother in the sight of God and the Lord to come, to make sure that all the women in the world will grow as the daughter of God. He must make sure they are properly treated as the daughter of God, given the proper heartistic position to do that, and that they grow up to be a wife within God’s Blessing. All women should grow through the daughter, sister and wife’s positions and eventually come into the mother’s position. Father has the responsibility to see to it that all womankind is protected. They will be invaded by man no more. Women do not know what is going on. Now Father is saying, “This is what I am doing for you.” This is what women are yearning for. They are coveting freedom, peace, happiness.

Then Father proclaims to the world, “The best way to do this is to become one with Mother.” God needs to see His real daughter, the real sisterhood, the real wife’s position, real mother’s position. So Father has now allowed all womankind to become one with Mother. That door is wide open now. Before now, this was not possible, but now it is.

It is like a ladder. When you climb up, you cannot come by yourself. You first have to bring your sons and daughters with you. In coming you don’t have to come alone. In years before we all had to join by ourselves because nothing was accepted, but now it is different. Now you restore your own family and come together. Then Father will accept them. So women will come in and connect to the heartistic realm of Mother and learn these four heartistic positions. Then she will come back to the family and the mother will become one with each son and daughter. Together with the son and daughter, the mother and her children become one with the father and husband. They come back here to Mother again, then Father has to approve of that before the restoration would be complete.

It is very simple. What we are about to accomplish is this. The husband is in the archangel position and now comes back and gets the blessings of Adam’s position, the better position. That means Adam, until the age of sixteen plays the role of archangel, yet at the time of restoration, Adam and Eve can go back to the positions of God’s own son and daughter. This is a tremendous blessing and accomplishment of restoration.

Actually, for the position of Adam there are two kinds of sons and daughters. One is that of stepson and stepdaughter. The others are real sons and daughters. How will these two become one? How can stepmother and stepchildren and real mother and real children combine into one? This is the real problem. They are not just lacking in harmony, they are downright enemies to each other. They have the same father but different mothers, and then the children become enemies.

Now we come to the really serious realization. For the real mother to become harmonious with the stepmother, the real mother loves the stepsons and stepdaughters more than her own sons and daughters. It is not easy but this is the only way to make unity among them. Then this is another example of why we have to love our enemy.

When the True Mother loves her stepsons and daughters more than her real sons and daughters, she has freedom always. Even though she suffers, she has freedom. If she does not do that, she is fettered, not free. Therefore the children are not free either. Everybody is fettered. We must understand the depth of God’s teaching and His feeling when He said, “Love thy enemy.” Nobody wants to love his enemy, not even God. We don’t and even God doesn’t want to, but without making this one serious point, there is no way to love everybody. There is no way to give life again and restore mankind. Therefore, we must understand that even though we say it simply, in God’s position this is a purely impossible position. We must understand.

It may be easy to say that Father should love Cain first and then Abel, but human beings are simply not built that way. Also Father must be able to deeply care about the women in the Unification Church in his heart and do that more than he loved his own wife when he married Mother. The same is true for America, too. You may be indifferent to it, but it is a very important nation. So you must love Cain more than Abel. It is not easy. It is like dying, but you have to do it, and so does the mother in loving the stepchildren first.

God gave His own son in order to restore all those who were enemies to Him. God did that Himself. Therefore He can tell us, “Love thy enemy.” That’s why Jesus was the greatest in history. Those whom he tried to love the most were the ones who pierced him, and he still said, “Do not blame them because they do not know what they are doing.” We must understand Jesus’ heart to restore God’s peace, God’s family peace. This was the only way, so Jesus did it. He did it for the sake of God’s family. We must understand what he did, what is great in reality, and do the same things for the same reasons. We have to understand the reasons why he loved the enemy. He did it to preserve God’s family.

We understand how this applies. If you fail in a marriage but you already have a child, and then you marry for the second time, you will bring your son or daughter to a new husband. If his family does not welcome you and your child, how difficult would your life be? God is exactly the same. We must understand that we must love. This is only possible because of God. It is very important that we hear and understand this. It is easy to hear the words, but do you really understand it? Maybe you do understand it, but then it has to simmer in, sink down into yourself. Correct? You have to listen and listen again with seriousness so that you can seriously understand, not superficially understand.

This is why the early Christians had to leave their homes and go out to foreign countries and evangelize. Then the people listened to them. But people in their own homes didn’t listen to them. Rome was Jesus’ enemy. Do you know why we say love your enemy? It is because there are lots of stepchildren who came about, so how can God accommodate them if He does not teach them how to love their enemy and help them practice doing that? So at this last Blessing, I really did not discriminate. The Blessing was not given only to Unification Church members. I wanted to give the Blessing to members and non-members. I extended the love of the family to non-family. Then they became family. (Applause)

So we must understand that Father is representing all the children of God, and the perfection of heart. He is like the king on the throne, the center of all the children, which is what all mankind is. Including Father and everyone of us, all mankind, has everything to do with God, and nothing to do with Satan. Here Father stands as the one who represents all the good brother and sister relationships, as well as the most perfected man and the most perfected heart of a husband. In other words, he should be the best husband in the whole world. When this is materialized, would Mother be a happy or an unhappy woman? (Happy.) Should Father stand in a position where Mother can frown and say, “You are not a good enough husband”? Or should I treat her in such a way that she can always say, “You are the best one. I respect you.” That kind of father and husband is what I should be. Actually, I have to become such that Mother, whenever her mouth opens in spite of herself, starts praising her husband. Everywhere she goes, she wants to brag and talk about her husband. When she became a grandmother, she wanted to speak about her husband even more and be even more proud.

Father also has a reason to be proud of Mother. Representing all of mankind, she obeyed Father more than any woman here on earth. I am now in a position which God has long been desiring to see and I am bequeathing that to all men and women, allowing them to become sons and daughters of God. God created man and woman to be that way in the original Blessing. Now that mankind has come under Him, He wants to give man the power of creation too. When man is perfected, he can realize God’s heart. To share that feeling, God gives parents sons and daughters. Of course you always have the original text, but pay attention to this, and engrave it in your heart and in your mind. Do not forget it.

(Father draws for a while on the board.) This is the four position foundation. This is God and God has mind and body but it is invisible. He has to deploy His own self in His own image through a visible self, namely sons and daughters. In doing this, one is plus and one is minus. They have a relationship of plus and minus. For this to happen, a person in the position of plus must first deny themselves. If someone is a plus here on earth, he cannot become a plus in spirit world. Therefore, on earth he must become a minus, then he will become a plus in heaven. That is on the heartistic realm. That means that here on earth, if we live almost miserably, serving all mankind and everybody here, then when you go to the other world, spirit world, heaven, you will be raised up to the highest point, depending on how low you were here. This happens by living for the sake of others.

This is highly conceptual, but if a man loves a woman very much, the woman will love him so much so that there is a way for him to go directly to heaven. There is more than one way to go. That’s the Kingdom of Heaven-you can go many ways. By the same token, she can do this. We must understand that what we experience here and what we will experience there are not the same as we think. If we live here as a millionaire, do you think we will also live like a millionaire up there? No. Usually, it is reversed. Why? Because if we don’t live for the sake of other people, how can we go up high in the spirit world? Do you follow? The ordinary person doesn’t understand that.

America, in other words, the West, is kind of plus here on earth today. Since they are a plus, they cannot go here and become a plus. They are already a plus here, so they have to go to a minus position. Then they can go to plus even if they go to spirit world. Once you reach up high, you’ve got to find carefully where your low position is. You have to find it and go down. The only way is that low position, not a high position. That is the rhythm of all life. First you have to come low before you become high. When you go high, then you must always come down low. If we live here on earth for the sake of other people, we will go so much higher in the spirit world. That’s what the essence is.

This is God, this is children (pointing to blackboard). That is, Adam and Eve. The reciprocal subject and object ideal is here. Here is an individual. Here they are a pair, but here is an individual. That means when Adam was born as a boy or as a man-to-be, he goes his own way. By the same token, Eve has her own path to follow as she is growing up. Adam and Eve do not go by themselves. They have to bring their parents along with them. This is important for everyone. After each person is born, he or she has to go through the stage of the true brothers and sisters. They must become a true brother and sister, a good brother and sister. Do any parents want to see their sons and daughters fighting with one another? That is the most painful thing. Actually, the parents’ heart wants to see the brothers and sisters loving one another even more than they love their parents. The same is true of the animal world. Animal parents don’t want their children to fight. What about here in America? Of course, we got so individualistic, it’s hard for us to understand this.

This is the original formula. We are born as children. Then we must first become good brothers and sisters, always keeping God in mind. You should not forget God. No matter what they do, good or bad, they have to keep God in mind always while they are growing up. As they grow from small children, getting older and older, they develop not only their children’s heartistic attitude toward their parents but also their heartistic position as brothers and sisters. They soon come to play two roles, that of children and that of brothers and sisters. Why is that so important? You might think that these are just a few childhood years, but they are very important. While we are growing in our family, we have to have rigid, perfect training. There are hundreds of millions of families in the world. Unless you are accustomed to correct relationships within the family, you cannot relate to all of them peacefully.

So we can now categorize these relationships. The love between parents and children is vertical love. The love between husband and wife is that of left and right, or horizontal. And the love between brothers and sisters is that of front and rear. All of those comprise a sphere, correct? Our heartistic training is supposed to lead us to perfection. Therefore, the family is indeed the training ground, the perfect textbook. It is the textbook of father, the textbook of mother and the textbook of brothers and sisters, all four different kinds of relationships.

Of course, that expands into the world with the grandfather’s heartistic world, the grandsons, and in-laws, stepsons and daughters, uncles and aunts. Extended family relationships reflect your attitude toward the rest of mankind.

I have just outlined the basic kinds of relationships there are and what kinds of attitudes you should maintain in those relationships. When you pass this, and when you pass this extended application, you will become a person about whom God can say to others, “You should learn from him. He is the typical example of My love.”

That means I, too, must be able to look at the elderly grandfathers and grandmothers here in America and really feel the same kind of affection, the same love, even stronger toward these grandparents, than towards my own grandparents. I should look at them as my own father and mother. Likewise, in all different age groups, I feel the extension of my own family. When that is the case, I would have passed all the tests of God and everybody would try to follow my example. I have the confidence that if God told me, “I want you to take that shabbiest, most unappealing old grandmother into your home and take care of her as your own grandmother. That’s your grandmother” I would obey. I would treat her better than my own grandmother. By the same token, those who are the age of my own parents, if God told me to take care of somebody, I would be ready to do it, no matter how difficult it might be.

If True Mother had been a black woman, rather than a Korean, would I have loved her any less? No, it doesn’t matter what her race or culture is, I must love the woman in Mother’s position the most. Whenever I see a black brother or sister, I think, “Oh, that person’s ancestors went off many, many generations ago and lived in a very hot climate and became dark-skinned, but they are my kinfolk. How much difficulty they must have gone through generation after generation!” Because of this basic heartistic attitude and understanding and willingness, the Unification Church can have successful international marriages. If you don’t understand this basic attitude, then this is meaningless.

So the son and daughter grow, brother and sister becoming bigger and more mature. Adam is the one who is to be the perfected son, and Eve is the one who is to be the perfected daughter. Both were children of God. Adam was to grow up to be in the elder brother’s position, and Eve was in the younger sister’s position. After mastering the heartistic relationship as a son and daughter to the parents, then as brother and sister to one another, they would have been ready to become husband and wife, heartistically ready for that level of relationship between husband and a wife.

We must understand, not everybody is qualified to become a husband and wife just because they grow up to be a man and a woman. Only God’s son and daughter are allowed to become husband and wife. In order to become God’s, not Satan’s, son and daughter, we have to experience the other levels of relationship before becoming husband and wife.

Why have I mentioned this in such an elaborate way? Because here are American women who think, “Well, I am a woman and therefore I am entitled to have a husband.” But that is not the case at all. Have you loved your parents according to God’s heavenly way? Have you loved your brothers and sisters in a heavenly way? Are you prepared to love your husband in a heavenly way? There is only one Adam and one Eve. Another example of what American women say is, “Oh, there are millions of people I can choose from, or Father can choose from.” No, no, there is only one Adam and one Eve. There is no other possibility. If you meet your husband, he is your Adam. There is no second runner-up, there is no alternative.

Here there is no spouse (pointing to area of blackboard) or no plus and minus, subject and object relationship. We go from one extreme to another extreme, one direction to another. This is East and this is West. There is no spouse. This is single. All are single until they get married. So it is a big task for us to become dual characteristics, like God. God has dual characteristics, both man and woman’s characteristics. Each man has woman’s characteristics, as well.

Adam might have tremendous aspirations and ambitions, no matter what. Maybe in Adam’s time, if there had been such a possibility, he would have gone on to get a Ph.D. Whatever he might do, his ultimate requirement is that he has to find a wife, get married to another person. Adam and Eve actually didn’t think about one another as husband and wife. They were independent of each other. The love of parents was more superior for them. Anyway, they never thought about getting married. After a while, it dawned on Adam that perhaps he could take Eve as his wife, after observing nature and seeing that everything in nature comes in pairs. That’s how they gradually came to think, “Maybe she/he is meant to be my mate.” Then later they came to realize, “It must be.” As they grew it became clear.

When they approach this level of maturity, when they are about ready to be Blessed in marriage by God, the vertical line shortens up and God comes down here also. Adam and Eve come up and toward that one focal point. And where should Adam and Eve meet? You may think, here, or here or that any point on this line would be okay. But that is not so. Adam and Eve have to meet right here at the center. There is no other point. That’s why they are ninety degrees. By doing that, there is the most natural approach. There is no loss. That’s the most effective, most economical way. It’s a shortcut all around. That is the ideal, that is ninety degrees.

If you envision that in the sphere, then the twelve independent pieces will still make a perfect sphere, no matter which piece you may fit in which position. Everybody likes this one position, God likes it, father and mother like it, children like it, brothers and sisters like it. When a husband and wife spend their first night together, God comes down right here and with them, forms a nuclei. This is the settling point of the love of all positions. The parent’s love and parent’s position is here, children’s love and children’s position is here, the couple’s position is here; the focus of all love settles down from this point on and God becomes the center, the nuclei.

This is what God intended: the culminating point of His ideal of creation. From here, everything is connected and extended in all directions. We can see a tremendous multiplication which will form a world full of billions of people. Therefore it is very natural and we cannot deny, that in order to reach that point, mind and body must become one or else we just cannot serve the purpose. To serve True Love, mind and body must have complete unification. The upper sphere, lower sphere, the right sphere, left sphere, front sphere and rear sphere, completely combine centered on True Love. It’s true. Therefore it is a tremendous pride and privilege to have sons and daughters because we have to have this rigid standard of God’s love before we are allowed to have children. It is the original standard, the original attitude of God’s position. God gave all things this ability as He made the creation. How enjoyable it was to be in Adam’s position! God wanted to give them His same feeling of joy, that is the position to be a couple and to bear children. Now you are experiencing God’s position.

Father looked for the truth and he was amazed to finally realize that there was nothing God did not give to everybody. Everybody had and has the potential to experience God’s position himself. There is nothing God reserved for Himself. You want your truly loving father and truly loving mother to be a king and queen, don’t you? Everybody answers the same, Yes! Yes! Emphatically you would answer, “I want my father to be king.” You also want your grandfather and grandmother to become a king and queen, don’t you? And also, you want your spouse to become a king and you become a queen. You want that, don’t you? How about your children? It is the same answer. That is the privilege God bestowed to all mankind, all children, without exception. You are rightfully eligible to have that. If Adam and Eve didn’t fall, God would have been the king Himself. The king’s son and daughter are a prince and princess, aren’t they? Literally Adam and Eve would have been that prince and princess, on the way to becoming king and queen one day. This is not just thought, but reality.

When they succeeded in growing up in a good manner and became husband and wife and king and queen, only one nation under God would have existed throughout millions of generations. There never would have been two countries or three countries, or like today when we see hundreds of countries. Should there have been one country or two countries? (One.) Would America exist as it does today? No. It would have been a part of God’s country. One country would exist centered on Adam’s culture. One culture, one country; one kingship country. The citizens or subjects would all be royal families, deployed everywhere centering on one center. They would become the so-called population.

Now Father is telling us the concept of king and queen is not so distant. We can see already, we must be kings and queens because our parents are kings and queens. We are the offspring of kings and queens and eventually we will be too. This is literally how God created. How different it is: what we are today and what we are supposed to be!

[Father draws on board.] Father is saying we have to have four big heartistic realms and three kingdoms. The grandfather-is he king or not? Yes. God is in the grandfather’s position, too. God or grandfather is king of the past, I am the king of the present and children are the king of the future. Everything happens in one family. Therefore, there are no two ways about this. The grandfather has to be treated as the king in the family. Even though he may be fallen, we must treat him that way. Here in America, do we have that attitude? No, when you get old, you have much less value. Today, there is no acceptable standard pertaining to how a grandfather should be treated in the different relationships with his kin. Therefore there is no clear relationship in a country, how it should exist or what relationships should exist among its different structures. Everything is haphazard. There is no consistent principle. This is not the way human beings were supposed to be in God’s ideal.

The kingship of the past is God’s place. Modern kingship is Adam and Eve’s place. Their children are the kings of the future. These three kingships dwell in one family. This is our family. Do you understand? This is the formula! In True Love, not just by saying, but truly, everybody is in the king’s position. So we have to treat the grandfather as king because he is the king of the past. He is the retired king. Also, the parents are the incumbent king and the children are about to become king. You have to treat each other like kings. Also, your parents represent not only your family, but the entire family of mankind which numbers close to five billion people. “My parents are the kings of all mankind, more than just my family.” Do you understand? The future king needs to inherit from them.

God gave everyone who wants that, the chance to fulfill it. They were supposed to fulfill that. It was not that God short-changed man in blessing.

So, these are the four great realms of heart. The three great kingdoms-grandfather, father and son-were to be fulfilled in every family. This is the standard, make no mistake about it. When we live this standard here on earth, then we go to spirit world truly living in the palace of the king, the true kingdom, forever and ever. We will. Now we know that with the advent of our True Parents, all these four heartistic realms and the three kingdoms have been accomplished. Then we see how it will prevail within us also. How different it is from what we think the so-called kingdom would be: the kingdom which God promised through Jesus to Christianity. We have no idea what God really intended and still intends. We have to know that before we can comply with it and become true sons and daughters of God. This is really a sad, or annoying situation. Look what the Christians believe and still teach: “All you have to do is believe in Jesus and everything will be okay.” How absurd this seems once you know Gods intention behind creation! You have to know everything before you can believe correctly and establish the kingdom correctly. Therefore we must go the shortcut to experience the royal family heart, the royal heart in all directions. We have to prepare for that and teach it to Christians. Then the lineage realm, the true blood realm will have been established and following that, everything is accomplished. What God originally intended to accomplish, will now have been accomplished. We have a clear idea of what it is and how we go about it. [Father goes back to drawing.] One model family is so important. Here is one real woman, then the kingdom of heaven and God is connected in many different ways. That is the very foundation of the kingdom itself. The past heaven, the modern world, the future is connected in her and in her family.

Which would you prefer: to be a citizen of a democratic country where the president reigns for four years or would you rather belong to a country where a perpetual and eternal king and queen, from your own family, reigns, and where you too will become that king and queen automatically one day? Which one would you choose? The democratic world or Godly world? Democracy is passing. It is not eternal. From the brother’s era we are moving to the parent’s era. True Parent’s family and the so-called fallen families, the average families of this world, now come face to face. Who should each family follow? Should the average family follow True Family or should the True Family follow the average family? Every family must follow True Family for many reasons. In order to go to heaven, should Father push forward and they, in turn, come and follow behind him? Or should Father turn around and go somewhere it is easy to go, hoping that it is heaven? (Follow Father.) Father has to go where heaven is. So, parents turn around now. Each one’s dress and equipment should be the same because we are going in the same direction. It is the same thing as when Moses went to Egypt and said, “All Israelites should come,” and they all came and Moses turned around and started walking. It means Moses will tell them how to attire themselves.

It was a beautiful sight to see Mother standing in front of a big woman’s rally where she spoke such tremendous contents. Everybody thought, “A woman’s rally? What are they supposed to do? They’ll have some talk, but what then?” But, reality was contrary to that. Everybody became so excited. No one could understand what made the excitement. It was truly a big typhoon of a real woman’s movement, not the kind we see here in America. Their hearts were excited and happy and it was with hope that they all went to the meeting. This kind of thing happened over and over again.

The most basic restoration is to be born again. Father says let’s draw a conclusion from this. How can you be born again, since we have already become big? Even though we are grown we must somehow go back inside Father’s body, to a state the same as before we were born. We know through history how God worked this. By giving birth to twins, God used Tamar to set up the perfect condition. At first the elder son was going to come out, but then the younger son pushed himself out and became the elder son. That made enough condition to lead to the advent of Jesus. Jesus too, had that condition through his birth to Mary. Because Jesus was born from that, it is clearly a new beginning. “Only begotten son,” are not simple words. Why was he the only begotten son? Why did Jesus, God’s own child, have to die? Mainly because the Jewish nation did not become one. If Judaism and the Israelites had united as God wanted them to, Jesus never would have died. Since plus and minus were not harmonious and united into one, there was no foundation upon which Jesus could come and fulfill God’s will. Again, if people had at least understood a little and had followed righteously to support Jesus, because that was everything God intended, within seven years, Jesus would have accomplished what Father has accomplished now. From that time until now, how many millions and millions of people have been sacrificed? We know it is many.

Should Jesus have gotten married within his own family or to a family from a foreign country? As we know, Zacariah’s family and Jesus’ family were very close. John and Jesus were cousins. Following the historical pattern, these two families were apt to fight. This happened through Zacariah’s wife and Jesus’ mother. They should have united and become one. These two tribes, Zachariah’s tribe and Joseph’s tribe, should have gotten together and found a good bride for Jesus. That is what they should have done. In order to do that they had to unite. John the Baptist, in the archangel’s position, was outwardly accomplished. It is likely that Jesus’ bride must come from Zachariah’s family, John the Baptist’s sister. This is rightfully so. So how would John the Baptist’s family be part of this would-be wedding? [Father draws on board.] Here is John the Baptist, his mother, her daughter and on this side Joseph, his wife and Jesus. God brought them so close. All they had to do was reach out. If they knew what was in store for them, Jesus would have had no problem gaining a foundation. Jesus was truly handicapped and frustrated when this did not come about. We hear that in the Bible over and over again. John the Baptist made a foundation, after that he should have offered it to Jesus. Everything would have been accomplished through Jesus. Then, with all probability Jesus would have been married to a bride, would he not? From here, the daughter, or Eve’s position, would actively search for Adam, who was Jesus. They would have met. Eve would have come from the archangel’s family, which was John the Baptist’s family. She would have been restored to Adam’s family.

The twelve disciples, twelve tribes, seventy two elders and their families, would have come peacefully under this tribe very easily. Do you think that Jesus had to die? In other words, did God have to give Jesus to Satan in order to have an alternative plan? No. If Jesus had had that foundation, how could he not have been successful in teaching the truth? In that case, it would have been a miracle if he did not accomplish. It would have happened so automatically.

So what was the relationship between Jesus and John the Baptist? Who was Jesus’ father? It is the same as Cain and Abel, one father had two descendants. When Mary conceived, it was in Zachariah’s home, where she stayed for six weeks. Who is Jesus’ father? (Zachariah.) I don’t know! You know well. You said it, not me. (Laughter.) Now is the time for everything to be revealed, there is nothing hidden. We come to know the truth, it is consistent and natural in every way. That is God’s law, it is simple. It is said that Mary conceived as a virgin, by the Holy Spirit. It was also said that John the Baptist was conceived by the Holy Spirit. It is the same. It is a very subtle point, but that is where Christianity begins. How can a woman conceive a baby out of nowhere? When the Unification Church entertains the possibility of who Jesus’ father was, it must be heretical. But Father actually heard the answer from you. It’s true, Father never heard it before, but you said that! And Father remembers Father never said that before! Make no mistake about this. Later, when Christians blame Father, saying, “On such and such date you said Zacariah was Jesus’ father,” you will have to testify that it was the congregation who said it, not Father. (Laughter.) If it is fact, it doesn’t matter who said it. If it is not fact, then it does matter!

Some may ask the question, did Mary fulfill her due responsibility? Unification Church members jump up and have things to say. If you ask the same questions of Christianity, Catholics will really jump up high and say, “Don’t even talk about that! That is blasphemous!” You can see for yourself. In the Bible there is an episode when there was a wedding ceremony in Galilee. Mary went there to serve people and Jesus went there, too. Jesus’ mother said something like, “We don’t have wine” and Jesus became very indignant, saying, “Woman, what do you have to do with me?” She was not worried about Jesus’ wedding, which was her responsibility to arrange. She was more worried about a wedding that didn’t have any meaning. Jesus knew this and he felt so indignant, saying, “Your son, the center of God’s whole dispensation should go this path, getting married to restore all mankind, and you don’t even think about that. You are worried about another person’s wedding. What are you anyway?” That is what Jesus said to his own mother. Now we know that clearly. What is your guess? Do you think that was Jesus’ heart at that time? (Yes.) Jesus was thirty-three years old, and the relative who happened to be getting married that day was not even twenty at that time. And Mary had to get Jesus involved, worrying that there was no wine? What kind of mother is she, Jesus wondered.

Nobody knew who Jesus’ father was. Since they had no evidence one way or the other, people just talked behind Jesus’ back. Joseph asked Mary who Jesus’ father was. Don’t you think he asked her? He asked many times. Of course Mary couldn’t say, she just answered, “The Holy Spirit.” Do you think Joseph really believed that? Therefore, Mary was always in a defensive position. She really did not have a secure position. It is another reason why she didn’t worry so much about Jesus. The Bible does not disclose this, but it is so easy to trace it back. Mary and Joseph were disharmonious, fighting and quarrelling all the time. They quarrelled so much that young Jesus’ mother even forsook him and left him. Three days later she came and found him with the priests. Jesus was very angry saying, “Where else would I be but in my Father’s house?”, which was the temple. Today both Christians and Catholics say that Jesus is such a great person so he stayed in his father’s house. How can you go to heaven with that kind of interpretation? He was there because he was forsaken by his mother and father! The fact that Jesus could not get married was directly due to the failure of responsibility on Mary’s part. How can Mary be a great woman? If those in the past had fulfilled their role, then we would not have had to wait for the advent of the Unification Church, having to go through that incredible difficulty of what Father did in re-establishing the whole foundation. Now we have just to cross the hill. If it was as easy as just believing in what the Christians and Catholics believe today, the restoration of the world would have been accomplished long before now, only a few years after Jesus came and died. It is very simple. If you die and go to spirit world, that much will instantly be obvious.

Father has a tremendous foundation which is not visible, it is below the waterline. It is a small tip of the iceberg which we know. But based on his knowledge and restoration of hundreds of thousands of situations and episodes and supporting clauses in the Bible and testimonies in the scriptures, Father proclaimed Messiahship. For instance, elder sonship-is there any record that this had to be restored? People are not even thinking about it. Father helped to establish President Reagan and the CIA knows it too. Who cut out Carter? Yes, Father. [Father says in English, “Cut out Carter, Cutter.”] You remember how Father mentioned what an adverse direction America was going in during his administration? There is nothing personal about this. What the Principle shows us is so clear. Even you could have predicted it. The chance of a conservative coming into power during that liberal and democratic time four elections ago was impossible. Isn’t it true that Father directly intervened?

Again, by Father’s successfully gaining elder sonship, Gorbachev has now moved out. America, together with Christianity, came into one and established enough condition through which Father subdued Gorbachev. In other words, communism declined and their leader, Gorbachev, retreated with the restoration of elder sonship. Without that, it could not happen. Everything is clear, step by step. Kim Il Sung, too, proclaimed that he is messiah on the satanic side. That is why everybody calls him father. Father has to subjugate him, too. By doing that, the restoration of parentship and kingship is accomplished, which will give rise to the royal family. Father liberates all mankind and Mother works ahead of everyone else in liberating womanhood. Together, they restore all people and establish the kingdom, which then gives rise to the royal families. Whoever becomes one within the family and one with God, instantly becomes a royal family. Everyone is destined to be a royal family. Do you understand what the royal family means? Father is not just saying this is what is supposed to be so let’s do it. No, Father has already done it. The Japanese don’t have to be irritated. Father would never go to Japan and say, “I want to be president of Japan.” Everybody understands he may be president of the world, but not Japan!

We know what it takes, what we have been doing to accomplish these things. So should we strive for restoration by the root or not? Pay attention to that. Most of us already are, but let’s reinforce it. Within the Unification Church kingship is already happening in the midst of the democratic, free world. We are making completion, a culmination of kingship and the royal family. You say Hyo Jin Hyung and Ye Jin Noona. What does that mean? It signifies the royal family. Do you understand? We are now making the royal family system within the Unification Church. The day by day experience is fast. North Korea and South Korea are making unification. With that, immediately the rest of the world will be complete, no problem.

To be born again: what does that mean to us and why is it so important? Originally, what is inside of Father must come in the form of children and their offspring and will eventually fill the earth. This is what would have happened without the fall. Let’s say mankind did not fall, and we are God’s legitimate offspring. Tracing back many years ago to before you were born, can you imagine the time when you were still in the bone marrow of your mother and father? Anyway the fall took place. To make a long story short, a lot of people were born illegitimately as far as God is concerned. God cannot call them His own, but anyway they were born; what can you do? We must find a way to restore them. What is the way? We must go inside Father, even though we are big. We have to return there in order to be reborn. In order to do that one has to deny himself completely. Without denial, how can we go back to the mother’s womb? We are already grown up and so big. Some are married and some ready to get married, but before that we have to go back inside Father. This isn’t just true for Father’s time now, but at the time of Jesus this should have been done. It helps us to understand what Christianity is all about. This is what Jesus was all about.

So become completely one with Mother this time, like Judaism had to become one with the mother-to-be at that time. The messiah is the one who comes in the man’s role representing Heaven. God has woman’s quality, too, but man should represent heaven and woman should represent earth. That doesn’t sound right to some American women. They wonder, “Why do they put men in the superior position?” Superior or inferior, high or low, it doesn’t matter. This is the way God intended it. Is the seed of life in man or woman? (Man.) The woman is in the position to receive. That is a very obvious arrangement God made. What is the original posture, which is more natural? Should woman be on top or should man be on top? Here in America more females are in the upper position. But what is more natural? For man to be on top. What about animals? Is the male or female on top? It is the male, without exception. So it is likely that man should be on top, too. Also, the husband and wife cannot engage in sleeping together at just any time. There are many considerations. We don’t even think like that. If you do it right, what happens? You give birth to a better child, a fantastic child, very close to being God’s own son or daughter even though we are not great ourselves.

Where do man and woman become one? We talk about unification of body and mind and unification of man and woman. In what way can man and woman become one? Is it when they meditate very deeply and become one? Or do they become one at the moment they kiss passionately? Only through the joining of the sexual organs, can they be united. The sexual organ is the love kingdom palace. American people do not know this. It is the life palace. It is the blood lineage palace. Those three palaces are the human sexual organ. How precious it is! It is sacred. As a result of the fall, this came to be the lowest thing. People are ashamed to even talk about this. How important is this palace which represents and would be a direct connection to the lineage and years and years of tradition! There can only be one owner of this palace. The inside, represents one God and the outside represents husband and wife. Now two become absolutely one. There is only one key to the palace and only one key owner. God and your husband, God and Adam, same key. If you want to open that, you can do so only with permission from God. You can’t open it yourself. The real owner is God, the second owner is Adam.

What Reverend Moon said to us this morning, even though it is something somewhat unexpected, is all a matter of natural order. The sexual organ is the True Love house. It is important to know this. The sexual organ is the true life house and the true blood lineage house. From this perspective, American people have lost everything. How can people imagine having happiness and freedom when they have lost everything?

How can a husband and wife leave each other after joining together this most important source of life? What more could they be asking for? If they leave each other, love is lost, life is lost and lineage is lost. You lose everything by separating and divorcing. What hope are you going to live with? The blood lineage connects you to history. Life is the modern system. During the human lifetime people live together in one system on earth. That means the modern human lost everything. Love connects everything to the cosmic world. The beginning, the end, and everything in between is lost. That includes God, all creation, everything. There is no hope.

So many people commit suicide. We know suicide is bad. You have to suffer even more after committing suicide. But because people lost everything they choose that way. When Father was in prison and was going through incredible uncertainty, he still never uttered one prayer asking, “Father, protect me” or “What am I going to do?” He just said one thing. He reported, “The reason I am here, is for the purpose of liberating You.” Father always said, “You don’t need to help me. I will do more myself and dedicate it to You. I understand everything clearly and I don’t want Your help.” Of course, even though God did it, still Father fulfilled his role, therefore God is willing to give Father the recognition, “Oh, you did it.” But Father knows God did it. This is man’s responsibility. The same thing is true for us. We know Father did everything, but still we have to do our share or we cannot accomplish ourselves. Do you understand?

Naturally each one, then, needs to keep a tight protection over their body, especially women. We have always thought of the importance of women’s chastity, but now is the time of man’s chastity, too. From now on, after being restored, a man should be reprimanded heavily if he goes through the fall again. Man must be chaste. Father has many recollections of times when women tried to seduce him. It took doing many things absolutely right to sustain the survival of Father and the Unification Church. We have come a very long way now. We have done so much and all the people of the world, even though they didn’t meet Reverend Moon, just if they heard about him, they love him so much. Do Unification Church women and men love Father so much? Why? It is because you have found life through him. You want to live.

Especially Eve, but all women, as a result of the fall lost and ruined the wife’s position, the sister’s position, the daughter’s position and the mother’s position. They lost all four of the heartistic positions. Therefore, to restore that, they have to meet one perfect man to connect to heartistically and find a way to be restored. This is why we all love Father and indemnity. Indemnity means taking the same position. Through that we can make the indemnity course.

So Father should not and cannot take advantage of the weak position of women. They are helpless now. Father’s position is to protect them and to soothe them, to restore and repair their trust in a husband, a brother, a father and to all relations. As Father mentioned before, when Jesus came 2000 years ago, everyone had to find a way to go back to Jesus’ body itself, into the bone marrow, and come through the process of being born again, before they could be accepted as inheriting Jesus’ and God’s lineage. If John the Baptist’s and Joseph’s two tribes had come close to each other and supported Jesus, and had found a bride for Jesus, they would have connected to the mother position. From that they would have gained restoration. If the wife of Zacariah had become one with Mary, fallen people would have come through the process of being born again through women, and would have come to be connected to Jesus. They could have gone through and established the condition that they have not fallen. Then they could show they existed, but not through the fall. They had to restore that condition and avail themselves as unstained. Both man and woman, like a virgin before the age of twenty, had to avail themselves to God’s will; to wait for the blessing and be grafted into God’s family.

Now there are big problems with teenagers. It’s a big illness, young boys and girls becoming teenagers do not know what dangers they are facing. They do not know what is right or wrong. So somebody has to repair them. A doctor is needed. There is no way for them to be cured naturally or automatically. Nobody can cure them except for Reverend Moon. There is only one doctor. There is only one hospital and of course that hospital is the Unification Church.

The entire conclusion here is the desolate life that Jesus had. What a lack of support he suffered. Nobody understood what Jesus was all about. He had no one to speak to. Even his own mother, his own aunt, those who were closest to support him and work together with him in God’s dispensation, didn’t know a thing. Even today, they don’t know. As a result of Jesus’ dying, they lost everything, didn’t they? The Israelites lost Judaism, they lost Jesus. If they don’t know this, they think that nothing is wrong, so they continue on without making any progress. They think, “Whoever still believes in the chosen nation, God will work through them.” In all fairness, there is no indication or sign that God will work through them now. Especially after 2000 years of losing the country and going out to pay lots of indemnity. Even before the time of World War II when everything was about to come, there was a big indemnity due. Six million people had to be offered to pay off the indemnity. Indemnity is something you have to offer again and again until you pay it all back. Then you can stop. So even today, the possibility of this has not dawned on them. How can it? Somebody has to wake them up, at least telling them, “Study about this. Tell me if I am wrong, but prove it.” Keeping the peace between the Israelites and Arabs is very good. Now they are moving in that way. Father is happy to see that. Actually America is the one that has to play a decisive and leading role to make harmony between these two groups. There is a dispensational reason for that, too. The first Israelites failed, so the second Israelites have the responsibility to mend that mistake. American Christianity is the second Israel. Look at what Korea had to go through, what Reverend Moon had to go through when the second Israelites, namely Christianity, gave up their responsibility. They repeated the mistake of the first Israelites. Reverend Moon was working to save the original point. This is Reverend Moon’s mission. See how much extra indemnity needed to be paid. North Korea, Korea and America have no avenue of peace. Father pushed them down with the power of the atomic bomb. Father always said, “Leave it up to me. Nobody can make relationship with North Korea. Nobody can make relationship with Russia.” That is what Father has been saying to Korean people, too. In Korea, it is now the time for presidential elections. They compete to see who will be number one. Everybody knows there is no great choice, but they have no alternative. One thing for sure, Kim Il Sung will never listen to Roh Te Woo. Kim Il Sung will never listen to Bush. Kim Il Sung is that kind of guy. But he will listen to Reverend Moon. [Applause.]

During his meeting with Kim Il Sung, Father always tried to interject, “Do this, don’t do that that way. If you do what I say, everything will go smoothly.” People may fear Reverend Moon will be used by Kim Il Sung. What is your view? It is the other way, yes? Meeting together for only one, two or three hours, he can change. Father has that kind of power. Is that true? Gorbachev, Kim Il Sung, Deng Zao Peng, they understand Father. They size up Father.

Father is hungry! It’s already noon and he didn’t have breakfast. Father had to speak today. It was the right time to say these things. If Father didn’t say these things, it would not be good for America, it would not be good for Korea either or the Unification Church. Father knows this well, that is why I am taking such a long time. It is such important contents, isn’t it?

By Jesus dying on the cross, everything was lost. The Israelites lost their country and the body of Jesus. They had no land, no tribe, no nation, no anything. They just drifted from one place to another. Imagine if the earthly foundation did not exist, it would be so difficult to try to work spiritually and vertically. The timing has to be right and the earth is not prepared. You have to come down in a short visit and accomplish something and go again. How difficult it is to work something out if you have no earthly foundation. From the vertical standpoint there is only one dot. There is no space, just a dot. It is not horizontal. How difficult it was for Christians to continue on this way! They were always under the threat of the knife. In the past if you believed in Jesus you could be killed, yet you had to believe in him. The Christians have come a long way, but that doesn’t mean they can continue on believing in the wrong things.

[Father draws on board.] This is the Holy Spirit and Jesus is up here. That means you have to go over the hurdles of life, especially death, with a deep yearning to meet Jesus. You must covet and long so much for him, thinking, “If I could only contact Jesus’ spirit for just a few minutes, I would have no regrets to die.” With that kind of intense prayer, Jesus and the Holy Spirit can work and somehow come together and meet briefly here. That gives great power to continue another few years. This is how Christianity continued.

To be reborn means to come from the father’s bone marrow. If the Holy Spirit says, “Do this”, while a baby is still in the mother’s womb, it must, because it is still a tiny being, even without life yet. It must completely go along and be obedient too. They must meet here in this one dot, not in the broad space. How difficult it is to go up, to come down. You can’t imagine. That is how Jesus worked. Here, there are eight layers of thick horizontal walls to stop Jesus from going down and man from coming up. Only with True Love can we push through them. We spend a long time within the father and then within the mother before we are born again.

Who initiates the action of love? Eve has to do it. The Holy Spirit must take the initiative, not the man. Just like Eve took the wrong initiative towards Adam, in restoration, Eve must initiate the right action this time. It is not up to Adam. This is why the Bible says, “If you blame me and the Holy Father you can be forgiven, but not if you blame the Holy Spirit.” That is the mother’s spirit and you cannot be forgiven. You must become one with that, totally.

So opposing the father or son can be forgiven, but you cannot oppose the mother while in the womb. It cannot be forgiven, which means it is unalterable. This applies to us now. Already the Bible said that. Everything is hidden in the Bible. It means you are the one individual who may have opposed Father in the eastern direction, but when he comes by in the western direction, you can obey now. That can happen. Man has two chances now, even though he may have opposed one time. Now he has the chance to be accepted the second time from the other direction. Christianity, unlike the Israelites who had a country, does not have a country even to this day. They call America home, but of course America is something else, too. It is drifting. Actually, Christianity almost got there. If, when Christianity met the messiah-to-come, they had obeyed and come together, Christianity would have had a country of its own. But that stage has already passed. They missed their chance so Christianity today has no country. There was only one chance in history. At the end of World War II America won over all the other countries. They were in the optimum position to solidify and receive, to welcome Jesus Christ who is to come again. What is the second messiah’s qualifications? What meaningful things does he have to do? He should reveal everything about Jesus’ situation, how he came, what he came for and what he accomplished, what he didn’t accomplish, what it takes to do it once again and what the world is going to be. The messiah-to-come has to reveal everything about God and teach everything. Since we here on earth cannot do that complicated and gigantic work alone, Father had to go into spirit world one time and unify the entire spirit world. He had to straighten the saints up, including the initiators of religion: Buddha, Confucius and others. He had to meet all of them and debate and straighten them up: “No, you’re wrong, this is the correct idea.” Then they answered, “Yes, yes.” He had to subjugate them in that way and bring them into unity. Actually it is not that Jesus knew everything, either. Father knows far more than Jesus knew at that time. If Jesus had put one clause in the Bible saying that the messiah would not come from the literal clouds, that he would come as a human being from his mother’s womb, Reverend Moon would not have had to suffer so much. You may think many people may have come down and claimed they were the messiah. It is true, there would be some confusion there, but another confusion arises now from Jesus’ saying that he is going to come from the clouds. The messiah-to-come must ascend to the spirit world for forty days, including Jesus. As Father said, every spiritual leader has to stand on a pinnacle, and see, and straighten their thinking out. Who will be the final judge? God will be the judge and He will say, “You are more right than everyone else. Reverend Moon’s way is the only right way.” He has to make that judgment. Father has to receive this recognition of victory from God. Now God has said, “Everything is in your hands.” With that, the messiah must come down to earth. Father has just proclaimed messiahship.

If America, England and France really became one centering on Christian spirit, the world would not have become the way it is today. At that time, some forty or fifty years ago, after World War II ended, if we had taught them the Divine Principle then, the mission would have been accomplished after seven years. If they had recognized Father as the center of the universe, as the center of all teaching, as the center of all God’s dispensation, the world would have finished all the major tasks by 1952. Including even the time before Jesus, over four thousand years of God’s foundation and work, all crumbled down and was lost into thin air. It was four thousand years’ time that had to be restored, but God had to fit it into forty years. Not even four hundred years, because Father cannot live for four hundred years. So Father had to re-indemnify what the Christians accomplished in 4,000 years, but was then completely lost. Father had to start from scratch.

This 4,000 years of trial and error was kind of a wild attempt to follow God’s will. It was rather inefficient. But in this forty years, Father, being an intelligent man with a body, knew exactly what needed to be done, so he did it. It was forty years of incredible difficulty. He was one man who had no friends, no one to speak to. Everybody opposed him, either intentionally or not. Everyone was on Satan’s side, not God’s side, because they didn’t know what it takes to be on God’s side. So, Father had to pay such a great price. After that Father had to go to North Korea which was downright hell at that time. We know about that and his trip back down to South Korea again, starting the dispensation once more. Father went to North Korea and the North Koreans were waiting to put him into prison because he created a problem for them. He did not support Kim Il Sung; instead, he supported God. Likewise, in America, he does not praise the great nation of America or say that the things Americans have achieved are great. If he did that, American people would have treated him like a king. But he didn’t, so they put him into prison. That didn’t matter, it didn’t alter God’s dispensation. It was so much the better, because the indemnity could come quicker. There are literally eight walls Father went over. During this forty years, Father walked straight, bringing all eight walls down, and re-built the necessary foundation, more than Jesus had. America opposed him pretty strongly, too, didn’t they? And Christianity opposed him, even now. The KGB, too. America, France, you name it, they exiled Reverend Moon, saying, “We don’t want you.” He was the only hope that they had, but they didn’t know, so they opposed him. It is incredible. Only by Father’s wisdom and by God’s helping did Father escape death and come to this point.

Once again Father says, even if he may die now, all that needs to be done has been done. The truth is now established. It is secure. God recognizes that fact. He recognizes the victory on earth. Satan cannot argue about that point either. From this time on, if countries and individuals continue to oppose Reverend Moon, no benefit will come to them. They will gain nothing by opposing Reverend Moon.

Yeltsin is now communicating with Father, saying, “Next time we will make a better foundation for you to come and teach us. So please add it to your agenda to come here and educate us.” This is the top person saying this! We know there is no scholar or professor who can dare challenge Reverend Moon, debating any matter of philosophy or theology. Many times Father called the top professors from the pinnacle of each field: political science, religion, etc. They all come together and Father scolds them just like he scolds us. They nod and later say, “He is a great man.” Not a gray man, a great man! All these things were done and served as a stepping stone and foundation. Now during this forty years from 1952 to 1992, Father resurrected. What God tried to do in Jesus’ time and what God tried to do in 1945, Father has now accomplished on the face of the earth. Today, Father has accomplished this. It is amazing that not only theoretically, but also by the foundation that Father prepared, Father proved that without Reverend Moon there is no solution to the world’s dilemma. He proclaimed that and people examined it to see whether he is right or wrong.

The Divine Principle has a broad reach. It includes theology, religion, and philosophy. Father is dealing with the facts and details, and also in the political world, the economy, even technology. I am working everywhere! He said he would and he did. Imagine, all these things in forty years of fierce opposition without a country supporting him, and he still achieved all this and made an unswerving foundation. Now we have found the minimum foundation. From this time on, if a country helps Father, more and more people and scholars understand and support him. Now there are even voices appearing out loud and saying, “In the last 5,000 years of human history, we see the most high level living saint here on earth. It is Reverend Moon.” It is an historical event that from 131 countries, 30,000 people come to get married, which is the most important event in a person’s life. Can the Roman Catholic Pope do that? Can any alliance of Christianity do that? And in this situation we were the ones who were saying, “Please give me the blessing.” From this latest blessing, were they good matches or unbecoming matches? (Good.) Now having proven the point he can do it, maybe next time Father won’t bless them and a lot of people will cry, saying, “Father, please give the blessing one more time” because they know they can’t get a better match. Where does that power, that clarity come from? Father knows. Father can take a one second glimpse at anyone and tell everything about that individual. Father says he had to achieve something before he could stand in his position. It’s never easy to stand at the head of the Unification Church. It is very complicated. We must realize that the political developments in Korea are nothing less than chaos and everybody knows that. The candidates themselves know that. In Japan, too, Kanemaru, this famous person, is about to go to jail because of a very obvious breach of the election law. And in America, this country is not peaceful, either. Each candidate is slinging mud. The whole world is like that. Nobody has a clear direction. So whether others listen or not, Father comes to his own conclusion which he shares with us. Anyone who is trying to advance by himself for the sake of his own country will lose his chance. Such people will stand still or deteriorate. Only the organization where people want to sacrifice for the sake of others, want to live that way for the world, will continue to remain and continue to prosper. That is the Unification Church. Father knows the Unification Church will grow faster now. You see the world is already moving in that direction. The world is moving, not towards minimizing, but towards an alliance. The EC has started it. The idea of one country of Europe has come about. Not just an economic common market, but only one passport and one currency. That is what they are doing. America can do it, too, and make unity with Canada and Mexico. America will open all its gates. If they don’t do that, economically they will not survive.

Speaking about alliance, who has the best and broadest foundation and the longest history, except the Unification Church? Father has wide support and foundation all over the world. Through mass marriage, people instantly cross over national borders. They don’t exist anymore in that family. Racial borders, cultural borders and traditional borders are all crossed overnight. That kind of foundation exists only in the Unification Church. Wait and see, that is God’s direction and God’s goal. Reverend Moon knows it better than anyone else and that is why he did the things he has done. Therefore God cannot help but love Father. He has no choice but loving Father and accepting Father. Father does not have to ask for help from God. Father just does more work and God will automatically help.

Now, from the proclamation of the messiah’s coming on earth in August, 1992, everything is settling down. The settlement is here. God’s world is definitely settling down on a firm foundation. Parents are standing horizontally, not vertically, as it was at Jesus’ time, which was very difficult. The center is one dot. The horizontal surrounds that 360 degrees. No one can come against me. Reverend Moon is going to every country. Every country welcomes Reverend Moon. I made the organization AULA, for North America and South America to combine into one. Even if it means I must stand against North America, I will go to South America and gather together the Christian and Catholic world and combine them into one. Their media is against North America. The Protestants are the enemy, aren’t they? But Reverend Moon made AULA as the organization that can stand in the center as a foundation. It can automatically digest the Protestant church, no problem. Do you understand? I have that kind of valuable truth. It is such a powerful weapon. You have no worry. We have such a strong armament of truth, with one strike it can break down anything. Peace will break out. We have no counterpart anywhere. That much truth value was on Reverend Moon’s side. Satan’s side is against me, including all the people of the world. They took the same direction against me, but I step on. In the future they will say they didn’t. They will turn around and look for where Reverend Moon is. Once they understand, they will go the prosperity way. What shall we do? That is the situation now. There is no problem in following Reverend Moon. Reverend Moon is the savior. You have to proclaim that out from now, making noise to all four corners of the world. The savior is Reverend Moon. You have to meet the True Parents. True Parents prepare heavenly peace for everyone: forever happiness, forever hopeful, forever peaceful with True Parents. True Parent’s gate is open to everyone. All are welcome. How can we make that influence all over the world? Turn yourself around immediately and exchange your old position for a new one. Do you understand? That time is at hand. Look from that perspective. Any kind of foolish guy can follow that and automatically the connection will make one peaceful world, no problem. Do you know that? I don’t know! You know well, more than me! Why? Because this guy is too old! Over seventy years old. Over seventy years old, you forget concepts. [Father said the seventies are “Forgetting concept age. That is new terminology.”] It’s true. You are more hopeful than me.

When Father proclaims to the world that Father appears on the face of the earth, then Jesus will become one with Father and also the Holy Spirit will become one with Mother. What should have taken place at Jesus’ time couldn’t be realized. What Jesus has done until now, only vertically and not so well, we now have to do like a horizontal mother. We will connect with all the established generations. Just as in Jesus’ time, they had to get together and be the support of the messiah-to-come. In the same way we have to achieve that now and with Mother in the position of Leah, will bring everybody in. John the Baptist’s mother, Elizabeth, was in Leah’s position. She had to love Rachel and become one. This is what we must do now. Rachel is different. She has only one direction to go, that is up. These women who have connected so many people in the established world, will in turn connect with Mother and will be in Mother’s inside. This was already done when Hyo Jin Nim and Ye Jin Nim were born. That is when all mankind was to go to Father’s inside and be born again. When these two, Father’s own children were born, we were offered the same food they were given. Doing that established a condition that the same labor was given towards our life as it was given to Hyo Jin Nim and Ye Jin Nim. This was 1960. This was like a spring wind. When the spring comes the wind blows in a certain pattern. It is the same thing. It is a very natural phenomena. Those men and women who were already born from satanic parents, want to come to the real parents and be born again. It’s a real entity restoration, not conceptual restoration. In other words, Father inherits all that foundation of women during this time [before 1960], then in 1960 receives Mother. Father could begin bringing up Mother from that time with all the essence of women.

This was truly a unique time when sometimes, three generations, many hundreds of family, gathered together all their heart and dedications and they got the revelation, Mother is coming. They all wanted to make service to this and dedicate this to Father’s family. So they came. There was a tremendous amount of spiritual revelation. At that time revelations were shared very widely and closely. It was a spiritually rich time. Even though the marriage took place here, Father was wise enough to be cautious because this is truly one of the biggest events in the entire history. Now the Mother is going to come and get settled down. Gather all the dedications of women. Not just one type of women, but women in their eighties, seventies, sixties and even teenagers . . . all the essence of womanhood must be gathered back together in God’s ownership, so to speak. Everything has to be inherited to a new Mother. To bring Mother into Father’s family and start a brand new family, the opposition and jealousy would be so much that at best they may become insane or even try to kill her. That intense a spiritual whirlpool was what Father had to deal with. So for three years after Father married Mother, Father tried to ignore, almost toss away Mother in an unlikely place. He just left her alone. Sometimes Father would visit her. Mother didn’t know what was going on and Father never explained it to her. Father would never take Mother with him, only occasionally. Most of the time Father would take along women of different ages and different aggressiveness. But Father did this on purpose, taking those people and going to some public place. Mother was left wondering why Father did that. What happened after this three year period? Public opinion changed. Those older members surrounding Father told him, “Mother is too pitiful, you shouldn’t treat your bride like that. Let us not hurt her anymore, let us bring her in.” They started doing it. If Father had done that, they would have gone in a different direction. Father knew this. Mother was the youngest, only in her teens. There were women in their twenties, thirties, even sixties and seventies and they all felt they were the spouse for Father. But they learned that they had to serve young Mother. It took at least three years. Nobody knows the incredible suffering Mother had to go through. Then for the first time they said, “Mother you have suffered enough for our sake, we will serve you as our Mother. You are our Mother.” The daughters must start saying that, not Mother saying, “You are my daughters.”

These people all come inside of Mother, then Mother comes to Father and Father approves of it and gives birth to them again. Now they are in the position to be born again, the restored position. This is restoration by the root-basic, essential restoration, not conceptual or conditional restoration. That applies directly to us, the position we are sitting in here. The condition to be born again has taken so much sacrifice, literally millions of lives were paid for the position we are standing in now. It took Mother’s heartistic indemnity, too, which was not any less.

Think about it. How many nations, like the country of Rome which is comparable to America, had to go down and vanish for the sake of indemnity? Satan was almost confident that nobody would ever take care of this most complicated process. Satan knew no one would want to do it. But Father came and dealt with these things. They are complicated even to listen to, but Father came and found them out and fulfilled them correctly in order to come to this foundation now.

Do you remember 1960 when Mother gave birth to the first child? We all ate the meal together after being born again. Those who had that same meal together, raise their hands. There are five or six here, elder, thirty-six couples.

To be born again, is easy to say, but what it takes to be born again is unimaginable. Until the True Parents establish themselves, real rebirth cannot take place. What is the result of all this hard work-all these impossible tasks-for Father and for God? What were they for? They were not for Father’s own children, not even for that. They were for all the sons and daughters of God and our True Parents, namely you and you, all of us. We must understand that Father’s family might have looked like some glorious rich family, but it is not so. None of the children ever saw Father and Mother in a regular way. All the time they were in Japan or Korea or somewhere else, Father was always worrying about the rearing of the thirty-six couples and stepsons and stepdaughters. Father didn’t really take care of Father’s true sons and daughters.

When Mother suffered these first three years, almost cast out by Father, then she came to know a stepmother’s heart. The Unification foundation has been made by Mother going through this incredible suffering and road of the cross. Just like Jesus bore his cross, Mother bore her own cross for us. The purpose of her doing that was so she could accommodate us and give us rebirth. The purpose was to accomplish God’s long-coveted wish to save His own children. He wants to save even Satan. It was not for the sake of Father. We can say, “Father, you did it for everybody, you didn’t just do it for me.” Wrong. Father did it for “me.” Because if I don’t exist, other people don’t.

So, that’s our title this morning. Father didn’t do this for the sake of the Unification Church. Father has no Unification Church in mind. It is only a vehicle for us to use and if we were not here, the Unification Church would not be necessary. Ultimately it is for our purpose and our sake, so that the benefit of our work will return to the rest of mankind. Eventually that benefit will reach to Father’s own true sons and daughters too.

So the restoration of history depends mainly on me, we have to have that understanding. Otherwise we have nothing to do with salvation. Do not think your position is a possible position. It is an impossible position. How much debt and sacrifice, such a huge price has been paid for each position we are standing on. I have to understand my own value before the cosmos starts paying attention to my position. If we think we have no position, the cosmos pays no attention, either. The same is true for America. America is going like this, having difficulty all the time, not because there is anything wrong with America but because it is “me” who hasn’t done anything right. So America suffers. This is the only way we can rightfully understand the situation. It is an obvious conclusion now that so much is depending on “me.” Therefore, from now on, whether Father watches me or not, whether Father asks me or not, I must do whatever I must do because I am standing on that valuable, formidable foundation. Father has done so much, but all the results are directed and destined to each one of us. That is the purpose Father worked for. Think about it. Just to find you in this spot, in this position today, how much preparation was made over the last four thousand years of history? So much traffic going back and forth, back and forth took place to prepare for each one of us, so as a result we could be here today. Did you ever stop to think that way? We must realize the importance and value of our individual position now and witness to families, not to individuals. The individual time is gone. Because the family has fallen, the family needs to be restored now. So reach out to the family. The fastest way of doing this, which is why Father suggested it to us, is if we become tribal messiahs and go back to our hometowns. We have to start witnessing to families-twelve families, seventy-two families, one hundred twenty families-and then we will have our foundation, too.

The thirty thousand newly blessed couples, plus the approximately twenty thousand already blessed couples, equals fifty-five thousand couples. Then the next blessing should be about half a million, 500,000 couples should be blessed in three years. That is our goal. Jesus worked for three years and was defeated. We have to make up for that and make a victorious foundation during three years. Do you understand? If Jesus had been able to stand on a foundation of the blessing, the disciples would automatically have connected to him and would have gone the blessing way too. Next would have been the seventy-two elders, next the one hundred twenty elders connect. Altogether that would have represented the foundation for the world and the nation. The seventy-two would have been the nation’s leaders. The twelve disciples represent the family leaders. The family foundation would have connected to the national foundation, and together they would connect to the world foundation. The world foundation would be the last one, 120 disciples. After Jesus ascended, the Holy Spirit came down and 120 people received revival. Expansion took place all over the world.

Jesus’ mission did not make that married couple world. You are in Jesus’ position. You have children. You have to make twelve disciples on the foundation of a married couple. This creates a family surrounding faith. After that witness to seventy-two disciples, and after that, 120. During three years you have to make connections with your relatives. Then 120 families should connect with the center family. This is no problem. Why? Reverend Moon is making that high level most famous. It is most valuable to go up there. “That man’s concept is most beautiful. It has the most wonderful contents.” If you hear those contents one time, you automatically follow that way of thinking. You have a strong truth armament. You can spread out and digest everything, no problem. It is that powerful a motivation that you have. That is the value of messiahship. Messiahship cannot change. Even though you may die, you must still be successful. You cannot retreat. You can do this only with repentance, it is a one way course. Do you understand?

It has been the same way for Father. Messiahship cannot go back, he cannot hide behind something else. No. Every time you must be out in front, marching on through the night, through every season, through every age. That low foundation will go up and up and up for seventy years and then reach the high peak. From that peak you can look down at the flat, green wilderness. All human beings understand now. The world has become a no hope place. Only Unification people have hope. They find out and automatically follow. That kind of phenomena is now occurring in modern society. You have that kind of purpose and direction, no problem. Every tribal messiah has to connect with twelve family members, no problem. At least twelve. That is the least number of families you should reach. You shouldn’t have any problem to do that. You need twelve gates of heaven.

The family system of the old world, Satan’s world, is completely breaking down. All Satan’s world is crumbling down. That is Father’s purpose and your purpose, isn’t it? How can you digest your family system? It is no problem to take twelve families to the blessing. This is our mission during the next three years. You need to do this so you can register for the nation of one world. It is like a birth certificate. You will have to register, “I am now a citizen of this new kingdom of heaven.”

First establish Jesus’ new foundation. After that you connect to the resurrection of the kingdom of heaven. You have to win the victory in Jesus’ position and then we have to register.

Those privileged, blessed couples now sitting here, should have the conviction and determination that “Yes, I have to march forward to that goal and I will do it.” We have to decide in our minds now. Will we or will we not decide it now? [Yes.] Those who say, “Yes, Father, I will take this as my responsibility. In the next three years I will go forth and reach that goal,” raise your hands. Wonderful! Thank you very much!

How many hours did Father speak? Seven and a half! Almost eight hours! There are many things Father had to skip, and Col. Han skipped too, but we still have gotten a lot of thought from Father. So can you ever separate from your Father and Mother? [No.] That is the only way and the last way for mankind. You should think, “Even though I may forsake my own husband, still I cannot let Father go from me.” It is our destiny that we come up with twelve couples.

Father will pray for us.

Loving Father,

Although no one ever understood that the long and difficult path of restoration was filled with your heartache (“han”), you have raised up this pitiful son and allowed me to feel your heart. I am approaching the age of eighty and the fact that I was able to overcome this hill at such an age, can be thought of as happiness in one way, but on the other hand it can be thought of as lamentable and mortifying.

In the Last Days, the Christian cultural realm was established, yet lost everything of Israel itself and the opportunity for Heavenly Blessing. When I think of the fact that all the things that are raised up in the midst of such ruins are the used and recycled things from the trash, I am ashamed in front of Heavenly Father. However, I earnestly pray that you can be comforted and you can have hope, for I raised up sons and daughters in my place to prepare the youthful era and I believe they can fulfill everything that is left un-fulfilled for the world and perfect them in front of Heavenly Father.

I never knew the heart-aching path of restoration would be so difficult as this. After realizing it, I still walked this path, for it was the unavoidable way of Heaven. As I walked with your protection, I have reached this blessed position where I can be proud of the victorious supremacy representing all nations and I can proclaim to everyone, to follow me, follow True Parents, at this time. When I think that You, allowing me to have such an era, is the dispensational desire of history and all humankind and the day which Your heart longed for, I pray that You do not abandon the land of Korea which has met the time.

Now, when I go back to Korea, I have to cope with the remaining realm of struggle. When I know that there is no one who can handle the political problem of North and South, the economic problem of the current situation, and all the cultural background, I realize that in front of me there lies an enormous responsibility which I must bear by myself.

After giving every ounce of effort I see that the day I longed for is coming closer. In the midst of hope, together with the beginning of tomorrow, I earnestly hope that You can bless Korea through Kodiak and the path of Mother who will return after going through Japan.

Father, I earnestly pray that You can bless the Unification members throughout the world to understand that for the journey of True Mother, they have the responsibility to become one mind and one body and to pray with their utmost effort.

I ask You once again by Your will, to permit the unashamed end of my life. Before that granted day, I ask You to protect these young American children who determined themselves today. When realizing how grave this mission of being responsible for America is, I earnestly hope that they can withstand the difficult path, become patriotic warriors who are worthy of blessing, and participate in this battle.

I earnestly ask You to bless them to be a people who can be bold for Your will and for the day to come, so that they can receive the blessing of love, life and lineage of Heaven and become the enforcers of heavenly authority. I pray all these things in the name of True Parents. Amen.

## LEADERS BUILDING A WORLD OF PEACE

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### August 24, 1992
Little Angels Performing Arts Center
Seoul, Korea

This address was given on August 24, 1992, at the Little Angels Performing Arts Center, Seoul, Korea, to the assembled guests attending the World Culture and Sports Festival.

Distinguished chairpersons of the First World Culture and Sports Festival, distinguished guests and participants from Korea and around the world.

As founder of the World Culture and Sports Festival, I would like to express my deepest gratitude to you for having gathered here in such a large number to pray for the success of this festival.

I would like to speak to you this evening on the topic, “Becoming the Leaders in Building a World of Peace.” During the mid-1930s, when I was sixteen years old and the Korean peninsula was under the forced occupation of Japan, I received a special mission from Heaven through Jesus. I am seventy-two now, and in the intervening years there has not been even a single second when I did not think of God’s will and His commands.

I lived my boyhood and youth under the colonial rule of imperial Japan. So I know only too well the excruciating pain and tragic circumstances suffered by the weaker and smaller nations of the world. Because I possess a certain degree of discernment into God’s heart, it was with unspeakable pain and sorrow that I witnessed, first, the cruelty of the more powerful nations as they plundered the weaker nation of Korea and, later, the terrible carnage of the Second World War.

Then immediately following World War II, in a development that compounded our already difficult situation, the Korean peninsula was divided between north and south. In 1950, the Korean War broke out and Koreans found themselves in a fratricidal conflict. Various countries of the world on the left and right chose to support one or the other of the opposing sides. I witnessed this tragic history directly, and I know from my heart of hearts how much pain and sorrow has been brought to God and humanity by the loss of a world of peace.

How do you imagine God has felt since the time of creation as He had to watch while time and time again brothers set themselves against each other, with Cain, the older brother, taking the life of Abel, the younger? All wars since the beginning of human history have been, in their essence, struggles among brothers. The Bible teaches us this through its record of the murder of Abel by Cain in the family of Adam. Why do such conflicts among brothers occur over and over on the levels of family, tribe, society, nation and world?

The reason lies in the sin committed by Adam and Eve, the parents of Cain and Abel. Adam and Eve were the original ancestors of humankind, placed in a position to represent all the men and women who would come after them. As such, they should have brought God’s ideal of creation into reality. By breaking God’s commandment, however, they forfeited their position as the true parents of goodness for all of humanity who would be born after them. Instead, they became fallen parents of evil. It is this evil that is the original sin, the fundamental root of all crime and unhappiness in human society.

The original sin of the first human ancestors was that Adam and Eve broke God’s commandment and engaged in an illicit sexual relationship. In this way, they formed a blood relationship with the devil, and became fallen false parents, passing on false love, false life and a false lineage to the entire human race. There is only one way for humanity to escape this world of evil and struggle, and that is to be reunited with their true parents and be reborn through them. Only when this is accomplished can the true way to cast off original sin be revealed.

After I received my calling at the age of sixteen, I spent the years searching for the answer to precisely this problem of how to bring salvation to humankind. The result of that lonely search for truth is the new expression of God’s truth that you refer to today as the Unification Principle, Godism and Headwing philosophy. On Aug. 15, 1945, the day Korea was liberated from imperial Japan, I began proclaiming this truth on the earth. Because I have proclaimed these teachings, I have had to undergo tremendous persecution and attack.

Think for a moment about the fact that I have been imprisoned as many as six times in my life. This alone is enough to tell you how harsh the attacks against me have been. The First World Culture and

Sports Festival, being held during this forty-seventh year since I began proclaiming the Unification Principle, is a holy celebration. It is an occasion to let the entire world see, and to offer to God, the harvest reaped from the seeds I have sown and nurtured for the liberation of God and humanity and for the realization of a world of peace. Everything I have strived to achieve during my life has been for the purpose of confirming the fact that all people in the world are brothers and sisters before God, our common Parent. Our common ties as members of the global family centered on God transcend our differences based on race, nationality and international boundaries.

The primary institution in which my teachings are being practiced is the Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity, that is, the Unification Church. There is now no country in the world where the Unification Church does not exist. The Unification Church has put its roots down in all races, nationalities and countries. The International Marriage Blessing of 30,000 couples that will be held tomorrow in Seoul’s Olympic Main Stadium is certain to be a testimony to the fact that humanity is one great family centered on God.

With the Unification Church as the root organization, I have founded many other organizations for projects in a wide variety of fields. These organizations are for the purpose of building a world of peace in which we, the human family, centered on God, can rejoice in our freedom, ideals and happiness. For the World Culture and Sports Festival, I have gathered the most prominent of these organizations here in Seoul. During the festival, a new unified structure will be founded to facilitate stronger mutual ties and closer cooperation among these organizations.

The International Conference on the Unity of the Sciences, the Professors World Peace Academy, the World Media Conference, the Summit Council for World Peace, the Assembly of the World’s Religions, the Inter-Religious Federation for World Peace, the Women’s Federation for World Peace, the international performing arts groups and International CARP will meet during this time of the International Marriage Blessing and provide forums for us to enlighten our intellects and reaffirm our determination in devoting ourselves to the cause of building a world of peace.

The International Marriage Blessing of the Unification Church, which I will be conferring during this time, is the blessing of resurrection. Through this ceremony, humanity is able to cut itself clear from original sin and recover true love, true life and true lineage of God. It is within the context of this ceremony that we can give birth to peace that enables us to realize the ideal of the great brotherhood of humanity that transcends race, nationality and international boundaries.

As the founder of these organizations and groups, I wish to reaffirm here this evening that their purpose is to bring about world peace, according to the ideal of God and humanity. They are not created for the benefit of any particular group or political faction. They do not serve the narrow interests of any particular nation or state. Rather, they exist to bring happiness, peace and freedom to God, the Creator of the universe, and to all humanity.

Our movement, thus, must bring salvation to all families, all nations, all states and, finally, to the entire world. It must be a family-saving, nation-saving, world-saving movement.

Our families are being destroyed by the debasement of sexual ethics through illicit relationships and decadent lifestyles. Every nation is suffering the agony of the destruction of its moral standards and the accompanying increase in crime. There is no solution in sight to the conflicts between political factions. Poverty and ignorance continue to plague us. There is no sign that we may be nearing solutions to the world’s international border disputes, to the attitudes of prejudice between religious groups, or to the conflicts between the various races and ethnic groups. World peace is under constant threat from the selfish actions of the world’s countries and peoples.

Environmental pollution also is destroying our planet to the degree that we are approaching a serious crisis for the future of humankind. We may all find ourselves on a common path of destruction, unless we are able to resolve the crisis we face through a love that transcends all national boundaries and ethnic differences and encompasses all the world’s people. Let me emphasize again-any successful resolution of this crisis must be based on an effort to build a unified world through a movement of true love rooted in the Unification Principle, or Godism.

In early July, I spoke in five cities around Korea at rallies held by the Women’s Federation for World Peace. There, I declared that my wife, WFWP President Hak Ja Han Moon, and I are the True Parents of all humanity. I declared that we are the Savior, the Lord of the Second Advent, the Messiah.

Why would I stand before women leaders of Korea and make such an astonishing and fearful announcement? The reason is that God has been carrying out His providence to send the Messiah as the second perfected Adam who has subjugated Satan, in order to establish a perfected Eve who will represent all women. God has done this, because it was when Satan caused Eve to fall that human history came to be permeated with sin.

Also, women are the central point for the love, peace and spirit of service that protect our families, and it is the healthy family that must be the starting point in our work to build world peace. The establishment of God-centered family ethics and the education of our children lie at the innermost core of my teachings as the person who has declared for himself the responsibilities of the Messiah. The family is the holy sanctuary that must cleanse this defiled world.

That is the reason it was necessary that I, as the Messiah, make my declaration to women leaders gathered around President Hak Ja Han Moon, my wife, who stands in the position of perfected Eve. This declaration is an exhortation and notice to all who follow my teachings to join Mrs. Moon and me in our attendance to God on the path of sacrifice and service for the salvation of this world.

As I conclude my remarks this evening, I would like to propose, so that all of our activities for world salvation can be carried out more effectively, that we establish “The House of Unification for World Peace” as a structure for the peaceful unification of the world.

To avoid any possible misunderstanding, particularly regarding the title of this structure as rendered in the Korean language, let me state clearly that I am not proposing to create a political party. The House of Unification for World Peace that I propose is not a political party. It will not have the function commonly associated with political parties, that is, to seek to take over the executive powers of government in a given country. It is, rather, a “house” to reinforce the concerted actions of the world’s countries, and foster a unified foundation and common effort for world peace.

If we say that heaven is a symbol of man, then earth is a symbol of woman. The house is the stage on which a woman’s life is played out. The mother is the center of a nest filled with love for all the members of the family. The family, with the mother at its center, is the basic unit making up the nation and the world. I use the word “House” in the title of the structure I am proposing, because this word contains the meaning of “exalting the earth, centering on the mother.” It also signifies “to teach.” The word “House” in this title, therefore, signifies a center for the education of women.

Through this structure, we can provide new impetus to the work of giving opportunities for meaningful exchanges and education on a God-centered vision for world peace to people of all countries and all walks of life, including political leaders, scholars, religious leaders, journalists and educators, as well as leaders of women and youth. This vision of world peace will be centered on families in which mothers, representing all women of the world, accomplish mind-body unity through love.

If you will embrace my proposal and join me in this task, then our efforts are certain to bring the world of peace that is the object of God’s desire to all of humanity within the remaining eight years of the twentieth century. We who are gathered here this evening will be the leaders in opening the gates to a world of peace for the coming twenty-first century.

I pray you may have a pleasant visit during a the time of the festival and that God will bestow His boundless blessings and protection upon your work.

## FOUNDER’S ADDRESS

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON
SPEAKS ON

## 5TH SUMMIT COUNCIL
FOR WORLD PEACE

### August 22, 1992
Seoul, Korea

Distinguished presidents, former heads of state, heads of government, prime ministers and eminent leaders from all walks of life gathered here today in Seoul, Korea:

May I offer to the participants in this Opening Ceremony of the Fifth Summit Council for World Peace, which is a part of the World Culture and Sports Festival, my sincerest welcome and warmest thanks for attending this conference, whose theme is “The Reunification of Korea and World Peace.”

The problems of our world in their diverse aspects are complex and reciprocally connected. Accordingly, under the grand banner of the World Culture and Sports Festival we will in one location be dealing with a wide range of issues in the fields of ideology, politics, academia, religion, the media, science, art and every cultural field. I believe these events will be epoch-making, contributing to the exploration of the true way towards world peace.

Moreover, the simultaneous convening of the Summit Council and the World Sports Festival is meant to demonstrate the importance of maintaining a balance between the spiritual and physical sides of human society. At the center of the festival is the largest mass wedding in history-30,000 couples of sincere, pure-hearted men and women from 130 nations. As we enter the new historical age of the 21st century, I envision this grand project centered on God as the pathway to realize true world peace.

If you look back at the history of our planet, there has not been a single day nor instant in which true freedom, peace and happiness existed on this earth. Communism, under the banner of economic equality, declared it would free mankind from exploitation. However, it became not the solution, but the cause of even more conflict and poverty.

We see that democracy, which put forward the ideology of freedom to counteract communism, has fallen into extreme egoism and moral decay. The smoking guns of war are not beginning to fade from the face of the earth, as expected. Rather we see intense confrontation and chaos cast a growing and ominous shadow upon the future of the world.

However, no one has a right to harbor bitterness over the countless trials and pain that humankind has suffered. The reason is that it was humanity itself which put forth human-centered systems of thought that ignored the ideals and goals of God. Even if they did occasionally consider theological thought, because humankind has neither known nor understood the will of God or His ideology. Mankind has had only a superficial grasp of the ultimate direction of history. In fact, let it be known that it was God the Father in the background of history who has been carrying out His providence for the restoration of humankind.

As we prepare to enter the 21st century, a new future ideology must emerge that clearly examines God’s will and ideal for humanity. This new thought must precisely clarify the true relationship between man and his Creator.

Originally, the mind and body of a man and of a woman, centering on true love for God, were supposed to harmonize together as a husband and wife focusing on God’s true love. This type of family would represent a unified body of God’s love, and would become the original dwelling place for true freedom, happiness and peace.

God’s true love wants to give limitlessly to its object, the creation. It is similar to that of parents whose heart of love wants their children to become greater than themselves, and who only want to give and give again to their children. The same is true for the loving husband and wife as well. Each wants the partner to be better than himself or herself, and from this attitude they each determine to invest, and invest more in their partner.

The special characteristic of true love is a longing to give to its object. It is such an expression of heart that initiates a give and take relationship. God stands in the subjective position of true love. He wants to give to His children in this unselfish manner. The eternal existence of God can be traced to the original nature of true love, which is to give and keep giving, and by so doing maintain a reciprocal state of action.

Man is God’s eternal object of love. It is God’s will and man’s ideal that God and man become one in heart, and through the giving and receiving of love, this relationship would last for eternity. When God and man cooperate in the sense of joint ownership over creation in the ideal of true love, then for the first time mankind can come to enjoy true freedom, true happiness and true peace.

This principle is the common maxim for peace, not only for the individual but for the family, society, nation and world. The basic direction of human history, which should have been realized in the beginning, was for man, centering on the ideal of God’s true love, to become the unified body with God. However, human history did not walk a path uniting with this direction of God. This was due to the fall of man.

There has been no husband or wife in the history of humankind who became one body centering on the true love of God. Accordingly, the ideal of the True Parents, who are the source of God’s true love, was never accomplished.

To the contrary, because selfish love, selfish life and selfish blood lineage were passed down through married lives built upon self-centered love, then mankind had no alternative but to wait and prepare for the Savior who, coming as the True Parents, would restore these historical errors and recover the original love, original life and blood lineage of God.

If man and woman had become one with God’s ideal direction from the start, then human history would never have seen the endless division, conflict, exploitation and oppression that documents our history books. Instead, centering upon true love, a unified history of the True Parents, the True Family, the true society, the true nation and the true world would have come about.

The basic principle capable of unifying North and South Korea can work only when true individuals, who have achieved the unity of their minds and bodies, come together to form true families. This same principle can also be magnified to the world level to become the principle by which true freedom, true peace and true happiness can be realized. The unification of the Korean peninsula, therefore, will provide an important opportunity to achieve a future unified world and, eventually, even to bring about the unity of God and humanity.

The Korean peninsula, where today we discuss Korean unification and world peace, is the site of history’s sharpest ideological conflict. It is here that God-centered Hebraism and human-centered Hellenism, two currents of thought that have been in conflict throughout history, face each other in the form of democracy and communism. Overcoming the ideological division of the Korean peninsula, therefore, will point the direction towards achieving a unified world.

The Korean War that broke out in 1950 was a concrete starting point of the Cold War, with the countries of the world aligning themselves with either the United States or the Soviet Union. More important, it was also a microcosm of the intense global struggle between the democratic and communist blocs. As such, the frontline of the Korean War was the frontline of the forces of God and the forces of Satan which have formed two distinct currents in history.

From this standpoint, the Korean War was a holy war on behalf of the forces of good in the world fighting against the forces of evil. Since the Cold War began in the region of the Korean peninsula, we cannot declare the Cold War truly at an end until the Korean peninsula has been unified.

The Games of the 24th Olympiad held here in Seoul in 1988 harbored great significance. For twelve previous years, the Olympics had been stifled, boycotted first by the United States and then by the Soviet Union. In Seoul, the two blocs participated together and the games thus became a starting point for East-West reconciliation. Also with a record 160 countries participating, it became a symbol of reconciliation for the entire globe.

The Seoul Olympics, however, were also an opportunity for us to understand that, in order to build a healthy world, it is important to consider not only our physical aspect but also the spiritual and cultural things as well. It was for this reason that, at the close of the 1988 Seoul Olympics, I began preparations for the World Culture and Sports Festival as a festival for all humanity, a unique event to foster the development of both our spiritual and physical aspects.

The conflict on the Korean peninsula exhibits characteristics of a conflict between the advanced and less developed countries of the world as well as characteristics of the conflict between the Eastern and Western cultures. Thus, the unification of the Korean peninsula is indispensable for the achievement of world peace and is an important signpost toward resolving the issue of a unified world culture.

Today we are in need of a great spiritual enlightenment. Individuals, nations and the world as a whole must achieve a new understanding of the existence of God. We must have a meeting of God and humanity such that we can restore and establish our original inseparable relationship with God.

It is for this purpose that I have advocated Godism, which is centered on true love. Godism is headwing philosophy, meaning that it is of neither the left wing nor the right wing.

Since I inherited the mission of the True Parents, I have endured all kinds of trials and hardships in order to realize world peace through Godism. Godism allows us to find God, forgotten due to materialism, pushed aside by secular humanism. It is letting us know the point of unity at which God and man can meet.

In the former Soviet Union, previously the center of official atheism tens of thousands of politicians, scholars and religious leaders, have, already undergone five days of training through which they were awakened to Godism, and through which a dynamic new movement of spiritual renaissance is rapidly spreading.

True love is the place where God and humanity meet and become one. It is in true love that humanity is able to meet God and enjoy eternal life. For this reason, true love is capable of overcoming all the world’s problems. Through true love, by which we sacrifice ourselves in order to live for others, we can find the solutions to such problems as interracial conflict, violence, the conflict between rich and poor, and the various environmental issues. Families in which the individual members are united centered on true love can successfully combat the corruption of morals that has contributed to the downfall of so many of our youth.

When the individual, family, society, nation and world become one through true love, then mankind can expect a very bright future.

My dear esteemed world leaders: This modern age has already gone beyond all national boundaries in the fields of politics, economics, culture, and every other aspect; we are entering the age of “supra-nationalism”. Now the age of the national unit for which you have been responsible and for which you have sacrificed yourselves has passed. A new stage is opening in which the world must cooperate together as one.

In reality, the world of today is being influenced and led by only a few leaders. If all of you who are gathered here today will simply unite together and step forward to educate mankind, then the future of the world will soon rest in your hands.

I hope that your three days of conference are very fruitful and that a new milestone in the quest for peace can be achieved. I pray sincerely that God’s blessing be upon you, your families, and your nations.

Thank you very much.

## THE MISSION OF THE MEDIA IN THE 21ST CENTURY

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON
SPEAKS AT

## TWELFTH WORLD MEDIA CONFERENCE

### August 22, 1992
Seoul, Korea

Respected Chairman MacArthur, honored guests, distinguished ladies and gentlemen of the media:

I would like to express my deep gratitude to each of you for coming to my homeland, the Republic of Korea, in order to attend the 12th World Media Conference. Held as a part of the World Culture and Sports Festival, this great event has been established in order that all the projects and accomplishments of my lifetime can be gathered together and offered up to God as one.

Scholars have come to attend the International Conference on the Unity of the Sciences, a gathering with a 19-year history. The Assembly of the World’s Religions is an ecumenical gathering of major religious leaders representing the world’s many expressions of faith. Statesmen, including former heads of state and government, are here to attend the Summit Council for World Peace.

Women leaders from around the world are here to attend a symposium of the Women’s Federation for World Peace, an organization headed by Mrs. Moon-and young people from many nations are holding an athletic meet, Sportsfest, in connection with the Collegiate Association for the Research of Principles’ (CARP) Convention for World Students, being held to discuss the qualities required of those who would be leaders in the twenty-first century.

The building of world peace is the ultimate purpose of all I have tried to accomplish during my life. That is also why, last year, I founded the Federation for World Peace and the Inter-Religious Federation for World Peace.

I have defined the center of world peace as being in the family, and have consistently called for “world peace through the ideal family.”

Three days from now, on August 25, the largest international wedding ceremony in history will be held as a concrete expression of my philosophy of peace. Good men and women from 130 countries, transcending their differences of nationality and race, are gathering together to be blessed in holy matrimony in the name of God’s true love. They are determined to build ideal families and become workers for world peace. This solemn ceremony, therefore, signifies their dedication, their commitment, to a peaceful world.

I cordially invite you to observe this ceremony as special guests because I think that as journalists, you will want to witness this unique event. Since I am granting you an “exclusive”, a front-row seat, in terms of coverage of this most historic event, you may be thinking I might expect something from you in return. All I request of you, however, is that you not look upon this as a spectacle, “the greatest show on earth,” but that you seriously examine it as the creation of a force for peace, and extend to these couples your sincere congratulations.

The time has come for the media and journalists to be incorporated into an understanding of the comprehensive vision of peace I am outlining here and to be become completely one with this vision, so that you can participate in fulfilling the ideal of world peace that is our common hope.

Last May, I traveled to Washington and spoke at a dinner commemorating the tenth anniversary of The Washington Times, which I founded. I was reminded that when I first announced the founding of The Washington Times in 1982, there were many people in America who ridiculed me. Some experts predicted, even if I founded a newspaper of acceptable quality, that I would run out of funds in six months. And if not that, then the paper would degenerate into nothing more than a mouthpiece for the Unification Church and would end up as a weekly newspaper, read by almost no one.

Now, ten years later The Washington Times is counted among the top three papers in terms of influence among the 1,750 newspapers published in the United States. It is the first newspaper read by the president of the United States when he gets up in the morning. On August 13, President Bush gave an exclusive interview to Wesley Pruden, editor-in-chief of The Washington Times, the first such interview of the campaign season for President Bush with a daily newspaper.

Year after year, The Times is awarded for its excellence in editorial design. In 1989, in the American Newspaper Society’s annual design competition in the United States, it received Best of Show honors, the award of highest excellence awarded only by the unanimous vote of a jury of twelve judges. Furthermore, in the category of editorial writing, The Washington Times received their highest award for two consecutive years, something that had never before been achieved by any newspaper in the United States.

During these past ten years, I have invested one billion dollars in this newspaper. If I were pursuing political influence or personal wealth, or if I were trying to proselytize my religious beliefs, I would not have invested such a sum in a newspaper. Simply put, I founded The Washington Times in order to fulfill the Will of God.

I know that God loves America. America is a center of traditional Judaism and Christianity. It is the cradle of the spirit of modern Christianity. God’s desire is that America play a central role in rescuing the entire world and that America maintain its traditional values, which have fallen into confusion in recent years. During the Cold War, God placed America in a position to block the attempt by communism to gain world domination. In the context of God’s Will, it was most important that there be a newspaper that had the philosophical and ideological foundation needed to give encouragement to the people and political leaders of America. I certainly could not leave Washington, the capital of the United States, to be a victim of the leftist Washington Post.

So where are we now, after ten years? The bells heralding the collapse of communism rang out clearly on November 9, 1989, with the fall of the Berlin Wall. And on Christmas Day, 1991, the communist empire founded on atheism vanished from the earth after having held the world in fear for seventy-four years.

I am not saying that The Washington Times accomplished all this by itself. These developments were the results of God’s providence. God, however, works His will on earth through human beings. I do not have the slightest doubt that The Times played a decisive role in bringing about the fall of communism. God used the newspaper as His tool to bring an end to the most pernicious worldwide dictatorship in history-and gave freedom to tens of millions of people. Even if I had spent ten billion dollars instead of one, I could not have made a more valuable investment.

The mission of The Washington Times, however, is not yet finished. The fall of communism does not automatically lead to the coming of world peace. Nor does it mean that the ideal society of God’s desire will establish itself without any further effort on our part. It is still too early for the free world to be toasting its victory, for the world is still faced with too many urgent problems that strike terror in the hearts of all humanity.

The societies of free countries today are exhibiting a phenomenon that is every bit as evil as communism. I am referring to the philosophy of materialistic humanism and to the extreme individualism and selfishness that are the offshoots of this philosophy. As a result of these, we find that money and material goods have become the “gods” of our culture.

I am not one to condemn humanism altogether, but the problem with the humanism we see today is that it is based on a thoroughly atheistic outlook. Once we deny the existence of God and the significance of the Creator’s creative act, then human beings are reduced to just a handful of dust. In such a perspective, human beings are considered no better than mere machines. This is precisely the fallacy contained in Marxist-Leninism. If we say there is no God and that human beings are no better than machines or animals, then there is no basis for morality. Without a belief in the spirit and eternal life, people become irresponsible toward other human beings and commit atrocities toward each other.

In this context, let’s look at the situation of the advanced free countries of the world, whom we would expect to be feeling a sense of victory over the course that has now been taken by communism. Extreme selfishness and individualism have given rise to hedonism. Corruption has pervaded all aspects of social life, and families are breaking up. The problem of political corruption is becoming worse and economies are declining.

The young people, whom we normally expect to become the future leaders, are losing touch with their consciences in a flood of immorality, drugs and crime, to such an extent that it is difficult for us to have hope in them as the leaders of the twenty-first century.

I have said in the past that the next century is to be an era of spiritual civilization. The era of material civilization is coming to an end. If we are to turn back the darkness that is closing in upon our world and begin to live again, then we must first fill the ideological void in the former Marxist-Leninist countries that has resulted from the fall of communism.

Furthermore, we must bring about a revival of spiritual culture that will rescue the free countries, which now seem to be heading for the day when they will either destroy themselves or else receive the judgment of God. Thus, we need to produce a new philosophy and ideology capable of bringing about a spiritual revolution in human society.

Ladies and gentlemen, during past Media Conferences I have made reference to the providential mission that I have been called to fulfill. I have been called to be the pioneer of a new age. That is to say, I am a pioneer of a new spiritual civilization for the twenty-first century. I have already declared to the world the ideology of the new age that God has revealed to me. That ideology is Godism, neither left-wing nor right-wing, but rather a philosophy that would more accurately be called “head-wing”.

As scientists delve deeper into their areas of study, they find themselves less and less able to deny the truth of God’s existence. I proclaim that truth, and also teach a view of life in which we attend God and experience his reality in our own daily lives.

God is not an abstract God. He is a God who is alive in each of our lives, and we can feel His touch. I am constantly hearing the beating of God’s pulse. I breathe as He breathes. I can feel the warmth of His body against my own. I have come to know the heart of God, and have shed rivers of tears from the knowledge that His heart is bursting with the sorrow of having lost humankind through the Fall. I also know clearly what God desires of His children now.

The most important fact is that the Almighty God is my father. He is your father as well. He is the father of all people. The heart of God, as He looks down upon humankind, is the heart of the parent. Even in human society, the love of the parent is the most passionate, the most ardent, the most unconditional.

The essence of God is true love. God’s desire is for all people to follow the example of His true love. He wants to practice true love and view the world through the love of a giving parent. We can achieve eternal life only through such a practice of selfless true love, a love that gives and then expects nothing in return. God invested himself 100 percent when He created the heavens and the earth and then created humankind. He has never expected anything from us in return for that. The same is true of human parents. Because of our love, we want our spouses and children to be something greater than ourselves. That is why we can invest everything of ourselves in them and never expect anything in return.

Until now, human history has been the history of the era of brothers. It is expected that brothers fight. The era of brothers has been an era of struggle and of war. Human history began with a fight among brothers, and ever since then, it has been a history of struggle. Cain and Abel, the sons of Adam and Eve, the first human ancestors, fought with one another until finally the older brother killed the younger. This was the beginning of sinful human history.

Up through World War I, World War II and the ideologically-fought Third World War, history has been a succession of fights among brother nations. Today, now that we have come through World Wars I, II and III, human history is entering a new dimension. Now, the era of brothers has ended, and we have entered the era of parents. The era of parents is the era of true love. As God looks upon us and loves us with the heart of a parent, so should each of us look upon every other person and love all people with the heart of the parent. There may be tears in such a love, but never a fight to the death. The concept of struggle does not exist within the context of true love. My declaration of Godism is the philosophy of True-Parentism and the philosophy of True Love.

On Nov. 30, last year, I visited North Korea, a staunch communist country with which I had been an enemy. The world was shocked to hear that I, a person who has devoted his entire life to anti-communism and victory over communism, had entered North Korea. I received a warm welcome from President Kim Il Sung. We embraced each other heartily. He is a person who had always looked on me as an enemy. He had once imprisoned me for three years and later even attempted to kill me.

This was the enemy that I embraced. I could never have done this, however, if I had actually held even the slightest thought that he was my enemy. I went to North Korea with the heart of the parent, and it was with the heart of the parent that I embraced President Kim Il Sung. I went to North Korea in an act of true love. In true love, there is no concept of struggle, only the heart of compassion. In true love, there is only the heart of the parent that can give and give and then feel the desire to give even more.

I will state here today that the Godism and True-Parentism which I have declared, is the source of true peace that will lead the way in the twenty-first century. It is with Godism and the Headwing philosophy that we can build a world of harmony in the twenty-first century. The core of this philosophy is the heart of the parent and true love. The twenty-first century will be the era of True Parents. I will be the era when people will mature spiritually and “heartistically” to the point that everyone will become true parents.

I have always emphasized that we need a true press, a responsible mass communication media. I founded the World Media Conference as a way to foster press freedom in places where this freedom has not existed, and to work to bring about a responsible press in places where freedom already exists.

Recently, I have defined still another mission for the media. That is that the media needs to be moral. I have given The Washington Times a task for its next ten years that it must contributed to bringing about a moral society. In doing this, The Times will make its contribution to the world. Because a peaceful world is only possible based on the existence of ideal families, The Times must be a newspaper that cultivates family values.

The media wields such power and influence that it is often described as the Fourth Estate, after the executive, legislative and judicial branches of government. This power of the media must be exercised for the purpose of good. Through the exercise of its influence, the media must contribute to bringing about greater understanding between cultures and nations.

You journalists are specialists in your field, but before that, you are all God’s children. You are all champions of peace, specially called by God to help bring a new ethical standard into the world.

The World Media Conference exists as a forum for free discussion by members of the media for the ultimate purpose of bringing about a principled media. In this time when the entire world and all of humanity is advancing toward the ultimate true world of peace, the media must understand that it is called by God to an important mission in helping to realize this world. The media must add its efforts to those of all others who are working for peace, and must exercise its tremendous influence for bringing about the ideal of a humanity united as one family. The media must march boldly forward, leading the way in realizing an ethical world.

I hope that through your discussions and studies over the next few days, you will have the opportunity to think more deeply than ever about the mission of the media.

In closing, let me say it is my constant prayer that God’s abundant blessings will be upon your work and your families.

Thank you.

## ABSOLUTE VALUES AND THE NEW WORLD ORDER 19TH ICUS & 8TH PWPA

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### August 20, 1992
Seoul, Korea

Honorable chairman, distinguished scholars, respected guests, ladies and gentlemen.

It is my pleasure to speak to you at this Opening Plenary Session of the 19th International Conference on the Unity of the Sciences and the fifth Professors World Peace Academy World Congress. I wholeheartedly welcome you to my homeland of Korea.

Last year, in addition to the ICUS, we had two very special conferences, the Inter-Religious Federation for World Peace (IRFWP) and the Federation for World Peace. These two organizations were established to create a New World Order. The Inter-Religious Federation for World Peace, in particular, is dedicated to uniting the world’s religions for the purpose of establishing world peace. In the recent Gulf War, we witnessed how the world fell into a religious war. Global disaster continues to flare up.

Until now, many politicians have exploited religious conflicts for their own selfish purposes. Religions have been powerless and confused, not clearly recognizing their responsibility in relation to world peace. Now, through the IRFWP, leaders from the world’s religions will harmonize and become leaders for world peace.

In every culture, religion should be the conscience, setting the standard of public righteousness. While each religion has pride in its own teachings each has universal elements, which come from God. The one God is the God of all religions. Therefore, religions must purify themselves and elevate themselves through universal principles. The central value in religion is true love, which can be described by the teaching, “Live for the sake of others.” The individual lives for the sake of the family; the family lives for the sake of the community; the community lives for the sake of the nation; the nation lives for the sake of the world. Likewise, my religion lives for the sake of other religions. This principle is true.

The source of this universal principle is God. In creating the universe, God invested Himself totally for the sake of His creation. Throughout history, it is God who has been continually sacrificing Himself in order to save fallen human beings, who have been living just as they desire. The prophets, saints and sages who knew God’s will have followed God’s principles in their own lives.

Not content to keep the truth to themselves, they have walked the way of sacrifice in order to teach others. Moses, Confucius, Buddha, Mohammed, Socrates and Jesus are saints who suffered hardships and were persecuted, even as they taught people. They sacrificed their lives in order to enlighten and liberate humanity.

The Federation for World Peace is a cooperative federation of politicians and national organizations. Today’s world cannot be maintained by nationalism. The current flare-up of ethnic violence in Eastern Europe only demonstrates its destructive nature. National pride and self-determination are good and right only when they are dedicated to serving the world community. Nationalism which places “my nation first” and promotes hatred of other nations goes against the universal principle of living for the sake of others. All such “isms” which go against the universal principle are destined to decline.

Now we are seeing a trend where nations are joining to form multinational associations, such as the European Community. This trend will intensify in the coming years. All over the world, nations will unite in regional communities: The United States of Europe, the East Asian community, the community of Islam, the community of African nations, the community of North and South America.

In order that politicians may transcend national self-interest, there must be unifying values which different nations share. What can unite the nations of Europe? Economic policies alone are insufficient. There are still many disputes between industrialized nations and nations with agrarian economies. Social policies are another source of contention. If we can identify a single common factor in the European Community, it is its Christian culture.

When compared with people from the Middle East or the Orient, it is evident that Europeans share much in common: common foods, common social customs and, most importantly, a common ethic and worldview. The root of this common European culture is Christianity.

Christian culture is the foundation for the intellectual, social and political life of Europe. However, European Christianity itself is plagued by deep historical divisions. We realize that conflicts, such as those in Northern Ireland and the former Yugoslavia, stem from an unresolved religious struggle between Protestants, Catholics and Orthodox Christians. Therefore, religious harmony and unity are the necessary condition for political and social peace and unity.

The New World Order will consist of communities of nations, each bound together by a common religion and culture and joined in economic and political relationships. I foresaw this trend many years ago. That is why for more than forty years I have been promoting inter-religious activities pursuing dialogue and harmony. For a New World Order to be realized, we must prevent religious war.

To solve this problem I have been painstakingly laying the foundation that can embrace every religion. Before I began my ministry, I took the principle which was revealed to me before Jesus, Buddha, Confucius and Mohammed in the spiritual world, and they attested that it was correct. Now leaders of every religion recognize that to substantiate a world of peace all religious people must center on the original teaching and take positive steps to make harmony with each other. It is my God-ordained mission to bring the world into unity under God.

The Inter-Religious Federation for World Peace and the Federation for World Peace will work together as mind and body. Until now, fallen people have been allowing the body to dominate their individual lives, creating a world of selfish individuals, oppressing others for their own pleasures. This is hell on earth. Only a few people have followed the voice of conscience, emanating from the mind, which teaches them to pursue truth, beauty and goodness and to resist the temptations of the body. Only these people can meet God, and find heaven on earth.

Likewise, few national politicians have listened to the voice of religion. Amid the clamor of politics, the voice of moral and spiritual values was only faintly heard. In the West, as well as the East, politicians have tried to found prosperity on economic and political policies without God. Their efforts have been in vain. No nation can prosper without God’s blessing.

God blesses those nations that are practicing faith, morality and the principle of living for the sake of others. Yet politicians still look only to the earth, blind to heaven’s influence. Communist leaders tried for seventy years to establish prosperity without God, and now their nations are bankrupt. Likewise, the West is plagued by recession, crime and social decay; its problems will not be solved until its leaders open their eyes and discover their true cause.

When the religious leaders have united for the sake of world peace under God, the politicians will obey the teachings of religion. Then and only then will the social and economic problems be solved, and the nations of the world naturally unite on the path of peace. The Federation for World Peace will succeed where the United Nations and many other organizations have failed because it has this foundation.

The role of scholars for the sake of the New World Order is very important. To insure a well-rounded education for individuals, close communication between all segments of society is necessary. People must constantly cooperate with one another in order to raise up individuals who can develop civilized families, churches, schools and society. The greatest task of our generation is the problem of how to implement this well-rounded education in our pluralistic global village.

You scholars are the treasure-house of knowledge in this society. Your students learn more from the person you are than from the knowledge you teach. Students imitate the teacher’s habits, learn the teacher’s attitudes about society, and are deeply influenced by the teacher’s sense of values. You professors must always, in the teacher’s position, become desirable examples for the future. Your mission, which is to set up a new cultural tradition rooted in the absolute value of true love, is a precious thing.

As you know, this conference has been organized as part of the first World Culture and Sports Festival. This is a historical event, guiding the spiritual culture of humanity, searching for true values for humanity’s happiness, and leading the way to a new world of peace and harmony among God, people and nature. It is a Festival gathering the world’s scholars, religious figures, journalists, politicians and youth leaders, as members of the global community, combining their collective wisdom and practical experience regarding the unity of humankind.

On August 25, approximately thirty thousand couples from all regions of the world will receive the holy blessing, pledging to establish a new family tradition centered on God. The family is the most fundamental building block of society. The solution to all social problems begins with the solution to problems in the family. The ideal of “one world family in true love” transcending races is directly related to the fulfillment of a peaceful world. People pledging to become exemplary God-centered couples, creating blessed families, will provide a substantial model of ethics and morality. In this way, ideal families, societies, nations and an ideal world, representing the fruit of true love, will be realized.

The fact that sixty thousand people of the world are gathering to receive the blessing symbolizes unity under God and True Parents. I invite you all to attend this historical blessing ceremony.

In conclusion, may I introduce to you two projects that I am supporting. One involves the completion of an encyclopedia, by the International Cultural Foundation, to bring humanity’s wisdom together in one place for the 21st century. The other is the creation of the World University Federation to promote the worldwide exchange of knowledge, as well as the exchange of professors and students. These two new projects will provide a great impetus for the advancement of the global village culture of the future.

Once again, I want to express my gratitude to all of you for attending this meaningful conference in Seoul. I am very grateful, especially, to Dr. Gerholm who has worked very hard as the ICUS chairman, and to Dr. Kaplan who is giving his utmost effort for the worldwide development of PWPA.

May your discussions at this conference be very fruitful. I pray for God’s protection and blessing to be with you and your families.

## LIQUIDATION OR THE COMPLETION OF THE DISPENSATION OF SALVATION

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### June 7, 1992
Belvedere, New York
Translator – Sang Kil Han

We don’t have much time this morning, so please listen attentively. Mother and Father are leaving early this afternoon.

We say as every day words, “We love God,” but there is a serious question we must ask, “What is the will of God?” For instance, the world of traditional Christianity does not know clearly what is the will of God. People in theological seminaries are supposed to be experts in the will of God but they do not know it. Some famous person said, “God’s will is something easy to explain and something difficult to explain.” But that doesn’t mean anything, it doesn’t explain anything.

As Unification Church members, we know what the will of God is. It is very simple: God’s will is to complete His purpose of creation. We agree on that, don’t we? Then we must ask the question, “What is the purpose of creation?” We know that it is simply the completion of the four-position foundation of Adam and Eve. That means Adam will be completed in love, and Eve will be completed in love-perfected, that is-and both will become united in love and give birth to good children. Those children will grow in love and form a perfect family centered on love. This is the purpose of creation. Do you agree with that?

The will of God, simply speaking, is to complete the four-position foundation. Then comes the question, what is the fall? The fall was something which negated that purpose, something which made the four-position foundation impossible. Therefore, God’s will became that of re-establishing His original purpose of creation. It has taken six thousand years of history to do it again, to indemnify and liquidate the problems. To clear it up. To indemnify, (tangam in Korean) means to liquidate or clear up. Indemnity is the only way for God to restart.

One of the most difficult concepts for people in the Western world to understand is this concept of indemnity. They ask, “Why, since God is supposed to be only good in every way, does He make people pay the price of indemnity?” They say, “We are all right. We don’t need indemnity. We are strong, we have an advanced culture and we have always been that way. I don’t agree with indemnity.” But whether or not you agree, success in this world means success within the satanic realm. If people continue to disregard indemnity and its value, then the only way they can go is down and perish.

The remedy is to go backwards. If you have done something wrong, you have to correct it. If you have been using drugs, you have to stop using drugs; if you have been engaging in free sex, you have to stop such activity. Indemnity is the reverse way, and it is something which America and the Western world needs very badly. This world cannot go on the way it is going now. To discover how to deny and to negate the direction it is headed in today is a very important task for us. Otherwise, we cannot accomplish the will of God.

First we must know what happened during the six thousand years of God’s dispensational history. Then we must desire to indemnify it and return back to God. Without that, we cannot return to God’s schedule, God’s track. Therefore, we have to deny. The result of the fall was that Satan came to be in the top position, and God came to be in the bottom position. How can God go back to His rightful position? It is only by passing through that zero point. Without going through the zero point, one cannot be restored to the right position.

Here is the reason for that paradoxical statement of Jesus, “If you die, you will live. But if you want to live, you must die”. He said, “Your enemies are the members of your own family. The ones you love the most are your enemies”. Why? Because of them, many times, we do not go the way of Principle. This is precisely what has happened to many of us: the ones who stop our advancement toward God are our own family members. Our own relatives kidnap us to take us away from this church because in this church, we come to belong to God’s family. They do these things because they do not understand. The purpose of this church is to liberate the sons and daughters of God, as well as all beings.

Even within each person, our mind and body struggle; they always disagree. The mind is drawn to the satanic side. But the mind has more of a desire to go closer to God, whereas the body is further away from God. Both the mind and the body of every individual belong to the satanic side, but they should have been on God’s side, as we know. So for the mind to go to God’s side, you have to go through here (drawing on blackboard) – that original center point. The body also wants to go to God’s side. In order to do that, the individual man must first deny himself. By the same token, if a woman with conflicted mind and body gets together with a man like that, they will conflict with each other, just as the mind and body conflict. That is because they are in the satanic realm. They disagree and lack harmony. In order for such a family to pay indemnity and be restored, each individual must deny himself and stop fighting with the other. No matter what happens, he or she must not fight. Each sacrifices himself in that way.

When an individual is able to harmonize his own mind and body, he will be able to form a family without conflict. That is a family in which husband and wife do not fight. In order for an individual to be able to return to God’s side, he must realize this unity not only individually but also in his family. Centering on that family, the clan must achieve the same kind of harmony and unity. Therefore, unless the family attains this unity, the clan can never attain it.

So there are three steps: individual, family, and clan. Through those three steps, we can come completely into God’s side. After the clan, we know that the next higher unit is the nation. And the nation can be turned to God’s side. We understand the general concept of what steps we have to follow.

We have to fight against evil within ourselves on the individual level, family level, clan level, and nation level. We advance to each higher level as we fight and win over the evil within. At each step, we have to fight and win. These are not just my own words. This is history. History can be described as the succession of this action. Finally, after the national level is won, the world level must also be won.

The world is the same. We already know why the right and left wings came into existence in the world from the very beginning. In order for them to be restored, they have to go the original point, the zero point. They, too, must deny themselves first in order to pass through this zero point. Whether it is democracy, right wing, or left wing it doesn’t matter. Without exception, they must follow this formula and go through this zero point.

To liberate hell, we must go the same way. To solve the individual problem of good and evil is difficult enough, but to move hell itself and liberate it is so much more difficult. It is easy to say the words, but how difficult it is to do it!

People talk about the Last Days, they draw pictures of what they think it will be like. What will it be like in the Last Days? One way to discern that the Last Days are here is that everyone will be enemies with everyone else. Even within the family, the husband and wife will be enemies, children turn against parents. Then you can say, “This is the End Time.” Since this is the case between individuals everywhere, then no two families will unite. Families will be enemies. Nations, also, will be enemies everywhere, pursuing their own interests. So in that kind of situation, imagine how difficult it would be to turn from that hellish world into heaven. It could never be a simple task. Just imagine.

In that kind of hopeless world, someone bigger is reigning over each person. That is Satan, striding right above each person, telling him what to do, “Do this, do that. No matter how hard you try, you cannot win over me. I am stronger.” You all think about yourselves first, don’t you? That is Satan. You should think, “My way of thinking about me first is from Satan.” Then we have to ruthlessly contain ourselves, “No, no, don’t think about myself.” We have to deny ourselves, turning ourselves upside down. It is like standing on our head, with our feet in the air. Nobody is comfortable with such a drastic change. Nobody wants that, especially when they don’t understand it.

How difficult, how agonizingly painful it must have been for God to pursue these different levels of unity, turning them into heaven. We are in that kind of situation today; God, too, is in that situation today. Over and over again, we tried and struggled against Satan, with God hoping for us to succeed, but we never did. Humankind never succeeded one iota until now, even though God was always hoping for us to succeed. And God is right beside us to witness that, so when we understand that, is God a God of glory and comfort, or is God a sad and miserable God, even more miserable than we are? He is more miserable than we are.

Think about it this way: each person lives only one generation and then he dies. After that time, we are relieved of the pain of this life. But God has existed and lived through one generation after another, over and over again, endlessly engaged in this terrible war. Therefore, God has been in terrible pain. How miserable has been God’s situation! Nobody has known that throughout history. If someone could have understood what God was doing, God may have felt better. But nobody could figure out why God was doing the things He did, or understood God’s will. How much more miserable was God!

Thus to attain salvation or to be saved, we cannot advance this easy way (pointing to board?). We have to advance that way by going the impossible way. Often, however, we don’t know where we are going so naturally we walk this easy, wrong way. God’s task has been a desperate attempt to educate people. During the historical time of the individual level of the dispensation, God introduced religion to educate the individual and family. After that, the time of the clan and the national level came. Accordingly, God introduces new religious concepts, and through religion God attempted to educate human beings, paying all the price of educating man.

So America is a nation within the Christian cultural realm, correct? And American people have been proud that they were part of that Christian culture, even though they did not know what position they are on. Did you know that today Christendom is controlled by the left, by those who used to be the communists? That element is controlling Christendom, but the Christians do not even know it. Now, unfortunately as we see, this Christian culture has been reduced to individualism, free sex, drug abuse and so forth. Is that God’s original ideal-free sex and individualism? Is that Jesus’ idea? No, clearly not. Those are enemies to Jesus. That is Satan’s idea.

What good will it do if the individual is saved while the family, clan and nation are being lost? Nothing is gained because the individual has no place to go. The individual is not a unit in Heaven. As a matter of fact, the United States has even lost the individual, as evidenced by the miserable condition of hippies and yippees. Why can the individual not be better than that? America lost everything, even the individual. There is nothing to be proud of in front of God. You are intelligent people gathered here today, but can any one of you say to me, “You are wrong about this country. We are still good.” Can any intelligent person say that? It is so simple and clear.

What is the way to solve this problem? It is by denying everything at one time. At the same time. After that, all we remember, all we care about is this: God and the completed four-position foundation of Adam and Eve. That is all we advance toward.

If we speak about “true God,” it may perplex some people. They say, “What are you talking about? Do you mean there was a false God somehow?” But we can explain what we mean by that. Until now, almighty God was not the way He was originally. God is now the center of salvation, rather than the original God of glory. He is working for our salvation, but that is not the work He was originally supposed to do and He will not be doing that forever and ever. People ask, “How can God be persecuted? I can’t imagine God being persecuted.” But that is exactly the case. God is lamenting and suffering. God is in a miserable situation now. That is not God’s original position. You cannot deny that. Therefore, God is not True God yet. But now we want to recognize and realize True God.

We are putting “True” to everything: parents, which were not True Parents until now. Now we recognize True God, True Father, True Mother, True Son, True Daughter, True Family. Everything is becoming true, including God himself. This is what we must want because this is our goal. This is where we are going to be saved. But what do the average people, Western and Oriental, go after today in their lives? Comparing this ultimate concept and goal with what they are actually pursuing, how many of these have we been connected with? You know the answer well. You cannot deny any part of that. You may say, “I will get to Heaven my own way somehow.” Is that practical or possible? Only after getting in here (pointing to board) can we go over to Heaven, but not before.

Those who say, “Father, that’s too complicated! Mankind should not have to go through that,” raise your hands. I will ask you the question. Everyone here will agree with me, “Yes, Father, difficult and unfortunate as it may be, it is all true.” But are we unfortunate people, or are we fortunate people? (Fortunate.) Only after meeting Parents. We are fortunate only in the limited sense of being here, learning these concepts and so forth, but if we don’t live up to that standard, we are just as unfortunate as anybody else in the world.

The topic of my sermon today is liquidation, meaning to clean up. So these are the models through which we can end the indemnity, pay it all out. We not only go through each level, but we also go above them. This is where we should be. Are we there now, today? Yes or no? (No.)

So we see that God introduced humankind to religion, but religion has never gone smoothly. Religious people have always been persecuted. God himself has been persecuted. Religious people have had to live miserably. God felt so sorry for them, and He could not help but give them aid. If this was not so, God does not have to help only miserable people. But today, the reality is that every truly religious person is miserable. So God has to sympathize with miserable people, because He too is miserable.

What is God? God is the miserable king of the world which has fallen into misery. Only because He is in the same situation of misery can He save miserable people. My point today is that this is a reality. It is imperative that you understand the position you are in today. Some people don’t want to think about it, but we must. We have to know what position we are in today.

All religious people have been miserable. Look at the Israelites, who were the first and central religious people in God’s dispensation for salvation. Were they happy and prosperous people or did they suffer a lot? Even at this time, what is their situation? Why did the people of religion have to be like that, the most miserable, in the mainstream of God’s thought. Satan will mercilessly strike those already miserable people because he wants to stop that one in a million chance of succeeding.

This is all Satan’s territory. Wherever there is the tiniest area of God’s influence in that territory, everybody comes and strikes at it. They don’t want God in there. They attack individually, by family, nation. We have already seen this. But as more years go by, everything will be struck by Satan. There will be even that day remaining.

But as Satan strikes you and me to kill us, we don’t die. We survive. Then Satan loses and we win. Satan cannot attack the resurrecting God. Satan cannot strike us twice-that’s the law of heaven. This is the apex. So the Bible rightfully said that those who are willing to die will live. What does that mean? If we don’t understand this general situation, we cannot explain that statement by Jesus, a very important one. Those who want to die for God’s sake will live because they will resurrect through God’s power. Indeed we will die without question, because Satan is powerful. But while we are dying, we have to cling on to God. Embrace God and then die. Death comes through Satan. I cannot live again unless God lives again. Since God is resurrecting, I resurrect also. So when we go down to the very lowest point, the very bottom, and still do not let go of God and are willing to die with God, then Satan may kill us but when God resurrects, we will resurrect too. We are one with God and Satan cannot touch us. This is the resurrection. To be born again.

The dead person is on Satan’s side. The resurrected, born again person is on God’s side. This is how the sequence of the birth order can be changed. The first born one can become the last one born.

Now do you have a clear idea of the path history has followed? This is a summary of history. Whose view is this? It is God’s view. God looks at us this way, and God looks at history this way. God’s purpose is to bring us right here (pointing to blackboard). Then who is God’s son and who is God’s daughter? God’s son and daughter are willing to go where God is, to do what God is doing, and in this misery to plant God’s heart, God’s tradition, God’s lineage-God’s everything. While they are doing that, Satan will constantly come against them. They must not only go to the miserable place and do good works of God, but also they must be persecuted. The individual will persecuted me, the family will persecute our family, the nation will persecuted our nation, all the world will persecuted us. Yet I (we) will continue to do that work and will eventually succeed.

As we see, Jesus was the one who did that. He was struck on the individual level, struck on the family, struck by the nation-all levels. Later he was killed by Satan. When he died, he embraced God. He grasped God and said, “I will do your will.” And then the resurrection took place. Then Jesus was lifted up to a different dimension and Christendom was spread to the world level.

At the end of World War II, after America had won that great victory and was in the most powerful position in the world, it was the best time to establish God’s foundation. America did not know this. America was ignorant of the time. That is when America was ready to serve the Messiah who was coming in the flesh. Just as he left in the flesh, he was coming in the flesh. America was ordained to support him and help him reach out and save the whole world. Just as America fought and lost a lot of lives, a great sacrifice, we have to go through such a struggle-both spiritually and physically-in order to serve the Messiah himself.

That’s one point. The second point is that America was not blessed so much for the sake of Americans alone. America was blessed for the sake of the whole world. This was unmistakably God’s intention. Clearly this is the reason God blessed America. Yet once the white, Anglo-Saxon people who were so richly blessed here in America started to declare, “This is all for me. I don’t care about the rest of the world,” then America will suffer. Due to the lack of food on this planet, 20 million people are suffering from hunger and many are dying. And when they die, they die accusing that rich nation of America-American people, American culture, and even Christendom. What is the consequence if Americans continue to live in such a self-centered, uncaring way toward the rest of the world? The inescapable consequence is that American offspring will suffer. The second generation will not grow up healthy.

These conditions are all very real, and at that point there is almost no hope. At this point, Reverend Moon emerges bringing hope. If he does something right, America can live. This is what we have to realize. By clinging to him, he will change this world. Even though everything is occupied by Satan, he will move to where there is less Satan. Now Reverend Moon comes to re-indemnify the individual, to re-indemnify the family, clan and nation. God already built the necessary base of indemnity through religion, but that base was all washed away because of the failure at the end of World War II. If America had understood the situation and had behaved accordingly, then this kind of misery would not have had to happen. There would have been no need to repeat it again.

Today there is only one person in the world who is teaching all these concepts. That is Reverend Moon. There is no other philosopher, theologian or religious leader in the world who understands about these things. Only Reverend Moon has this kind of understanding and is bringing it directly to America. This teaching was rejected and ultimately I was put in jail. In that way, Father was completely denied, rejected. Since the jailing of Reverend Moon, America is becoming even more hopeless. The whole world has no real sense of hope.

Reverend Moon might have given up at that lowest point. But we know why he cannot give up, why we cannot give up. So Father went into jail, came out again and did all over again what he had been doing here for 20 years. Still it was pitch dark and people didn’t understand what Reverend Moon was doing. Now that is today’s situation. Has anyone of you really welcomed Father, beyond your life prepared to give up their life to welcome him? Even the Moonies didn’t respond that way. All the time, taking, taking, taking. Only wanting to get into heaven without fulfilling the purpose and so actually destroying the purpose.

Who is the one who really welcomed Reverend Moon from the first day? Imagine. The presence of Reverend Moon is almost like a miracle by itself, but have you ever stopped to think how much God and mankind had to suffer and pay indemnity for this to happen, for Reverend Moon to come to America and reside here? Do you really know how much suffering and indemnity is there behind Reverend Moon?

You say, “Oh, Father, what you teach is so good and exciting, but I cannot do what you ask.” Have you said that? You may not have said those words with your mouth, but what about your mind? Even today, how much do you support Father, how intensely do you embrace me? You just think about your own history-your kindergarten, grammar school, high school, university. Your own family situation, your nation. That is what you always think about. You stand with that as your center and then look at me and compare. You deny but the contents of what I say are truth. You say, “What should I do?” Then you give lip service to the truth. You know well that this is true.

This nation of America went against Father so totally, and Father is still shedding sweat here. For more than 20 years now, Father has been here, 20 years of my prime time, for you-each one of you. What is the value of each fallen person? As of today, it is trash, the trash of mankind. There is nothing within you that you can say, “That part of my body belongs to God.” Think about that. You know what a really serious position you are in today.

When I first came here, there was not one individual who could claim to be victorious on the individual level. There was no family, no national level representative. Father represented everything himself. I said to God, “I represent mankind, I represent the individual, the family.” Also, when my work moved up to the national level and while communism was still a power, the CIA and the KGB even joined forces against Reverend Moon. America was even willing to couple with the communist forces to try to hurt Reverend Moon. All the while I was working for their sake. Now it is a historical fact that even in the midst of all that persecution, Reverend Moon did not leave this country. Risking my life, I remained here.

Once Americans learn about this, they will become truly grateful for tens of thousands of years to come. They know there is no way they can repay their debt. This trash of mankind was picked up out of the garbage can, brushed and cleaned off, nourished and turned into God’s sons and daughters. That is what I have been determined to do in this country. That is God’s intention, God’s purpose of sending me here-to do just that.

I have done that exactly, teaching you and nourishing you. Now at least Father should have a few of you standing on your own two feet capable of taking care of this country America. And then I will be able to go back to Korea. You think about it. America is in a crisis, as we know well, but what about the rest of the world? What about Korea? What about the unification of the world? We know what effort it is going to take to unify the world. The world is God’s agenda, not just a country, not even the large nation of America. I know that as long as we don’t die, so long as we stand upright, America will not perish. God will save America so long as we are here standing up righteously. Knowing that, Father can now leave America and go back to Korea and tend to the more important business of the world.

A lot of people want to make use of Reverend Moon, not necessarily in a righteous way. It is like a boat floating on the sea of death. Everywhere is the water of death, but once we climb into a boat, we can start paddling, even with our hands and arms. We know where our boat should go. This is the place of our hope-there (pointing to something on blackboard). That we know, don’t we? We know where we are supposed to go after here. Even if we die without completing everything, we must pass this on to our children and other members of the clan, saying, “What Reverend Moon is teaching us is true. Abide by it. Cling to it.” Then if we die, they will have to do it since we didn’t.

Even though American people might try, they can never uproot all the things we have planted here during these past 20 years, including The Washington Times and others. The way of thinking which has been introduced cannot be uprooted. In all areas, not only religious but also economic, industrial, academic-you name it-there is no area of human activity where Father’s thought is not implanted. Can you do it from here on, or not? (We can do it!) If we keep ourselves alive and work hard in this direction, then America will not perish.

Those who say, “Oh, Father, with or without our effort, America will continue to survive. Nothing can cause America to perish,” raise your hands. I am asking for those who believe that America will be okay without our worrying about it. Of course, no one here raised his hand.

Until now, all the bad elements of mankind have persecuted and opposed those who pursued this path, this way. But from now, if we don’t go the way that God did in the past, then God will be the one who strikes us and persecutes us, rather than evil mankind. That zero point is our route to salvation. Do you understand? Liquidation or ending the salvational dispensation is what God has been working for. This is what the purpose of creation is. Now, anyone or anything that does not conform to this original form will be not only persecuted but destroyed. God will destroy it. He will judge each one and say, “No, you don’t pass,” if they do not measure up. Those who don’t pass cannot survive.

God is the Good One. “Good” means the Double God. Think about it. How many people like that “Good” God. Do you understand this concept of zero point? You have to go through that zero point. Each person has to go through that zero point where we don’t feel anything; we are just there.

Now the communist world has been destroyed, yet still remaining is Kim Il Sung, the “Father” of Satan’s world. On God’s side, the Father is Reverend Moon. Satan cannot do any damage to the True Parents. Kim Il Sung has been the ruler of North Korea for many years now and he has always proclaimed himself as the father of his people. Doesn’t it seem strange that this “Father” on the satanic side and the True Parents on God’s side are all from the tiny little peninsula of Korea? Why was Korea the site of this struggle? Why not America? Why not England? Why did God choose a miserable, lowly nation like Korea? Korea had nothing, had lost everything. It had no hope after World War II. The armistice table at Panmunjon where the North and South Korean delegates have been meeting for discussions, signifies complete denial, the zero point. “Panmunjon” literally translated means a wooden gate, or meeting place. Now we have to turn it into a golden gate meeting place.

Once Father puts up a golden gate instead of a wooden gate which the communists have used to prevent free thought from coming in, Father will never let go. What is your guess: If Father and Kim Il Sung get into a wrestling match, who would win? I have already sized him up! I know I could lick him. He is known for his big guts, but even there, he is no match for me. It became apparent to both Kim Il Sung and me that I could save him, but he has nothing with which he could help me. If I had had twelve hours in which to speak with him, that would have been the end of it. I could have explained everything to him and persuaded him. Once that happened, communism would have been completely wiped out and replaced by “golden thought.”

Kim Il Sung used his power to kill four million Korean people and in so doing he rose to the position of king. But I rose to where I am by being hit and hit, over and over again. I could tell him, “By being struck repeatedly throughout my life, I have been able to come here to meet with you and I can save you.” Because this is true, Kim Il Sung has to kneel down. He cannot help but say, “Yes, yes, you are right.”

Then he said, “You have a lot of foundation in Japan and America. Please help us. We need that.” But Father said, “No, you cannot use me. If you use me, it will be terrible. I will turn around.” (English:) Father is going up to Heaven, but Satan goes in the opposite direction, one hundred and eighty degrees the other way, down to Hell. This is God’s providential viewpoint.

Until now, America has taken Reverend Moon very lightly. They never thought of Reverend Moon as anything, but they were wrong. They were so arrogant. People didn’t even bother to check out what Reverend Moon is teaching. They just listened to Satan’s voice and persecuted Reverend Moon according to Satan’s instruction. That includes all the governmental figures, such as Carter, Reagan, and Bush. What if any one of them had said, “What is wrong with finding out what Reverend Moon is teaching? I want to know.” No matter how strong the persecution was, or they thought it would be, why didn’t they check it out for themselves. That was their responsibility. They did not check instead they put me into jail. Did I come here to America for the purpose of having the leader of America do that? It is unthinkable. This is not America’s position. It is outrageous in this free country. Is that the way a free country operates, to put someone into jail without good cause?

The plaintiff in the lawsuit was the American government. The defendant was Sun Myung Moon, one individual. The American government was prosecuting a righteous religious leader. The whole country came against one individual. So when they pay this back, they will have to kneel down. Without a doubt, the people who hear the true words which Reverend Moon speaks will not like them.

So they denied all the foundation which God worked to build so painstakingly. Even though America did this out of ignorance, they still destroyed everything. Father came to teach them, but they didn’t listen. Big Moon, Big Moon, Big Moon, every step of the way, is a winner. They struck me, even though they didn’t know me. Why don’t you have a showdown with God? Why don’t you ask God whether Reverend Moon is saying the truth or not? God is the only authority for such a question. This is the ultimatum to the Western world on behalf of God. What I have spoken here this morning, even though it is a humble place, will remain forever in the history of mankind. This is a declaration: not the declaration of communism but the declaration of the opening of the Kingdom of Heaven. (Applause.)

Now do you have this formula engraved in your mind: True God, True Father, True Mother, True Son, True Daughter, True Family, True World. True Kingdom of Heaven-on the earth first, then following that, in spiritual world. This is very clear. Do you understand? In order to make this happen, you have to deny yourself-your eyes, nose, mouth, ears, body and sexual organs.

Now let us get an overview of the dispensation. In today’s time in dispensation history, Adam needs to be liberated. This should be Adam’s civilization, Adam’s world. Whatever he wants to do, he should be able to do it. Of course, we are speaking of restored Adam, not fallen Adam. The original Adam from history is dead. He died. Now we need the completion of Adam and the completion of Eve, sons and daughters. Then there is no room for Satan to get anywhere near. If all these family members are completely united, centered on God, Satan is not around. Where there is no unification, there is no freedom, happiness, peace or hope.

Let us examine this. When your mind and body are in severe conflict, can you feel happy? Are you free in such a case? No, not at all. You are coerced. The ultimate ingredient of peace is balance. When you are fighting, you are not balanced so you can have no peace. If husband and wife fight in the morning over some trivial thing or even big things, can they feel happy the rest of the day? Certainly not. Let me repeat: Without unification, there is no freedom, peace, happiness, or hope.

The communists preached peace, but then when they gain control, they fight. They created conflict. Where is the peace in that? Communism is built on the philosophical foundation of dialectical materialism, which is false and doesn’t work, as we know. Is there freedom in dialectical materialism? No. Instead, people killed each other under that way of thinking. In communism there can be no peace. Also, people under that kind of system can have no hope. For such a world to go on and on, what could they hope for in the future? Nobody has any hope.

But Unificationists are guided by the concept of united mind and body. That is our goal. When they are united, people feel happiness. Upon that foundation, we can find freedom, we can make peace and find happiness and hope. Isn’t that true? You know that now because your original mind has been cleaned up and you have put in a new concept about freedom. From there, you can achieve everything. Otherwise, there is no way. Hell is the place where God’s unification is not realized. What is Heaven? Heaven is the world where individuals have completely unified their mind and body. And man and woman are completed unified as couples. It is the place where parents and children are completely one within the unified family wherein world happiness and world hope are begun. Otherwise, there is no way. The first question must be: how can we make family perfection? Only in this can everything good be found. Do you have that kind of unification-of your mind and body, of your family? (No.) No. The answer is absolutely no. NO means forever zero.

When we go out to witness every day, we should visit people with our unified mind and body. Also, we should have a unified couple. After that, parents and children united creates the unified family. Representing the family, that man or woman should go out witnessing. Every time, you should have a unified foundation, not two minds, but a unified mind and body. When you have that kind of unity, you can be proud of yourself, you can assert “Me.” Centering on this unity, it is all right to be absolutely proud of yourself, of “me.” But because fallen man lost God and lost the ideal, then everything was lost. Now you understand how to restore the lost self, the central, proud position.

You all want to be the number one person in your family, don’t you? Even your grandfather will look at you with respect. You want to be treated that way, don’t you? Your father and mother, as well as every member of the family will regard you as the number one family member. That is good. That is the ambition which God planted in our original mind. But how can we achieve that number one position? It is only by serving everybody that we can realize that goal.

So we are speaking about perfected and liberated Adam. Have we ever seen before in history an Adam who was perfected and who was completely one with God, or sons and daughters who became completely united with their parents? What is your answer, yes there was or no, there was not. There was not. Therefore, we have to search for that kind of family. And we have to accomplish this. By finding them, then we have to learn the secret. By following the teaching, following the right formula. We have to research and investigate to learn what Satan’s secret is and how he has been ruling the world, how he been so powerful. That is what had to be discovered. What Father did was to take Satan’s secrets away from him, plundering them, exposing them. Once I proclaimed Satan’s secrets publicly, they were no longer secrets. Now everybody knows the truth, particularly about the fall of man. Before this time, no one understood the fall.

By knowing the truth, mankind can turn around and declare to Satan, “You are not the king of this world. You are the king of evil,” and they can kick him down into the dungeon of hell. As it says in the Bible, the truth shall set you free. Now Moonies understand clearly the secrets which Satan has been hiding behind. Those who know those secrets, are they happy people or unhappy people? How happy? You are about to occupy the entire world, including God. How happy must you be! You can say, “I don’t need the power of money because God is with me everywhere I go. I don’t need diamonds and jewels.” Likewise, knowledge is no problem. You are king of knowledge. What about power? When you go into the spirit world, do you need money, food, knowledge or worldly power? No, you need none of that. That is our home town forever. No matter whether you like it or not, that is your destination. I know this truth well, so no matter how strongly Satan’s world went against me, I could stay strong. I was shot at from all four corners of the world, but I never fell down. Finally, after all these years of being shot at, I have just kept on going and at last I am at the top of the world.

Now Reverend Moon is in the number one position. World leaders cannot understand this. Only you Moonies can recognize Reverend Moon and his teaching. Therefore, the outside world declared that you must have been brainwashed. That is because you are standing on God’s side, not Satan’s side. That is why you are abnormal people, in the eyes of this world. Are you really on God’s side? Really? You don’t have that kind of confidence. Father sees that in your eyes. You are complicated. That means you have taken that kind of position, otherwise you cannot take the winner’s position, the victor’s position. Father is a victorious man. I want to see you victorious too. Victor means “forever,” there will be no enemy that can beat you.

So it is a declaration. When Jesus came, he denied the individual, denied all the families, denied the nation, denied the church-he denied everything, then, of course, he was crucified. So he has to come again. The Jewish religion today is still waiting for the Messiah to come, believing that they will be the ones to get recognition from the Messiah. That is what they are thinking. The Jewish people, just like some of the Christian factions, are waiting for the Messiah to come on the cloud. Since Jesus did not come on the clouds, the Jewish people believed that he wasn’t the Messiah. Basically, that’s what the Jewish faith is. Likewise, many Christians believe the same thing today.

But I tell you, the Messiah will never come on a cloud. If someone comes on a cloud and you cannot touch him, if he is as unreal as that, then can he realize the four-position foundation? Can he ever get married and give birth to good children? No, of course not. Can he ever establish the real world without Satan, a world in which all people will be the sons and daughters of God? If we ever disregard God’s goal of the dispensation, namely the God-centered four-position foundation, then God would absolutely be defeated in human history. Isn’t that true? We must have that four-position foundation before God can become the victorious God. Logically, no one can deny that the Messiah must come in the flesh, just as Jesus did.

If Jesus had had physical descendants, the religious world today would not be as it is. There would be one lineage recognizing the elder nations. In fact history would not have needed America, England, France. There would be only one nation. Now the situation is so completely opposite from God’s original plan. Satan is occupying this world, not God. God has lost ownership.

(Writes on blackboard.) After the fall, these things have come into being-bad lineage, and lack of ownership. Shimjung, or the Realm of Heart is our true root. But now we have the wrong root. We lost the true root. So we do not dwell in the true heartistic realm. Our owner is not God but Satan. Our lineage is from Satan, not God. So how can we recover that lineage? By following Reverend Moon’s teaching. Otherwise, there is no way, there is absolutely no way. Do you understand? How can ownership be exchanged? How can love be exchanged?

We need to realize the starting points are different. Reverend Moon’s starting point is from God. All humankind’s starting point is from Satan. So we need to be cleaned up, one by one. We need to take out the dirt. So don’t forget these three concepts: first, whose lineage are you in, God’s or Satan’s? Which side are you living on? You cannot stay in the middle position. Ownership is the same-by whom are you owned? By whose authority do you own something? The public concept comes from God. The private concept originates with Satan. Centering on “me” is the place where God’s and Satan’s ownership are decided, and we need to clean ourselves up centering on “me.” Taking the public way allows the new, God-centered side to blossom. You have to choose that public way each step of the way through life.

Think about it. What is the true root of love, the starting point? It is not mother, not father, not husband or wife, not children, not the nation. The original root of love is God. Therefore, you have to connect with God as your love root. At that point you can truly be unified into one. Starting from the inside of God’s love root, you can sprout out with your own branches. In this there is hope for the world. Flower and fruit stem from there. That means there is hope. Making that branch. This is the natural way of growth, the natural way of expansion when we start from the root, make the main branch, many branches and from there, make the flower.

How many true branches do you have? Only one part? No good! How many leaves, how many branches do you have in your position? No matter how famous you may become, you have to make true branches. Centering upon family, you have to make this into heaven. Out of every new sprout and bud you have to make a victory of the family, then tribe and then nation. Heaven is God’s ideal of creation. Don’t forget this. All of Father’s lifetime, I have followed this concept. I have been pushing Satan’s side down-pushing, pushing. I never kicked back. Even after falling down, even when I cannot even put one foot in front of the other, and I just kept going forward-not sideways or back, just forward. No problem for me. Even when an entire country kicked me, including America, I went on. Communism was no problem. I just continued going straight forward. This was God’s concept and True Parents’ concept. Now this concept is clear. If you understand this concept clearly, raise your hands.

Now compare your position with me. I am standing on the needle-point. That is my kind of life, for seventy years. Not a safe life, not peaceful, not happy, not a hopeful life. Only worried about how to connect the needlepoint with all the places where the fight is waging-in the family, the tribe, the nation. Then Father sought to raise up the world, raise up America, raise up communism, raise up Kim Il Sung. You see, I have no enemy now. In front of Father there is no enemy. Reverend Moon has come to that kind of level. Isn’t this true, or not? You know.

During this time, do you really know how much suffering Father has endured? How much pain has Father suffered-Mother and children too. “Moonie!”, people yelled. A dark cloud followed you too. Satan was asking you, “Why are you following Reverend Moon? You have no hope. The goal is too far. You cannot reach it. Your habits are already good ones. You eat well. You can drink wonderful wine. You can dance, dance the twist.” The twist represents the snake! Drinking wine and smoking. This drinking is always connected with sex. Smoking is connected with sex. For example, a woman comes along, “Please, do you have a cigarette?” “Yes”, replies a man. “May I have one?” She replies. “Yes, please.” “Oh, do you have a light too?” She lights and Father imitates her inhaling the smoke. “Thank you”. The man thinks, “Oh this is a good chance to meet the woman.” So they drink together and go out. The thinking is, “Anything is OK, so long as I get what will satisfy me.” So they embrace and kiss. After that, they touch everywhere. Satan’s world stinks.

Sex is Satan’s weapon for destroying God’s ideal foundation. People drop down into dungeon of hell. The single thread connecting all the elements destroying God’s ideal is sex. Originally the sexual organ was to be the palace of love. That means it was also the starting place. The human sexual organs were to be the true love palace. They were to be the connecting place of all loving actions. In there man’s life and woman’s life are connected into one. It is where the essence of man’s and woman’s blood become mixed and from that the blood lineage is made by making sons and daughters. That is the palace of love. That is how important, how precious love is.

Therefore how miserable did love become, how low did love fall? Who can liberate mankind from such a position? That is the Messiah’s task. The Christian world believes Jesus will come down on the clouds, separate out the believers and leave behind the nonbelievers and just fly off. But the Bible says, “Whatever is bound on earth is also bound in heaven.” It is clear that earth is the place which must be cleaned up. This fallen place is not heaven. This is the reason we need the True Parents. Jesus himself needs True Parents. Confucius needs True Parents. Buddhists need True Parents. Mohammed needs True Parents. All humanity needs True Parents. Why? It is because we have to restore the most precious, most powerful place which is the love palace, life palace, lineage palace. Those three realms must be liberated by the religious world, the educational world. Satan brought that down completely. How can we raise it up again? God wants that four-position foundation re-established.

Now Kim Il Sung respects me, the ex-Soviet world respects me. This summer, ten thousand middle and high school students and teachers will take the Divine Principle training course. So the second generation will belong to Father. Women and the second generation will belong to Father.

In past history, the winners of wars have taken women and children as the trophies of war. Why? In the future God wants them. Man has killed everything. But women embrace women and women embrace children. Satan cannot take away that hope.

At the time of the fall, Eve took two loves, one is Satan and one is Adam. So all women inherit this aspect, this concept. Of divorced couples in America, who is the first to think about such a thing as divorce, man or woman? Seventy-five percent of the time it is woman? Why is that? Adam and Eve started all the current complications. Eve started that idea of two husbands or more. Woman initiates these complications. You have to know that clearly, how much Satan is using that secret weapon. All our ancestors passing until this time. How much destruction! You think about that. Understand that kind of concept cannot continue. We have to end it so we can stand on God’s side. You have to have that new kind of standard and stand up for it. So centering on Father, you get married. No matter how much noise people make outside, don’t care about it. Know that you are committed to God.

Many world leaders are now saying, “Reverend Moon has made a great foundation for a victorious true love world.” Many are praising Moonies, right? That is reality, that is our hope.

You have to remember these three points: Blood lineage-how can you clean it up? Ownership-how can you inherit it, taking it away from Satan? The middle is not God’s place. God is absolutely on one side. Third, love-how can you clean up dirty love? How can we make it white and clean again? We need bleach to get it white. You know well how dirty it is, how much we have to bleach it out. You know better than God.

Should I continue? Do you recognize that for the first time in history, the liberation, the perfection of Adam has been accomplished? (Yes.) (Applause) For forty years, Korea wished I were dead. They tried to stop me through persecution and so forth. Now all of Korea has given up trying to do that. Likewise, in America for over 20 years, people have wished that Father would be dead. It didn’t happen. Now that persecution is over, too. Those who would persecute now might get hurt. So the communists tried to get together with the intelligence agencies of America and tried to kill Father. Even today there is a trial going on for members of a team of assassins sent to kill me. That trial isn’t over yet. Now no Russians will hate Reverend Moon anymore. For the first time in history, Adam has been completed. Even Satan bows down now. Even Satan does not oppose me. (Applause) That proves the completion of Adam, Adam’s liberation.

What about Eve, then? With Cain and Abel at her breast, Eve followed Satan and went to hell. They multiplied from individual to family, to clan, and so forth. The whole human race fell into hell on earth. Then God started to work with Israel. God cut this nation into two and guided Israel upward, a little bit at a time, to higher and higher levels from tribe to nation, world, cosmos and finally to God. So this was being restored. Restoration takes place in that order, in that fashion. From hell to heaven.

Reverend Moon represents everything right here (pointing to one dot on the blackboard). You know this meaning, don’t you? He is standing right here in the center. He takes all persecution. This is what had happened at the end of World War II. Since then all of this had been established. By fighting in World War II, and by winning, then unification was realized at some level. If America had at that time recognized this dispensation and embraced Father and served him, the world today would have been entirely different from what we see. Already world unification and peace on earth would have been realized. Communism would have stopped at that time. Another forty years would have been the time of complete realization of the ideal world.

Here Father can explain a little bit more. Satan sowed the seed in a particular way, and so the fruit is harvested accordingly. England was in Eve’s position. The elder son’s position was France. England is an island, which represents feminine countries. England gave birth to America, which developed in the position of Abel. France was the historical enemy to England. On Satan’s side, as we know, Japan was Eve, Cain was Italy and Abel was the most formidable Germany. They all fought together to settle this. The world of Satan’s fruits fought against the world of God’s fruits. World War II was the judgment of fire as a settlement. It was won by God’s side.

During the war, America did not know whether they would win or lose. They forgot about everything, they denied their winning confidence, they denied their pessimism, they simply denied everything. They just fought with God in their head. The same was true of Japan. Japan didn’t know whether they would win or lose. Whoever would win would go through the zero point and inherit that position.

At the beginning of history, Eve left with Satan, leaving God and true Adam behind. In the restoration, there should be a true nation in Adam’s position. And there should be sons and daughters of Eve who will completely obey true Adam, unconditionally. After World War I, that wife wanted to meet the second Adam, and follow absolutely behind true Adam. It should have become a different world. But standing in front of Adam’s position was Satan’s world. Behind Adam should be women and children.

Do you know that America is the queen’s country? Why? Because it has wanted to meet the Adam at the time of the second coming. They’re wanting to meet a real husband, real king, on real heaven’s side. But until now it has been Satan’s side. They have wanted to step on that man’s position and wanted to welcome the original God and real husband and parents, brotherhood and children. Man’s position is archangel’s position. Woman’s position is God’s daughter’s position. That means in the future they will move into God’s country queen position. Do you understand?

American woman have ownership of everything-money, power, everything, knowledge too. The other day I went to the graduation ceremonies at Harvard. Women’s power was big. Almost half the class were women. Now we have a chance to change everything. You must use all this to save America. You are teaching their children. Woman give true direction.

Now woman’s position is a dirty one, like a beggar. But they have to get to the parents’ position, one of dignity.

Now is the time to exchange places. Woman’s power lies in a different place. Originally God’s children were lied to. Do you understand? Now Satan’s side children have to completely change places, 180 degrees.

America must be reborn. What is the center? Woman is the center. America must turn around by being reborn again. God’s hope for the world is the American foundation. This is really logical. No one can argue with this.

Then being unified and independent here, then upon that there can be freedom. In this there is hope for world peace and happiness. This is the future of the world. Based on unification they can take dominion, then there will be freedom, peace, happiness and hope forever. Centering on God, parents home will be there, original parent. From there they can connect to the original country, world and cosmos. No matter what it is like now, even a back yard type place, there is hope. God is making hometown nation, hometown world, connect with one lineage. Upon that we will make unification. How can you deny this, or must you recognize this as truth?

Realizing this, we must come here, change the lineage, change the love, and changing the ownership. Also people must beg the forgiveness of Adam who will come here. The purpose of this is true love. Restoration means we are connected to the love of God. One God on whom all are centered everywhere. This is the Unification concept.

The concept of independence was created for the first time in history in the midst of Satan’s world. There was only one such independent, Protestant nation in this world. Who knew? I know that. I teach you clearly. It was to be used as the future hope of the world. Father was sitting above America’s history, and as this did not happen, imagine the whole purpose of having won the War, the purpose was lost.

Anyone can answer this: Who is closer to God, George Washington or Reverend Moon? The answer is simple. So since America’s forefathers must follow Reverend Moon respectfully and obey Reverend Moon, then so should their descendants. There is nothing funny or unnatural about that. They are doing that in the spirit world.

Now Father said this and you may not feel so bad as you used to twenty years ago, when Father first came and said, “America is on fire! You cannot provide the fireman for your own country, so I came as the fire fighter. America is sick and since you cannot provide a doctor, I came as the doctor.” American people outside the church really didn’t accept that, they didn’t like to hear those words. They thought, “What do you mean, you are a doctor, a fire fighter?” They said, “I am proud of this country. What are you talking about? You are from that backward country of Korea. How can Korea now be helping America? America has always been helping Korea, so you should take the normal way and say thank you to America. You are bad, bad!” That is how many Americans felt about me.

But the holy man does not come from a holy place. The holy man comes from the dungeon of hell, from the most miserable places. This is understood from history. In that way, the holy man shines brighter. That way he can affect high level people and influence them. Today, after indemnity, Americans may not feel so bad as they used to before.

After World War II, America took a sharp turn down. Now, unless America becomes one with Reverend Moon, it is destined to go down. Reverend Moon is the only one who has accomplished this four-position foundation. For six thousand years, how much patience it took to re-establish the original husband’s position. Father did that, centering on God. Be connected and reborn again and get the real children’s seed. Then the true family will appear. Otherwise there is no solution. If America had given complete support to Reverend Moon, saying “You came for the purpose of realizing history. Do whatever you wish.” If he did that, the whole world would have been into peace and unification in a mere seven years. That is what God intended.

There was a man who was instrumental in destroying Father’s work by stopping Father from reaching out to Yong Se University and Ew Wha University, and reaching the second generation. Inheriting from Father. That was Syngman Rhee, and he met his fate because of indemnity. American power also came down and down, making bad rumors and worse. It was terrible. They worked very hard to destroy Reverend Moon’s name. All American people followed, Korean people followed, all the free world even connected with communism in order to oppose Reverend Moon. But Father is clever. He didn’t fight back.

Now Satan’s power is retreating step by step. This is today’s reality. Take for example the PBS documentary. They tried to discredit Reverend Moon again, trying to push him into a corner. But as soon as we explained what Reverend Moon was doing, it really looked good. Also the viewing audience, knowing that the program was supposed to make Reverend Moon look bad, thought, “What is so bad about him? He is right! He’s great!” Now people are saying, “We have to follow him.” Isn’t that the way the world is changing now? Who is going up now? It is not the American president, but Reverend Moon.

At the celebration of the tenth anniversary of The Washington Times, I went down and announced that one billion dollars has been invested in The Washington Times for the sake of America. They were really flabbergasted, virtually unable to believe it. They just stood up and gave an ovation. They were unable to stay seated. Why? Because they felt the shameful position of America in front of God. This nation with all its millionaires didn’t spend even one dollar for this central purpose. So Father is again grasping America, determined to save this country and not let it fall back down into the trash can.

Satan was about to take America, England and France. The first Israelites were lost, so the second Israelites could easily have been lost. Then everything would have been lost. If that had happened, then the third Israel would have been completely and totally without a foundation to stand upon. So Father took America back for God, determined to save it. This time, it was not God who did that task but Reverend Moon. For the second time, America was held up. This second time is Reverend Moon proclaimed, “I will take America back from Satan and bring it to God.”

Actually Satan took everything-England, America. Since Father knew that he could not re-establish that origin where we could take back all the tradition of God’s work, so Father decided to take Abel’s country, which was America. Even Satan, too, if he does not take Eve or someone in Eve’s position, then he of course would have lost the most important thing, that is the head position. Satan’s most favorite country, Japan, was in the tail position. To claim the head and the tail was the strategy by which Satan wanted to control the whole world. Realizing this Father, on God’s behalf, took it. He took Eve, Germany and Italy. So you know why Father did that-why Father took America, why Father took Japan, why Father took Germany and Italy?

With Korea, being in the position of Adam, and Japan as Eve, America in Abel’s position and Germany in Cain’s position, Father struck back. He fought back against the whole world which is the harbinger of Satan. Satan’s strategy was very clear. They would stain Father’s name so bad-worse than that of a burglar, worse than a killer or anything possible to think of-so that the Unification Church and Reverend Moon could not wade out of it. That was their very successful strategy for a long time.

How many people has Reverend Moon killed? The CIA, KGB and everyone had to admit that I never killed anybody, not one soul. Did I ever rob anybody? Certainly not. Did I ever attack any woman? Certainly not. All Father did in this country was to shed tears, sweat and blood to save this country. A billion dollars means one thousand times one million. That is a staggering number. All the while Unification Church members lived like beggars. That was not because Father didn’t have any money to give them. There has been money at our disposal, but my goal has always been to liberate God, not to liberate the Unification Church members. That is why I have not given money to Unification Church members. This strategy is the only hope to turn America around. To do that, I knew we had to put everything we had into The Washington Times and all the activities we have been doing here. While encouraging the members to suffer and suffer more. Such a lonely path we have followed until now. But now is the time of dawn, things are becoming lighter. We can see things more clearly. People can look around and see, “Moonies are the righteous people, they are only good and are doing good things.” People will begin following you, centering on you more and more. They will say, “No matter how difficult it may be, we are going to follow the way of the Moonies.” That is the new America that is being born. This is a new morning. Otherwise, there is no way, absolutely no way.

Since Father took America, who should liberate America? Not God, but Father has to liberate America. Since I came to America until now I have been pushed down, pushed down and rejected, but I never decreased, I never shrank away. I always stood up strongly, teaching and continuing. American people are basically smart and they have potential. If really smart NBC staff studied this seriously and turned around and reported accurately to the American people, so much would change. We know that if nobody does it, we will do it. We have an elaborate broadcasting station in Washington. Since I took America and pledged to save America, I could not let it go, I could not let it get washed out. Father’s intention was to bring a rescue party here from Korea, Japan, from seven different nations such as England, Germany and so forth. By having all those formerly enemy countries come here showing the example that there is more than just the American way of thinking, they would exhibit a universal way of thinking. So Father show them and encouraged them to put more heart into this nation than the Americans themselves. Patriotism in other words. We made that kind of foundation, can go back then. Turn around 180 degrees. Kingdom of Heaven.

Creating one country, one heart, true way. True Parents are making one terminal point, not two. Will that be America which God will bring to the terminal point. No. America has its mission elsewhere.

Americans have loudly complained, “Why did you have to bring so many lowly Asians over here. We don’t like that. We have a much more sophisticated culture of Christendom!” American youth didn’t understand what Father’s intent was. They thought America was much better than any other country in the world. But this is why Father brought them over. Do you follow me? Really? Following means every time acting. Can you do it? (Yes!) Doing it doesn’t means you have already completed it, in fact the completion is far away. You are going to do it. … Father knew if the people from enemy nations came to America and dedicated more of their heart here than to their own nation, then Satan would have to retreat. This strategy has worked. I know that. Satanic “common sense” dictates that one enemy will fight another enemy, and nobody showed any other example. Nobody taught that enemy nations should love one another, more than they love their own country. Only by Father’s strategy, by the love of God, could we succeed.

With all things considered, the Japanese people gave more to America than the American people themselves. More people came and they worked harder. Europeans, too, came here and really worked seriously, more seriously than Americans. Many Americans didn’t like their Korean regional directors, saying, “Why don’t they go home! Why can’t an American be in that position?” Now, even today if I said, “All you Korean leaders go back home,” do you think Americans could handle it from this point on? You American leaders, answer my question: Do you have confidence if that kind of situation arises? Answer clearly! (Not yet, Father.) Not yet! Answer me one more time. (No!) That’s not K-N-O-W, is it? It’s N-O. The CARP leader must answer honestly “No,” or else he is ignorant. Is there an American leader here who can say, “I disagree, Father. I can do just as good a job and even better than any Korean or Japanese”? How formidable is Reverend Moon’s power!

Do you understand that the power of Reverend Moon is not centered on myself? It is centered on God. I am not going “Reverend Moon’s” way. This is the way of truth which must be followed by everybody in the world. Everybody in spirit world follows this way. Do you follow?

Now the gate of peace is open. Wherever I go, whether in Korea or Japan, America or Russia-staggering numbers of people have been taught about God’s way of life. No enemy is now blocking my way. (Applause.) According to the Principle, Adam is the center of everything-and he is the beginning of everything. So even Eve, Mother, until such time does not take an equal position with Father. She has to tag along with Father wherever he goes, whatever he says, she must agree with. This is what Mother has been doing. The tradition which Father established also had to be followed by Mother. There was no Mother’s tradition, per se. Because if she claimed that, then Father is fighting, anybody standing there would be hurt. It is not wise to do that. Mother follows Father.

We have seen this over and over again in history. It is the man who comes and fights and wins over, then all the women and children will follow, taking the same position of winner, after winning. So Mother was like my shadow. Wherever Father moved, Mother moved. Father steps on his right foot, Mother steps on her right foot. Now Eve has restored her dominion. After winning over completely, now Father brings the women on his side, on his left side, to represent him and to represent herself, too, to the whole world.

Because of that, the True Familyship has now been restored and we are entering into the family unit of life. Therefore, Father appointed Mother as a formal representative. Then Father organized the Women’s Federation for World Peace, where the women become the center of activity. By doing this, then all history from past to the future, anyone and everyone will form their family and work and live as a family unit.

Since Mother followed Father absolutely, Eve followed Adam, without any dissent, she faithfully obeyed and followed, and fought side by side when he had to fight. So now heaven on earth is the expected thing. It is a natural thing. Before the fall, there was Adam, Eve, the three archangels, and God. Three archangels in the sight of God, in the country who is in that position are: America, Russia, and China. Centering on Eve. That’s a map of Japan Father is drawing. So Korea also wants to own Eve. Adam wants to possess Eve. And the archangels, China, Russia, and America, all want to possess Eve. Is that true? America does not want the north and south of Korea united, nor does Japan. Did you know they don’t want that? But China and Russia, knowing America and Japan don’t like it, are eager to see it happen. And who can make a positive influence to see that happen? Not Kim Il Sung but Reverend Moon can do that.

Now I took that kind of powerful role. America cannot do that. Japan cannot do that either. Nor can China or Russia. But Reverend Moon can! (Applause) Jesus’ body was lost in Asia. Originally Jesus did not take that cross. Originally Jesus was meant to join with the Oriental world, the religious realms that God prepared in the Oriental world-India, China and all over. They were supposed to combine into one Oriental world. So God’s work to perfect humankind is done in the religious world, starting with the Asian world, not the western world. After Jesus died, Christianity went to the West, but the original direction was toward the East. Going to Rome where the western world represented the body, the outside. Not spirit. Completely lost spirit world foundation. That spiritual foundation was meant to come from Asia. This was God’s original concept.

Now Western newspapers want to go to Japan and the Asian world, and discover their secrets. American people even want to marry Orientals. No matter what kind of problem they have, they still have strong spiritual power. They stand on God’s side. No matter how beautiful the husband is, they are like grasshoppers, American are like grasshoppers. But when autumn time comes, automatically they are destroyed. Anyone doesn’t like that. Japanese are like ants.

But Moonies are smart, they have turned around one hundred and eighty degrees and want to marry and connect with the Asian world.

Wintertime, summer, no matter how difficult it may be, you have to follow otherwise you will go down and will perish. You cannot make excuses. American women or American men? You memorize that. No matter who hates me you have to make a strong foundation. That is God’s hope for one direction. You cannot accomplish any other way.

In the Garden of Eden, centering on Eve, with beautiful skin, naked body, breasts good, everything beautiful, there were four men standing- the archangels and Adam looked at Eve. They made trouble.

In this time, Korea is in the Adamic position. How can we connect with the three archangels? America is archangel on God’s side. The others are on Satan’s side. Reverend Moon is going to make a four position foundation by catching Eve. But Japan is fighting to destroy the Moonie foundation. But they have no right to take such action.

Father made an exchange marriage two years ago between Korea and Japan-like exchange students, exchange marriage. Adam took Eve. The Adam’s position took the next generation’s sons and daughters. Japan and Korea, Adam and Eve making one family foundation. Also the archangel. They thought, “No matter how proud Reverend Moon might be in taking that action, he’ll never really be able to do that”. Now what do the three archangel position people think about that?

Father had to do this otherwise they could not go the way of indemnity, and then the same fallen patterns would be repeated by the archangels. The unification of Korea and Japan is essential to settlement.

We can say to North Korean Kim Il Sung, “You are not the center of Japan, America you are not, Soviets you are not, China you are not. Only Korea can replace that place lost by Jesus and the religious world-the spiritual center of Asia. Unite elements from both and embrace people from both sides by standing in the parents position. That is fulfillment of Jesus mission. After marriage, people attain Jesus position and then they can have children, multiplying them. Who can do this? Not Israelites, not Judaism, only Reverend Moon-ism. Only Unificationism. In this, Satan’s position standing against God is destroyed, washed away.

I met Kanamaru and Nakasone. Father told him, “I don’t want to hear your words or anything about your position. I know you well. But you don’t know me. You haven’t heard me talk.” They agreed, “Yes, as you like.” Just like a primary school boy. Bless him! He was good. No matter if your country comes against me, or the free world comes against me, you can’t take the victorious way. Only Reverend Moon has actually gone the victorious way. The other way is the way of defeat. It is a shadow way. Only the rising sun can cover the darkness. There is no darkness any more.

So who knew Father was indemnifying centering on these histories? No American leaders knew, no religious leaders knew. To consummate this 6,000 years of indemnity, to carry on the history of indemnity and to make this foundation, God had to give away and sacrifice many religious groups, many nations, many families, many individuals. Many had to shed their blood. We are standing on that foundation. Can any intelligent American deny that? You cannot.

We are the harbingers, the ones who learned these things before others. Those who learn before anybody else must fulfill his responsibility or his consequences will bring greater and more severe punishment than others in history. This is the light house in the darkness, and this is the center of judgment. This is the one who saves the declining people. Only through us can they be saved. We should be in the position to represent and save the world, so how can we ever say we cannot save our own country? When we are in the position to represent and save the country, how can we say that the clan is too big for us to save? How can we say our family or our individual self is too big for us to save? We cannot do that because our position is to represent the world and save the world. Namely, you and I, as Unification Church members. This is the privilege of all privileges. This is authority of all authorities. We are given authority and privilege. If we take it lightly, then there should be consequences very different from what we would like. This is the rule Father went by, too. I knew what I knew before anybody else understood. If nobody, not even Satan knew, how could I do anything but what I have done in my life?

Where there is an open guarantee to participate in the celebration in the kingdom of heaven, how more joyously can we go this path of indemnity? There are so many critical, desolate deserts, Death Valleys, that we have to go beyond and win over. But we are on an airplane, God’s airplane, so we don’t have to trudge on foot through all this. How wonderfully fortunate we are! Some walk for many thousands of years. But now we can fly on an airplane or a helicopter, soaring high above the deserts and going a thousand miles at one time. But the love speed is the fastest of all. It is so fast, we cannot see it.

You like that airplane of the Gospel? You American people are accustomed to good things, so you want that. But the champion usually walks, fighting with both hands and feet. Can you imagine the training of a champion? After becoming a champion, it’s different, but until you get to that level, training is so difficult. You can only imagine what it is like. There are twelve different directions of Satan, twelve different months. He will attack this direction, he will attack that direction, and you are supposed to dodge that every single time. So every month Satan will flee.

God wants us to win the championship. Multiplying that championship from champion children to champion family, champion nation, champion world and cosmic champion. God has the same ambition and imagination as we do. He wants us to become such champions.

Those who really pledge, “Father, I learned so much today. I will now do with all my might, I will push myself forward with all of my might,” raise your hands. Hold up your hands as you listen to this: Mother is fighting in Korea under the banner of the Women’s Federation. By embracing the women and embracing the same women within Kim Il Sung’s realm, then together we can subjugate Satan.

Kim Il Sung needs woman, since he is the archangel. Being the archangel, he wants to connect with Mother, and by Mother being successful and resolving more problems, he can stand in his own position. Father can naturally stand in his position, too. Adam.

By the woman’s world uniting with True Father, then there is no division between women and Adam. So there is no one left to unite with the archangels’ position. Then the archangel does not have the partnership required to perpetuate Satan’s realm. Instead, the archangel can then be reborn completely. So with Adam and Eve’s family completely dedicated to God, then those women and children from these three nations, combine and say to Mother, “Please, we want to help Father”. After that God can bless Adam in the husbands’ position. So then man’s world and woman’s world will be completely on God’s side. There will be no place for the archangel in human relationships.

So, centering on the family, this is the beginning of the kingdom heaven. Mother is fighting that kind of invisible war, so to speak. Mother is starting that today, Father’s children, too. Daughter and son. So position of the elder is being restored, position of the true parents is being restored, and kingship is being restored. After that, royal family position will be restored. Standing on the family foundation, elder son’s country, then true parents’ country, and royal family country can be established as was God’s original will. This will connect this world with the next world. That is the original heaven on earth, and in the spiritual world too. Completing this four position foundation, completely reindemnified.

This will end the history of the dispensation of indemnity. All the different eras of history will shout Mansei! “Mansei! Mansei! Mansei!” God bless us!

## THE DREAM OF THE UNIFICATION CHURCH

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### May 3, 1992
Belvedere, New York
Translator – Sang Kil Han

Can you pronounce the Korean word for dream? Goom. What is a dream; what is goom? Is a dream reality, or is it simply a dream? Do we usually dream about the present, or do we dream about something we wish to build or see in the future? Which is more appropriate: for old men to have dreams or for young people to dream? Yes, dreams belong to youth. Young people dream about something they plan to do, to build, to enlarge in the domain of their activities. The dream of youth is something they constantly think of building in the future.

As people age, some of their dreams are realized and thus they are no longer dreams. Gradually people come to have fewer and fewer dreams as they get older. Young people are full of dreams for something they do not have today but which they plan to build or acquire in the future. They work hard for those things. So first they dream hard, then they work hard to realize that dream. By constantly renewing their dream and dreaming new dreams they move toward the future.

Until now, Unification Church members and their families have trod a life full of indemnity. Indemnity means paying a price, as we know. When we pay the price, we get something. In other words, we have a purpose in paying that price. What has been the purpose for our paying a price in the Unification Church? Our purpose was to restore, to get back our lost positions as elder sons, as parents, of kingship, and the royal family. The center of all those positions was shifted to God, rather than the fallen center. So our goal was the elder sonship centering on God; the parents centered on God; the kingship under God and the royal family centered on God. This has been the dream and the wish of all mankind.

We have traveled quite a distance, and the scenery is changing now. As we get out of the sphere of indemnity, we are getting into the new sphere, a new era. The dawn is at hand, even though darkness is still around us. Once the light of dawn comes, the darkness will fade away and the sunshine will become stronger and brighter. We experience no persecution today. As the sun rises, everything gradually becomes clearer, easier to see. The shape of things around us is illuminated very clearly.

Looking back on Unification Church life and history, it was like night time. Everything was dark. No creature enjoys night time; virtually every creature sleeps at night. Night time is rest time. But change has come and now what time are we in? Morning is dawning now. If you compare this to a season, it is like spring which follows the cold and darkness of winter. In the winter time, everything is frozen up, contracted and drawn into itself. There is no active growth, just dormancy.

This is May 1992, and May is the month of dreams. This is true in any year, but it is especially true for us now in 1992. May is the month of dreams. Why is that? It is because this is the month in which every creature rouses itself, gets up and becomes active. They start moving toward their goals and dreams for the future. Every entity-just like each human being-is involved in this quest. Look at the flowers. They have many different colors, shapes and fragrances, but they all show off their blooms. Butterflies, bees and other insects all pursue their favorite flowers according to the color, nectar, and fragrance. All of these little flying creatures have different tastes and appetites, so they pursue different flowers. This variety makes the whole universe abundant with excitement. They all pursue their own goals, but they also work together and ultimately they have the same goals. The universe seems to be growing and heading toward more and more creativity.

We have Japanese and all the other nationalities which are divided into twelve distinct types, just as we have the twelve different astrological signs. Individuals are divided into twelve different categories in that system. As you know, in the Orient the years are divided into periods of twelve so that there is a year of the dragon, year of the monkey, and so forth. Animal names are given to each year. So if you observe an individual carefully, he will have a resemblance to a certain animal. Some resemble an elephant, a donkey, a bear, cat, snake, and so forth.

All people should fall into one of the twelve different categories. Each of the twelve different categories will go to its own different month of the year. All sorts of people will rub against each other and smooth their rough edges, so it is not always bad that a big country has big problems. These problems train them, the rough edges make them learn how to live harmoniously. Your character, in other words, becomes more perfect that way. Your love becomes more rounded. So think, “These problems are for me to train myself to realize the big dream of ours, of all mankind for the future.” Training comes to us by hardship. So it is my training field. Everything is helping me to become victorious. How wonderful that kind of world is. That kind of wonderful world is waiting for you, with lots of problems welcoming you, in order for you to become more perfect! Otherwise, life would be too monotonous. Imagine if someone’s personality is like a flat line. How uncomfortable he would be to live his whole life that way. So he has to learn to become like this. We have so many people who are like hooks. With the slightest encounter, they just won’t let you go. There is such a personality in a man and a woman.

How wonderful it is for white people to have black people whom they happen to hate! It is a great challenge to love them, and in learning to do that, those white people become much better people than they would have been otherwise.

Which kind of life would anyone prefer-colorful, or monotonous? What about white people; don’t they just like things simple, just one way? They only like the color white, right? You don’t like red and yellow, do you? The personality of the average woman is such that she can have the most brilliant, beautiful white dress and she might wear it for two days in a row. Then she is desperate to get out of it and to wear something different. If anyone is forced to wear just one color all the time, it isn’t inspiring.

We know that trees grow, although we can’t actually see that growth. Do you think they grow during the sunny daytime or in the darkness of night? Are most babies born during the day or at night? Yes, they are usually conceived and also born during the night time. The beginning of life, the growth, in other words, most of the important activity, happens under cover of darkness, during the night time.

What is the dream of the day time? Is it to be able to hug and kiss one’s son or daughter? What is the daydream which most people have? Don’t you American people even know that? It is night time, you are waiting for night time. The dream of being in a high place is to visit a low place. America is on top of the world, but somehow they cannot keep that. Somehow something is pushing them down, but they don’t understand that the time will come when they have to come down. They will come down rapidly. The more willingly someone comes down low, the more quickly he will be able to go up to the heights again.

Who is a happy person? It is not the person who always laughs but the one who laughs sometimes, cries at other times, then laughs again. In other words, he knows both the ups and downs of emotion. Isn’t it true that we cry when we are sad but we also cry when we are happy? Why don’t we just cry when we are sad? When there is sadness, tears immediately follow. But after the tears, something good can follow. There is a saying in Korea, “When you exhaust the bitterness, the sweetness begins.” Or “After suffering, happiness always visits.”

Until now the Unification Church has been suffering through the winter time. What is the dream of winter time? The dream is of spring and summer. When spring comes, we know that summer automatically follows. You can imagine that all the Unification Church will begin a great movement. As time goes forward from here, the Unification civilization will flourish more and more. Where will it move to? It will be moving closer and closer to heaven. We will live for the sake of others, loving and embracing others, working for their sake. By working harder and harder, we will go over the most high and deepest places. We are going further and further down, then jumping higher and higher, flying up to the highest place, into the Kingdom of Heaven. Do you like heaven?

If you want to jump up high, you first have to crouch down. The same is true in our life. Here on earth, if you always remain in the high places, then you will become arrogant and you will end up in the lowest place in spirit world. But if you live on earth in the suffering, lower places, you will be very humble and you will go to a high place in spirit world. It is the same pattern. This pattern applies even when you walk. Your eyes blink continually, open and close, open and close. When you breathe, you take air in and then you expel the air. The barometric pressure in the atmosphere varies from dense to sparse, so the wind is always in motion. Nothing is still. When the upper body becomes cooler, the lower part heats up. When the upper part of the body becomes warm, the lower part cools off.

Why are man and woman divided? Woman is built to receive from man. After she meets with man, then she becomes deeper, twice as deep as she was. After that, she goes up this high [pointing to drawing on the board.] The greatest dream for woman is man. Without man, you have no reason to dream. The same is true for men. Americans have really promoted something very strange, haven’t they? Homosexuality is very strange. Does it harmonize with the principle we are discussing? No, it is plus and plus uniting. Actually, it is not that homosexuals don’t want a great female. They want a great female, but they cannot find one. Lesbians, too-it is not that they do not want a man, but they cannot find a great man. They try to find love in a surrogate way, but ultimately, false love will never continue. You have to have real love. Thus they are diminishing themselves by the action they are taking. They continue to go down and down the more they engage in that kind of action. It is against nature. The natural world chases them away. The natural world, as we said, is always in motion. The flow of love in the universe chases away those actions which are fake, not natural. If you want to walk on just one foot, you cannot do it. You need your other foot. You can try to walk on one foot, but you will get very tired and ultimately you will lose all energy.

No one should be boastful because they are well off. The day will come when he will have to come down. No one can stay up on top forever. Likewise, no one will stay down forever. Look at the great scholars. Usually their children do not want to pursue that path; they usually want to be something very different. There are people who are buried in stacks of books, with books around them all the time, but their children get tired of that. [Father acts out some funny way of walking.] The person who walks in that fashion will never be a fast runner. But the one who walks like this will become a champion. Women have big hips, don’t they? When they walk, they sway from side to side; their flesh waves this way and that way. Some women are definitely unstable when they walk. That kind of person definitely needs a man.

The best way of speaking is with variety. Sometimes loud, sometimes soft, sometimes high, then low-that is pleasing to the ear of others. When a speaker goes up, then down, and is not monotonous, his listeners are not aware of time passing. He can speak for hours and people will not mind.

Now back to our topic. What is a dream? The dream is of reciprocal existences; one seeking the other. Before now, we didn’t know that man’s greatest dream is woman. One needs the other. Opposite beings seek one another. Man wants to go up all the time, while woman says “No.” She wants to dig in all the time, so it balances.

You women, do you think you would like your husband to work in one place forever and ever, or would you like him to change where he works every five or ten years so you can move around? What is your preference? Do you want your husband to change his job position once in a while? Yes? Why is that? How tiring it is to repeat the same thing for a very long time. Do you prefer to change the position once in a while, or stay there a long, long time? (Change.) Well, then, if you prefer change once in a while, what about in your marriage? If you stay with the same old wife forever, does that get boring? Do you need to change wives? There is one good reason why changing wives is not such a good idea: the most precious things are found in the deepest, most hidden place.

Mother gave Father this diamond tie tack, but it is more than a diamond because True Love is in it. What would be the dream of heaven? Heaven is our dream. The dream of heaven is to save hell, to bring salvation to hell. Likewise, the dream of hell is for liberation and to reach up to heaven. Does anybody like a shadow? Wherever there is a light, there is a shadow. Why? Because that’s the dream of the light. Does a bad side exist in Father’s mind, do you think? You may say no, but I say there is. The difference is that I overcome it. I never treat it well and bring it to a deep place. I always put it aside, and as strongly as I can, I just kick it out. By “deep” I mean the vertically deep points.

The dream of the Unification Church is liberation. For those who are in jail, being liberated from jail is the dream. Once you find yourself in jail, you see how strong the yearning is for the day when you are set free. If the sentence is ten years, then the prisoner waits for ten years for his dream day when he can come out.

Theoretically, if you could keep digging down into the ground deeper and deeper, where would you come out? On the other side of the globe, right? On one side the people are waking up, while on the other side people are going to bed. The sole of our foot goes in the north-south direction. But if you walk sideways, we meet like so, in the same direction. So it is not bad to be opposed. We can conclude automatically that he who overcomes opposition has two worlds instead of one world. That is Reverend Moon’s task: how to digest something which white people really don’t like and how to digest the things that black people don’t like. The opposite of white people is black people, right? Once you unite them, then you have two worlds come behind you and you will become the elder brother. Then you can embrace the whole world, literally. Once both white people and black people like me, putting me at their center, that center can move in any direction, left, right, north, south and everyone can follow. In that way, unification for the world is being made. Isn’t that wonderful? Two worlds coming together.

What is the best way for enemies to make up? We all know that it is by marriage. Nobody in the past or in the present has done that before. Only Reverend Moon has brought together people of every race and color-all five colors of skin-and then intermarried them. Father’s dream is for everyone to come together. Even if I don’t push them, people just get together and then push Father up and up. In the Unification Church, only the men like Father, right? You women don’t like me so much, do you? That’s not true? Did you hear how fast the women responded? If I had reversed it and said the men didn’t like me, the men would not have been so fast!

One way of determining whether or not spring has really come is by observing how the women are dressed. If they are wearing their spring time clothing, then you know spring is here. But the men are always the same-dark colors like gray. Go over to Fifth Avenue to see how the women are dressed and regardless of the weather, you will know when spring has come. Father noticed that those women who are very quick to change clothes with the season, who put on appropriate colors, will stride forward with pride. But the women who haven’t yet changed their clothing, will walk sort of sideways, more hesitantly. That’s how sensitive they are. The taste of human beings is so wonderful and they love to respond to the changes of nature. Of course, the American people are not so good at living with nature. They build things and make things and they love them, but not so much nature.

When the season changes to spring, Father is waiting for the striped bass to appear in the Hudson River. I can almost swim out there and catch them, but I have to go out on the boat to meet the striped bass and catch them. The fishing pole is pulled so hard. Those bass can fight very strongly. The bass feels annoyed: “I have lived for several years and now I have come here to spawn, to give birth upstream. Who is it who thinks he will catch me?” That bass is angry. What if Father then says, “Yes, I will catch you but then I’m going to give you to the dying King. By your flesh, you can save the life of the King.” Do you think that striped bass would mind being caught then? He would say, “This is an honorable fate. Please catch me for this great purpose.” This is truly how the bass would feel if he could speak.

This is the great law of nature: the one who has a great dream can absorb the ones with a lesser dream. The other day, Mr. Sato said the fish we caught would command a big price in Japan so why don’t we sell them there? What would we do with that money? If 20 million people are dying each year, it means 60,000 people die every day. Have you ever stopped to think about that? Somebody has to take responsibility for them. Here in America, almost all the fish die a natural death, living out their lives and then dying. They live for a long time, but then we can catch them and we actually save them. There is nothing more noble that they could do with their bodies.

There is one type of fish named blackfish in the ocean. The blackfish season comes around in June. For one pound of blackfish, you can get ten dollars, and there is no limit. Sometimes when the fishing is good, Father can catch sixty blackfish, each weighing more than a pound. I directed that the money from those blackfish be deposited in the bank. I won a prize for a tuna fish which I caught-$100,000-and that was put into the bank as well. That account will continue to accumulate and grow with the proceeds from my entire life’s fishing catch. How much will it be at the end, when it will be given to Africa to start a fishery or something which can help save the people there? That will be a great help.

I started going out to the ocean at five o’clock each morning, and even the young people tried to persuade me to go out a little later. They would say things like, “Father, we can fish just as well when we go out at seven or eight o’clock in the morning!” But I told them, “No, you don’t understand. Nothing doing. We go out at five o’clock.” Now the strange thing is that the fish all come to my boat! There are other boats around, but our boat always catches the most fish. By the time our boat has caught twenty striped bass, other boats have caught only one! Don’t you know that the fish world realizes who is out there fishing? They know better than the human world. They want to be caught by our boat so they can help save mankind. That is their ideal, as well.

Human beings are like the bass. Our dream is to give our lives, to die for the sake of God. How wonderful human beings are! We know the dream. What is the dream of the head? The dream of the head is the foot. So you want to walk softly, not roughly. The head is always concerned about the foot, not so much the hands or even the heart but the foot. The head says, “If it weren’t for you, I would be low but because of you, I am high.” And the dream of the right foot is walking with the left foot. The dream of the left foot is walking with the right foot. The dream of one nostril is to become harmonious with the other nostril. One nostril doesn’t want to take in a gush of all the air; they need to share the air.

Thus the dream of the right arm is not far away; it is there on the left side; the left arm. The dream of the front is the rear. And the dream of below is above. We can derive a simple principle here: a dream is to be completed by one’s reciprocal being. When the world becomes harmonious with the Unification Church, will Father become famous or not? Will it be nice or not when Father becomes famous? When the earth revolves, everything on the earth moves with it. If something tries to avoid that motion, then it is in hell. That’s very difficult. In other words, if someone is on top of the earth but then it turns around, he starts to go into the lower position. He doesn’t want to do that, so he tries to constantly stay in the upper position. That would be very difficult. He would have to keep running very fast to keep ahead of the revolution of the earth. That’s truly hell!

So the earth revolves this way, and he finds himself in this difficult position. [Father draws on the board.] Maybe this looks like a lump. It’s okay. When Reverend Moon comes up here, he should be prepared to go down to the bottom and look at his position, not from where he is but from the bottom, to learn how the people who live in hell look at him. If he is the king up here, then he should be a king in hell also. When Father comes up again, then Father will get the Unification Church leaders who are more or less in the high position, and put them down here in the low position. Those who say, “Father, I don’t want to go there,” will actually have no choice. They will perish if they go against that flow. Blessed couples also will follow that leader.

There is no other country like America, with its ease of life. The life of Kim Il Sung and others in east Asia is a very hard life. Many of you may not understand just how hard life is for those people. Red China, the Soviet Union, all those nations are more like the dungeon of hell. Those are the deepest places, the dark abyss of this earth. After digesting those darkest places, we need fertilizer. There is a lot of adventure there, too, because you don’t know how they will respond. As a result of what Father did, each country has to respond. Russia has to open the way for us, and open a position for Father. The same is true of Kim Il Sung. Even the devil knows the law of the universe, sometimes he knows it better than anyone else. So when Father says, “You have to do this,” they will have to respond, “Yes, whatever you say.” I will point out, “You are bad,” and they have to confess, “Yes, it is true.” When I tell them they will have to change and do things differently, they will agree and follow me.

Those Unification Church members who have been in the church for many years have been pushed out to return to their hometowns. Is it a good thing to do, or not? Tribal messiahship means making everything clear, cleaning up so there are no more dark clouds. When the sky is clear, we can see everywhere, even at night. Do you follow? Now that people are realizing that the Unification Church is good, that it is even a necessity in the world, should our dream stay the same? Should we continue to dream of going up, never dreaming to come down? Or should we be prepared to come down because we are great? You have to come down! Do you like that? You American women, do you like that? (Yes.) With your mouths, you are making the sound, “Yes,” but in your mind you are thinking, “I don’t really like that, but Father is asking us, so I’d better say yes.” Even though your mind doesn’t really know that, your mouth just shouts out, “Yes!” That’s a problem.

If America doesn’t need anything, then it’s a different story. America is going down to the dungeon of hell, so should I push you American members out or not? The United States is like a body with a huge infection, so we have to surgically remove a lot of the diseased flesh. Then we have to transplant new flesh in its place. Is that a good thing or a bad thing to do to save a sick person? What about the flesh that is used to fill up the wound? Is that good? (Yes.) Even though there is a lot of blood dripping on the floor and it is a painful operation, is it still a good thing to do? Why is it good? It is what the universe desires: that the small good would be sacrificed for the greater good, so that great America might live.

Isn’t it true that you have known this truth for many years? Who are the sons and daughters of filial piety? They are the ones who sacrifice the most for the sake of the family. Isn’t that true? (Yes.) NO, Father says no! (Yes, Father.) No, No! The same principle defines the patriot and the saint. It is the same formula way. It is not changeable, it applies everywhere on every level. That kind of person takes the path of eternal existence. The universe will protect such a person. Do you follow me? Some Unification Church members say, “Yes, Father,” but they don’t realize how heavy Father really is. Maybe they are thinking of Father as a feather! Do you? No? American people know Father is not a feather. How wonderful American people are!

The answer is not difficult. If you want to be a high-level person, then you study like you are going to die the next day. Study with desperate intensity, and your dream will be achieved. That dream will become greater and greater year after year. As we nurture it, it becomes reality. Once you foster the dream, you must keep it. Don’t let the dream slip away from you. There is only one way to keep it intact: by working harder every day. Work to the point of near death today, then tomorrow try to work even harder. When you continue that way, the dream will remain and grow. But if you choose to take the easy way day after day, that dream will fade and disappear. This is truth. Do you understand?

Even though I am getting old, I don’t want to be outdone by even the youngest person, including my own children and grandchildren. I still get up and go after only three hours of sleep sometimes. No one can catch up with me. Why should I give a four or five hour sermon, since I don’t get any salary for doing this? Most pastors who get salaries only speak half an hour on Sundays, with nice words and in a very refined manner. Why do I not do that? I think, “Tomorrow I have to work harder than today; the next day, I push myself even harder.” Therefore, I will never take the easy way.

Some people may say, “Father, why don’t you retire?” but those persons stop the dream right there. That kind of attitude turns you into a leaf of the Unification Church which turns brown and drops to the ground, never becoming part of the branch. We have to become a branch after becoming a leaf. Even you women here all promised to me that you would save up $5,000 in order to buy a boat, right? Do you have your bankbook today? If you promised to me that you would do it, why haven’t you done it?

You can actually use fishing to make a living. All you need is $5,000 to buy a boat. If you have a boat, you can take it out on the ocean or the river and catch fish easily. You can easily live by catching one striped bass a day. You can have sashimi that way! Many Japanese people will want to learn from you how to make their own sashimi. Tell them, “I will teach you how to do it!” Why not? You can do that kind of activity. Bad guys can’t go through that kind of training course. You will gain natural protection if you follow that way. That is the clear and natural conclusion. How does this make you feel, good or bad? (Good.) Gooood! I say “Good” means “Double God.” How precious that is-double God! Until now, God has been alone, but you can Double God. That true! Reverend Moon made up that kind of concept. “Double God is good.” How wonderful this idea is. (Applause)

If those countries which are suffering try to follow the example of the well-off countries, they will not be successful and will in fact, decline even further. But if they determine to go their own path, prepared to suffer even more, then they can graduate from that suffering faster. Do you think that I always buy the things which are the best, the most expensive? No, that is not the case. When I first came to this country, I always went out to eat at McDonald’s. We were riding in a Lincoln Continental limousine, and when we pulled up in the McDonald’s parking lot, everybody was staring and wondering who we were. Sometimes when I would go inside the restaurant, I’m sure some of the white people there thought I must have stolen that limousine. They couldn’t understand why anyone who owns a limousine would come to McDonald’s to eat. Sometimes they would come up to the windows and peer inside, trying to see who was there. Some people would stand around and wait to see who was getting out of the car.

You women love to go shopping at department stores, right? Since there are fifty members of her family, when Mother goes out to the department store to buy a few things, she has to come back the next week. Every week, she has to go out to buy things. I asked her, “Why do you go to the department store so often,” because I know that once you walk into a store like that, the money goes out. I actually discourage Mother from shopping because I know how difficult it is to make one or two dollars. Is it a good thing that I do that, or a bad thing? (One brother answers, “Good thing.”) You answered me, but I didn’t ask you! This is something to think about.

I always think about saving money. You know, if you buy a fat person’s suit, you can cut it down and make two things out of it. Why don’t you women do that? This is not a laughing matter. Once American women take these points seriously and start doing them, the American economy will be guaranteed. Otherwise, there is no way; chaos is inevitable. Is that true?

If your dream is to become an Olympic champion, do you get to that goal by going out to eat at banquets every day? Certainly not. You have to train with tremendous effort to become a champion. In fact, you have to go the opposite way of eating well and living well, right? That is the only way to realize such a dream. We thought the highest dream to strive for is to go up and up, continually becoming greater and greater. But it does not work that way. In order to realize the dream of greatness, we have to first go down. Then if you have the dream of going to great heights, you have to try again from that low position. Going up and down is the path, not just shooting upward forever.

The individual is willing to sacrifice for the sake of the family, the family is willing to sacrifice for the sake of the nation, and the nation for the world, and the world for the cosmos, and the cosmos for God. God is willing to sacrifice for the sake of mankind. So God will save mankind in that way. After connecting with God in that way, the peaceful world of happiness will be made. No matter how difficult it may be, we have to reach that point, attending God’s position in that way. It’s not such an easy way. You have to invest everything for the family. Family invests for the tribe. Tribe invests for the nation. Nation invests for the world. World invests for the cosmos, the cosmos invests for God. Isn’t that true? The universal subject is God, connecting the world in unity and happiness. That is the way we have to reach to our dream.

Since I have finished the realm of persecution here on earth, I now have to cultivate the spirit world, including the realm of hell. Where is that hell in the spirit world connected? It is connected directly to hell on earth. We need to go in and liberate hell on earth before we can expect to make an influence on hell in spirit world.

Our alternative is to live well on this earth, eating well and having fun. But that is going to end in a relatively short time. How long can anyone live on this earth? Once you have enjoyed a good meal, you are not going to be satisfied the next day with merely a loaf of bread. Your taste and appetite becomes higher and greater, until it is like that of a king. You don’t actually become a king, but your palate, your tongue becomes the king, and that is bad. For a person to become a king, he has to suffer and deny his palate. Your appetite has to respect you, not the other way around. Then whatever you eat, that food will taste delicious. After you have done a seven-day fast, how does a loaf of bread taste? It is like the food of a king, right? It is the best food of all. Those people who are constantly hungry don’t get sick.

Father does not like to eat snacks between meals. I never eat such things. If all the money that Americans spend on their snack foods was saved, how many starving people in the world could be fed? When you go to a restaurant in this country, they always ask you, “What would you like to drink?” But in Korea, it is different. Water is always the beverage and that is sufficient for everyone. Sometimes you have to ask very nicely before you can even get a glass of water. Water is very precious in parts of Korea. Someone has carry it for a long distance in a jug on top of the head. In those areas, you have to be very cordial and ask very nicely for a glass of water.

The irony is that, although everything is so abundant here in America, people have lost sight of the value of all these things. But in countries like Korea, where food and material things are lacking, those things are very valuable and the people appreciate them so much. They know how precious water is, how great a loaf of bread is. This is why the Koreans have acquired such thrifty habits. When they make money, they save it; they don’t want to spend it. This is very difficult to understand here in this country; spending is a virtue here. In Korea, spending a lot is a sin. This explains 99% of the Korean mentality. They are willing to spend, but they always try to save first.

Because of this kind of attitude, the average Korean immigrant to the United States can rise to the middle-class income level within two or three years. Now the produce markets are almost 70% Korean-owned, while in the past they were Jewish-owned. In fact, the Korean people work even harder than the Jewish people. That is the reason there is a lot of resentment on the part of native Americans, particularly Jewish and black people, toward the Korean immigrants. They say, “Those Koreans are no good.” Why do they say such a thing? The Koreans simply have hard-working, thrifty habits.

In the beginning, all Americans went against Reverend Moon, too. Why is that? What wrong did Reverend Moon do? Did he enslave people here? No, in fact, Reverend Moon came here to make kings out of American youth. But American people opposed me for a long time. Now honestly, if Father asked you to choose between working hard as a Unification Church member or going to Africa and becoming a king, leaving behind me and the church, which would you choose? Would you rather be a king, or a member of the Unification Church? (Member.) Father doesn’t treat you so good. I always push you down and give you a hard time, don’t I? What about a family where the mother is always saying, “Study more, study more.” Every morning, every evening, that mother is saying, “Why don’t you study?” She is always making noise and making you crazy with that noise. That is the same thing which I do to you, always pushing you, isn’t it?

You know, I have never once heard God praising me. God never said, “My son, you have done well.” Always Heavenly Father is getting after me. On the contrary, God works through other members of the Unification Church, making them burst into tears to testify how pitiful, how miserable a life Father has lived. God makes them testify. Because I have yet to reach the place where I can settle down, God has not yet given me one word of praise. Let’s say you start from a certain point and your goal is to come back here, after making this point. You may work very hard all your life, but if you stop here (before reaching the goal) what difference does it make? What is the difference from not even starting at all? It is like a long-distance runner. If he gets tired before reaching the goal, will anybody say, “Oh, you should slow down because you are getting tired”? No, nobody would say that. They would want to push him and help him win the race.

So if Father establishes the good record, when the time comes for God to give the commendation, then God can do that with total pride, no shame. Until that time, God will push Father more and more. I understand that and expect to be pushed like that. “Okay, no matter how hard you push me, I don’t mind.” Then Father has come to where he is now. What is your opinion-do you think there is any person here on the earth who is higher than Father’s position? What about George Bush, do you think I should envy his position? (No.) I actually discouraged Bush from taking that trip to the Orient, but he went anyway. And then what happened? You know, he fell down. If he had followed Father’s advice, he would have been much better off. He could have maintained his dignity and pride. Instead, he went over there and said, in effect, “Please help me,” like a beggar. This year we will celebrate the tenth anniversary of The Washington Times and I will make a speech. I am really going to give them a straight dose.

Let’s see, what was the topic of my sermon this morning? It is “The Dream of the Unification Church.” Now we know that those who are willing to suffer more will achieve the higher dream. Isn’t that true? That is what I have been doing all my life: chasing and achieving the greatest dream. There is no area in which I have not endeavored, including industry, scholarship, ministry, technology, agriculture, fishing. I have devoted myself in every area. Everyone thinks, “Such a strange man. What is he up to?” Now they are calling me “mysterious,” rather than strange, as they are coming to understand me better. People know that God works in mysterious ways, and mystery is a part of life.

We are a mysterious breed also, isn’t that true? People checked out the Moonies who were making too much noise and they turned against us. You have all received persecution, isn’t that true? This is the reality. You are working in God’s position, trying to clean up this country of America. After that, all the people will shout, “Mansei! I was liberated from Satan’s realm. Mansei!” That is Father’s mission and your mission as well, correct? Until that time, no matter how difficult our lives may become, we have to continue the way of digesting. This is our mission: enduring, going up and up and up.

Can you do it? What about you American women, can you do it or not? (Yes!) I cannot believe you when you say yes. Think about how you sound to me, how easy it is for you to say “yes” when I ask you if you will do it. You shout, “Yes, we will do it! No problem.” Immediately you make that decision. But as soon as you go out into the world, you start to forget. Isn’t that true?

There are a lot of black sisters in the front row today, more than white sisters. (Speaking to the sisters:) What is your original nationality? (Puerto Rico) (Russia) (England) (Brazil) (Surinam) (Germany) Who will receive the most blessings, those who came here from other countries, or those who are originally from America? How early you sisters must have gotten here, how early you must have had to wake up to drive here from New York. What time did you get here? (4:20, 3:30) It’s not going to be easy. If you plan to come here and get the front seats every day for the next ten years, how difficult! If there is fierce competition, you should get here so early that you have dinner here every night. If you are really that serious, would the Unification Church prosper or not? If all the American members were that serious, our church would automatically prosper in this country. That is just the natural outcome.

Goom. Dream, it is simple, it is not complicated. The dream of this right eye is to come into focus with the left eye. Isn’t that true? Then what is the dream of the men of the Unification Church? The first step is for your struggling mind and body to come into peaceful unity. Those who say, “Father, my mind and body have come into perfect unity,” raise your hands. Nobody? Well, if that step isn’t accomplished, what good would a man be to a woman? But at least you are trying. The Unification Church women and men are trying to bring unity between mind and body, while people in the secular world don’t even try such a thing. They already gave up and don’t try anymore.

Once your mind and body become so united, you will be ready to take in the love of your eternal spouse. That precious man or woman will be able to come into you and stay there eternally. The woman who achieves that unity attains the position of queen in the universe. Have you ever thought that way and maintained that kind of attitude while working toward your goal? If not, that is a problem. This is the most important homework for you to do. You have that heavy load of homework which you should always be thinking about and striving to accomplish.

If you don’t achieve that, you can’t settle down even if you go into the Kingdom of Heaven. You will have to wander around, without a hometown or settlement. Then what will happen? Anybody can come around and harass you. Beggars and other wanderers will come around and touch you and you will have no house, no place to rest, no parents, no country. No matter how beautiful or handsome you may be, will that be of any value in the spirit world? Actually in the spirit world people can become very beautiful. If you achieve what you should on the earth, then in spirit world you will appear as you did in the prime years of your youth. For instance, you might meet some friend you had when you were a child. You can appear as that age to him. That is the wonderful reality of the spirit world-you can control yourself and appear any age you want to. If you want to be a young person, you will become a young person.

What do you like most? You men might say, “women” while the women might say “men.” The question is, what kind of a man or what kind of a woman? The man and woman whose mind and body have come into unity. Each man likes a woman most of all, but you also need to be respected by her. How can you earn that respect? By having a mind and body separated and in conflict, or by a united mind and body? Of course, you must be united in mind and body. Like a sharp object, the woman wants her man’s love to come straight to her and to go deep. If that love is dull, then it is not good. If you have a drill to dig a hole in the ground, it has to be sharp, not dull. Man has to be able to penetrate the woman with the sharpness of his unified mind and body.

Without even achieving that unity between mind and body, can we think about love or sexual intercourse? The sexual organ is not ready to encounter the organ of our mate unless it is part of a unified person. Thus each man and woman must become unified. It is the same principle as lightning and thunder. When they come together after building up for a long time, they make a loud sound and create a big thunderstorm.

If your mind and body have not really become one, then you have to achieve that through action and prayer. If you say something which is not worthy of God to hear, then you should apologize to God: “Heavenly Father, I said that because I am not a unified person, my mind and body are not yet one. But when they do become united, I will never say these kinds of things again.” When you make that kind of apology, it’s okay, and it is an important condition by which you can be forgiven. You should confess everything to God that you have done wrong each day, “I did this, that and the other things wrong. Father, I think I achieved only about 75% goodness today. Tomorrow I will do better.” You should keep track of your own performance each day in your nightly prayer. You should train yourself daily in that way.

What is the cheapest meal you can buy in a restaurant? I used to think pizza was cheap, but I found out that it wasn’t. Even hot dogs are too expensive. How about sweet potatoes? Perhaps you planned to go out to eat at a nice restaurant one evening, but it might be appropriate to say, “I will stay home and be satisfied with just a potato tonight.” We have to train ourselves. If we cannot pray for three hours continuously, how can we ever achieve peace? Three hour peace is not even achieved. So thirty hour or three days; we should be able to pray for three days continually like that. We have to train ourselves to do that. Even more than ten years. God himself has been praying throughout eternity, and so should we.

Without training, you cannot improve. Until such time as you can say, “Now I am absolutely confident that my body will obey my mind,” you must stay in training. Sometimes I think about nothing else but my old fishing rod and those striped bass. Then those members who are out fishing with me have to remind me, “Father, aren’t you ready for your lunch?” I ask them, “Are you hungry? I’m not even thinking about food.” I know that they may be hungry; they are not worrying about whether I’m hungry or not. You see, centering on Father, the spirit world is videotaping everything. How can you let that be videotaped, to be hungry and be calling for lunch?

Suppose this congregation today is being captured on some grand videotape which shows everybody, and also there is a videotape being made of each individual. What kind of mind have you had while sitting here for three and a half hours? You have nodded off, your mind has wandered. How will you bear to watch that videotape later? Always remember that you are never truly alone, even though you are by yourself. Someone is always watching you. Heavenly Father and the cosmos itself is watching you.

Jim, have your mind and body become one? Now that you have been living with your Korean wife for a long time, are you thinking, “I wonder what it would be like to have an American wife”? Do you have complete control over your own sexual activity? In other words, do you have confidence that you can control yourself totally in that area? I hear several people answering “yes” but not everyone. That means they cannot control their sexual organs everywhere in every situation. That is a problem. The most fearful, important gate is the sexual organ. Making a mistake one time means destruction of the nation, tribe and whole family. Everything fell down in that way, right? So it’s the most fearful place. American men and women open their gates so freely; free sex is the way of destruction. But now that you have understood God’s side, you feel how bad that is. It is most fearful. Who made those things happen? God did not inspire such things. Satan did.

How can it be that free sex and individualism are so widespread in this country founded on Christianity? The Bible never taught that kind of action. Who caused those things to come about? Satan, none other, inspired the individualistic way of thinking. That is the enemy of Christianity and the ideal world. How can we change it? This is the problem. There is no easy way. But we have to change it, turning it around 180 degrees.

Human beings have two kinds of openings that are dangerous: the mouth and the sexual organs. The mouth wants to eat good food, right? That is Satan’s armament for destroying God’s ideal world in the future.

When your husband is sleeping beside you but you know you haven’t brought your mind and body into unity, then you have to pray and repent to God with tears. “God, I am the worst woman in the whole world. From now on, I promise to change. I will turn around 180 degrees.” From that point, you can truly change. Satan’s realm and influence will completely disappear. Otherwise, there will be no way for change. In that way the holy world can take root in you.

To turn around 360 degrees is the result of bringing your mind and body into unity. So the dream of the mind is to become one with the body; the dream of the body is to become one with the mind. An individual’s sorrow comes from the fact that his mind and body are disunited. There is a difference between gymnastics and dancing, right? This is dancing, and this is gymnastics [Father demonstrates.] They have different positions, but reciprocal positions are maintained in harmony in both activities. In ballet, they jump to incredible heights, but then they land on one foot, twirling around. Absolutely one foot, not two. That represents the ideal place. The ideal position is balanced on that one center point.

Likewise in the family, we should have one center, not two centers. Now in the fallen world they have two centers in the family. How can they achieve one true center? That true center is love. Everything has to be balanced around that one center. That is where the dream will continue and grow.

It is time for us to come to the conclusion today. Much time has passed already. The dream of the newborn baby is to learn everything from its parents. Suckling his mother’s milk, gazing at his mother’s face, he seeks approval from her, right? (Speaking to sisters:) Do you like man or woman? Man actually does not own anything. You may work hard keeping house for your man and he comes home with a salary once a month. But that’s all he has. You are at home, taking care of the children, your husband doesn’t do anything. So you’ve got your purse in your hand, your children in your hands. When someone asks a child, “Do you want to go to your father or your mother,” which does the child normally choose? Yes, he chooses his mother.

Does the flesh of the child come from the mother or the father? Yes, the mother. The bone may come from the man, but the flesh comes from the mother. Children naturally like soft things, such as the mother’s cheek and mother’s bosom. Their father’s coarse, scratchy face with its beard is much less soothing. It is probable that women don’t have beards because it wouldn’t be good for the children. Thus, no matter how beautiful a woman may be, it is never for herself. Remember that your beauty is for your children to touch and be comforted by. Your whole body is the property of someone else: your hips, bosom, face. They belong to your husband and your children. No part is yours alone.

Father really learned a lesson from Shin Chul Nim, the youngest born, Heung Jin Nim’s new son. Mother is soft, so when she embraced her grandson, he was happy and content. But then I took the baby in my arms, and even though I was trying to be very gentle, cushioning him in my arms, he started crying in less than five minutes. All our grandchildren are really happy to be around Mother, not so much Father. They will give me a kiss, but that’s about all they want to do.

Most of the time, the father is just a bystander, just watching the children. That’s all he can do. Who is closer to happiness, man or woman? The woman is closer because they have almost everything now. They wait all day long for the return of their husband. She has a dream. The one who has a dream is the happy person. Man is not like that. When he goes out to work, most of the time he has to face struggles and problems. It is constant fighting, in a way. After this exhausting day, he comes back home and is tired. All he wants to do is just sleep. His short dream is to meet the smiling face of his wife, maybe. That’s all. If that wife greets him like a tyrannical queen, how disappointed will that man be. So that’s your dream after waiting all day long for him to come home: to receive. Embrace him, baby him, ask him about his day, sympathize with his difficulties. Tell him, “I understand, dear. Please sit down and rest.” Don’t you think that kind of couple is most happy? I like that. Do you like that? (Yes, Father.) Even you American women, do you really like that? That is truly necessary. We have to live like that.

The time to foster the dream-who has more time for that, man or woman? Yes, woman. Life is very simple for man. He has one suit, and that’s all he needs. Year in and year out, that’s all. Just like you women who are so colorful, your dream is also colorful. You can always go out in public, to the marketplace. You have that time, too. Sometimes you may even sneak into the theater to watch a movie. Do you think any man has the time to do such a thing during the day? No, he doesn’t have time. Who is it that goes out to the battlefield and dies? Have you ever seen a professional army of women go out and fight and die? (One sister says: Yes, but who makes war?) [Father laughs.] Anyway, all the difficult things are the man’s responsibility. So we must realize how relatively happy the woman’s position is.

The house of our dream is our mother. A dream also likes to have a house to live in. Is that our mother or our father? Mother. Suppose a boy and girl are arguing about this, saying “It’s Mother.” “No, it’s Father.” Which would be the correct conclusion? (Parents.) That’s a cunning grown-up answer, but for the children, it’s either mother or father. Which one? You know, it’s mother. That means she is representing happiness.

From the individual to higher and higher levels the dream is to occupy God Himself. The only way to get there is to suffer. Not simply to suffer but to suffer for the sake of others. Invest in others, then forget. Invest and forget. That is how to make the foundation of happiness. That is the path of our dream.

Can you imagine how much hardship I had to go through individually and in the family level, especially to find one woman? There are Cain women and Abel women. How difficult it was to find the right woman. And the struggle on all those levels with the Cain/Abel clan, the Cain/Abel country and Cain/Abel world. God and man are in same situation. What is the dream of God Himself? Is God’s dream just His children? There are three components of God’s dream: children, husband and wife, and parents. God wanted to see the fulfillment of those three: the child’s position, couple’s position, and parents’ position. [Father actually said, “Childrenship, coupleship, and parentship.”] That was the formula which was to be multiplied throughout the world.

So what is the dream of God? Perfect man, perfect woman, and perfect children. Everything combined into one. That’s God’s dream; growing up with brotherhood. Now brothers separate. There is no couples place and no subject and object position. Everyone is alone and separated. Do you understand? First we must grow up, then combine, man and woman. We need mind and body combination. How can that mind and body combine?

That’s like springtime, like a colorful flower blossoming. That blossom opens up and gives out fragrance. Deep inside there is honey, nectar. There is color, fragrance, and honey. Those three are necessary for life, the next generation. Connecting both subject and object these elements combine in one place. New birth starts from there and spreads out. So in God’s ideal, Adam and Eve are born and grow as children. They were meant to grow up to the perfection stage. Just before that point, they fell. Our ancestors fell by Satan’s influence.

Woman’s dream resides with man. Man’s dream resides with woman. “My dream is partnership with the opposite sex,” each one says. Thus both cross to the center point, the vertical line, and connect horizontally. That is the time of marriage. Do you understand? Making that True Love center the connecting place is the ultimate center. That is the focal point. That man and woman combine completely with no resistance; nothing against them.

The dream of God is to see true sons and daughters. All of you here are potentially true sons and daughters of God. Can anyone of you say, “Yes, I am a true son/daughter”? Raise your hand if you can. Why do you laugh? Has God’s dream been achieved? No. If God’s dream is not realized, can man and woman’s dream be realized first? Not likely. A lot of men and women are married, but whom are they centered on when they get married, God or Satan? Why Satan? It is because Adam and Eve were expelled from the Garden of Eden, and after that gave birth to their children. There is no way of denying that man has been born in the lineage of Satan. If man or woman had been born as a child centering on God, then his or her mind and body would have been one and stayed one. They would never be separated. So as they lived like that, they would go to Heaven naturally without doing anything extra. But as it is, we are born a different way. There is no one who can go at all.

That was the case in Jesus’ time, too, how to make oneness between mind and body. That was the major task. We have to resemble God. First we have to be born like that. Second, as we grow to completion, we have to be married centering on God. We must become sons and daughters that God would approve of and then God will deploy the vertical relationship. In other words, we give birth to children in the horizontal realm, but God created man and woman vertically. It is the same way. Why? Because vertical alone is not sufficient. Vertical cannot reproduce. There is only one point along that one line. That cannot multiply. But God wanted to enlarge the world. In order to make that horizontal foundation, he established the True Parents so He can produce horizontally. This creates horizontal expansion. Therefore, it is true that here on earth, we find reproduction but not in spirit world. No one in spirit world can give birth to a child. We have to realize that God would discourage the outside world from expanding allowing less and less people in the population. Whereas, here, centering on the Blessed families, the population will become larger and larger. Later on there will be a transfer. So Father had fourteen children, just like rain pouring down. Here in America the white population is getting smaller and smaller. The numbers of white school age children is shrinking, while the blacks and other minority groups are becoming more numerous. Why is that? It is because the whites are more self-centered and individualistic. So no matter how beautiful a white woman may be, no matter how beautiful her bosom may be, her beautiful bosom will blame her: “You are making me useless. You are making the beautiful hips useless. We had a purpose but we are not serving that purpose.”

There is not enough population to occupy the vast, immense spirit world, so is it better to have many children or to have a few? Yes, many. Even though I have many children, when one is missing, I feel empty. So I can easily imagine God must feel the same way.

The power of women is great. Mother and I have many children with many different personalities and characteristics. One time, one of the children walked into the house, looked around and saw that Mother was not there. He said, “Oh, nobody’s home.” But I was sitting there and so were many of his brothers! That made me even more aware of Mother’s power. God really created man and woman equal. Representing the earth, woman must be flat, like the ground, so she will never wobble. Man, on the other hand, is vertical so he doesn’t have to be flat. So the secret of stability is for you women to become broad and flat. (Laughter.)

Happiness for a woman lies in having a house full of children to love and take care of, not just having a husband who goes out every day and works and comes home at night. So you all need children, don’t you? Also you need a spouse, right? And then you and your spouse become a father and mother. The children learn everything from their father and mother. Their dream from birth is to learn everything from their father and mother as they grow and become older. One position is couple’s position, the other is parents’ position. The child grows up learning, first from the mother who embraces him, and feeds him milk. He learns about his mother’s characteristics in that way. He grows up and learns about his father’s characteristics. He learns everything from his parents. He says, “My parents are strong and great. I like my parents more than God! They are greater than any king.” That’s true! The most precious people to the child are his parents.

So there are two positions here, one is parents and the other is couples. Both embrace the children who are growing up to their teenage years. They learn everything, saying, “I want to become that kind of parent, just like my own parents. I want to have that kind of couple.” After that, the mature child wants to form a couple and become a parent himself. This is the hope, the dream of the child which is directly drawn from his parents.

Then this dream expands to the clan, and he becomes the king of his own clan. His ultimate dream is to reach to God. Since God lives in spirit world, the spirit world is filled with the air of love. Love is the air we breathe in spirit world. Unless we have lungs, we cannot breathe air on earth. Unless we have the ability to breathe love, we will be unable to breath love in spirit world. How do you develop the spiritual lungs for love? It is only by living for the sake of others.

What is a person’s dream after going to spirit world? It is to resemble God Himself. So we start from water here on earth; a fountain, then come back to the fountain for water. Starting from God, born of God, we travel through a lifetime, and then come to this fountain. Our ultimate dream, then, is to become like God.

On the foundation of total oneness between husband and wife, they can return to God. They represent sung-sang and hyung-sang , the duality of God. Centered on True Love, those dual characteristics of God combined into one. That represents God. Do you understand? From the origin, there is a separation into two which is expansion. Everything multiplies then connects. Following the True Love concept, everything combines into one. So representative woman and man combine with True Love, all those creatures are also connected everywhere. This is the root which grows in only one direction. True Love’s direction is only one. Centering on the True Love direction as the mainstream, every creature is connected everywhere. Man and woman make up the couple which is the center. Completely united in mind and body-man’s dual characteristics and woman’s dual characteristics, those four parts become completely combined into one. That is like God’s essence, God’s construction. True duality characteristics. Spiritual world is the ultimate purpose. How can we liberate God’s position? This is the purpose of the life of all humankind. Do you understand? We have to come back to God’s original position. So we start here, making many rivers, many streams. After that we become like underground water, then stream out as a fountain. It has the same meaning. You have to go back to God’s original characteristic.

So in the spirit world, everybody should come back to God. When you look at a man in the spirit world, woman is in him. If you ask who she is, she is his wife. Return to the duality of God, become a friend of God. When a son grows up and becomes old, he becomes a friend of his own father, right? The same is true with you and God. We live for the sake of others, just as God does. That is where peace is found. That is our dream; to return to God. Does God have two different minds? No, He has absolutely one mind. God is the absolute being, which means only one, not two. The Love Way is absolutely one, not two, directions.

The kind of person who says, “I came into being all on my own,” is the kind of person who will surely go to hell. By that standard, the average American will go to hell because he thinks he is entirely self-sufficient. Imagine someone who confidently says, “I will never die. I will live forever.” No one has such an opinion. Everyone must die eventually. Each year, new students come into a school after the graduation of other students. Those who graduate can’t remain in the school; they have to go out into the world. In just the same manner, people have to leave this world and go into the spirit world. We cannot adjust to life in the spirit world after we get there. We have to learn how to adjust to life in spirit world while we are living here on earth. Then we will be able to have a comfortable life in spirit world when it is time to go there.

Make no mistake about it. Just as people prepare for a big wedding, bringing gifts when they come to the wedding, we must have something to bring with us when we go to spirit world. What must we bring with us? It is to live here on earth reaching out to those within the satanic lineage, grafting them into our own lineage which is that of God, and bring as many of them as possible. That is our property. It is our dream, our goal, that we graft into as many people as we possibly can within the satanic world. That is why we send out missionaries to different countries and localities, and graft them and bring them as part of our clan to spirit world. That is our purpose in life here: the tribe. To expand our lineage on earth is our purpose of life here in the Unification Church.

In other words, it is our dream to connect as many people as possible from the satanic realm to the realm of God, bringing them together as part of our own tribe. I never want to hear anyone say, “Oh, Father, you never told me about that.” For that reason, I have given long sermons over and over again making the same point: how we should live here on earth.

What about God, does He have to eat food? He may eat, He may not eat. We too, we may eat, we may not eat. God’s main work is not to eat. His main work is to restore the lost mankind into His domain, by recreation. What is our main work? It is the same. Like God, we should create something to cling to, for which we can always cry, something which we always love. That is our work, as well as God’s work. Father’s words of recreation make you revive and resurrect. They have great power to recreate. With those words, you can recreate outside people. They, too, will be fascinated and will be recreated. Can you do that, or is it only Father who can do that for you? (We can do it.) Of course you can. You have the same meaning, same content, the same power. God always connects with the ideal, the same essence as Father is giving to you. Change everything for the better. You can do that just as much as I can. You have that very armament. If the President of the United States had the same armament as we do, all of America would come to be resurrected, literally overnight. That’s the strength of the armament which you have. Until that time comes, until the President is teaching Principle, you have to continue.

It is not political power which America is lacking. It is not economic power, either. No matter how much money this country might make, it would stay the same and even get worse. But Father’s words, your words, can save America. Do you believe that? Do you really know that? Since you know this, you cannot stay silent. We want to speak and speak so much that our mouths are bleeding. That will be our pride. When I go to spirit world, will my mouth occupy the king of mouths position, or servant of mouths position? (King.) If there is a museum of lips, where will my lips be placed? Will they be on the top pedestal? In the Five Senses Museum, all five of my senses will be in the top position.

So you must do as I have done and am doing. We all want to stay somewhere near Father, don’t we? Okay, you have a way to do that. No matter whom you meet, wherever you go, speak to them. Tell them what I have told you. Day and night. At that point, Heaven begins. Otherwise, your mouth will be accused, “You heard the truth, why didn’t you speak?” So you don’t have to bring anything to anybody, not even to Father. Keep them yourself because you have to be prosperous before Father can be prosperous.

Now we all know about the dream of the Unification Church. These three dreams are there. They are all possible: to return to God, to bring many people to God, from the individual, family, clan up to the universe all coming to God. We sacrifice for that purpose. All of these dreams will surely be realized. They are not too big for us to achieve. It can be achieved all in one time, when the time comes. That is what we must strive for. From this perspective, are we unhappy people or happy people? We are people of hope, people of dreams. So the members of the Unification Church usually don’t ever get old. They age much more slowly. We don’t have any feelings of despair. We don’t have to worry. We have security. That means you don’t waste much energy. You use that energy for courageous, purposeful action.

We are happy people, are we not? (Yes.) Our dream is not a million years away. It is almost instantaneous. Now you can go out on the lawn and caress the blue grass. The dream is already realized there. Your hands touch the grass. You can think, “I am the true owner of this grass.” All of nature is respecting your ownership. For the first time in history, they are meeting their rightful owners. How wonderful this is! Wherever you go, you will be recognized as the owner of creation. You will actually be able to hear the sound of “Mansei” ringing out from the creation. Is that a happy situation? How happy? It is like God looking down and saying, “Look at you! You did it!” So happy!

Even when I had to go to jail and endure torture, with blood flowing out of my body, I could feel grateful to offer my blood as a sacrifice for the sake of mankind. It was direct indemnity. I truly felt this because of the power of the dream. Goom. Does the Unification Church have lots of dreams, or just a few, small dreams? Father has lots and lots of dreams. I have done a variety of activities and have surprised many people. They wondered, “How can one individual do so many things and make such a broad foundation?” Everyone has had to bow down to me, once they realized the extent of my activities. Then they follow with humility and meekness. Even if I shouted at you, “Don’t you follow behind me!” what would you do? (Follow you!) How powerful the dream you have is!

May glory come to all the members of the Unification Church who have such a rich and tremendous dream, a dream which is reachable. Especially this year, during the spring month of May, as we all sit here in health and pursuit of that dream. That is what Father is wishing for you. All nature is wishing prosperity for you. But in one lifetime, we will bring prosperity to all of heaven and earth. Each of us can say, “How wonderful I am!” (Applause)

Until now, we were working like ants and living like ants, but we don’t need to do that any more. We are liberated. Because of the establishment of these critical foundations, now we are liberated. Let us live like grasshoppers. Amen! Those who say, “We will gladly pursue our dream, like the grasshopper,” raise your hands. (Laughter) “Grasshopper” means we are working as if we were dancing. Don’t be an idle grasshopper but work joyfully like a grasshopper, dancing with joy. God bless you.

## THE 38TH ANNIVERSARY OF THE UNIFICATION CHURCH

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### May 1st, 1992
Belvedere, New York
Translator – Sang Kil Han

The name of our church is the Holy Spirit Association for the Unification of World Christianity, but we don’t have to say that whole phrase. We can just say, “Holy Spirit Association.” That is us. How old is the Unification Church? How long ago was it born? Thirty-eight years ago. Starting today, we enter our thirty-ninth year. As you know, we say the day someone is born he is already one year old. There are two ways of counting age.

Originally in God’s providence, the Unification Church would never have been founded. If Judaism had united with Jesus, world Christianity would not have had to come into being either. At that time, the country-not just the religion-centered upon Jesus could have begun. The country of Israel centered upon Jesus would have been born and as they grew, the Cain-type country which was the Roman Empire would have been influenced. Thus the country would not have been a Christian country but would have been Jesus’ own country and would have formed the Kingdom of Jesus, rather than forming the religion known as Christianity. You all understand that point, don’t you? If that had happened, the country would have inherited the kingship and would have inherited the world. It would have grown and expanded to the point where today, it would be the country centered on the world. Many other countries would have inherited perfectly the tradition of that kingdom of Jesus. It would have become like a big tree with many different branches. Jesus’ country would have been the trunk and each nation of the world would have been another branch, all connecting to one trunk and one root. The leaves of that tree would have been individual men and women.

That huge, gigantic tree would have been one nation of God. The flowers and blossoms that bloomed would have been of one root, one tree. Even if you took the smallest leaf, it would contain all the elements of the huge trunk. The root, trunk, each branch and every little leaf would all contain the same elements. It would have been full of the spirit of the kingdom. The spirit of the root, spirit of the trunk-everything would have been contained within this tiny leaf, which means each individual.

When you look at one cell, it represents the entirety of the body from which it is taken. Who came into being first? Who is born first and who is born later? Depending on the order of birth, everything would have been connected. Then, of course, we can see clearly that Christianity would not have been necessary. What about other religions? Needless to say, other religions would have no meaning or reason to exist. If Jesus had not died on the cross but had continued to live and be successful in his mission, this would have been the case. However, that did not happen and the Second Advent in which the foundation of Jesus was inherited, became necessary. That foundation began on the national level but had to expand to the world level. Thus a new mission had to be undertaken which Jesus could not complete. Now it has to start only on the world level.

If the Lord of the Second Advent was welcomed by the foundation of Christianity’s 2,000 years of agonized expansion, he would have proceeded in exactly the same way as Jesus would have; embracing the whole world and achieving his mission. Then the Unification Church would not have been necessary. That would have been God’s dispensation.

Within Christianity there is Christianity of the Cain-type nature and Christianity of the Abel-type nature. It is the same religion, but there are those two factions. From Catholicism, the older form of Christianity, the Abel-type movement of Protestantism branched out. Just as each person has a body and mind, especially a conscience, Catholicism has a body and also a conscience. Even Cain has a conscience. Of course, Abel has a body and mind as well. Within the Unification Church there is such a thing as Cain and Abel. The underlying fact of creation is the relationship of subject and object. This is also true in restoration. The process of two who are divided coming into unity means advancement and restoration. Everything exists within the subject and object relationship. After the fall, that relationship became one of struggle, conflict and confrontation. Because of the fall, it looked like there were always two different parts or factions in continual struggle. Actually, conflict is not the way it was meant to be. We should win over that and be united and advance the dispensation of restoration.

This is true within the individual. Each person has a mind and body which are in conflict, but the purpose is to unite them. We must understand that only when Cain and Abel have become united together can we sit peacefully. Until that time, there is always a process of Abel winning over Cain and becoming one. [Father draws a sphere with three lines cutting through it on the blackboard.] This is Cain and Abel, the vertical and the horizontal relationships, and mutual relationship. Vertical relationship, of course, is that of parent and child. Horizontal relationship is that of husband and wife. Brotherly relationship is the dotted line Father drew. As the Last Days come nearer and nearer, this is the form that everything is coming to. We have to realize this form more perfectly. This has been the direction of history after World War II. Since then, Christianity and the whole world have been moving toward the achievement of this pattern. What does that pattern represent? It represents the perfect unification between father and son, king and people, and God and all creatures, from the right hemisphere to the left hemisphere. You can dissect the whole sphere into halves; an upper one and a lower one, or a right half sphere and a left half sphere. There is also a front and rear. The relationship of brothers is that of front and rear. To form a perfect globe, these come together. Why do we have to form a globe? It is because everything should have only one center. When there is disunity, how many centers will come into being? Two, three?

There is a center with a pivot or axis around which motion will take place. We see all things operate under one principle, whether large or small. That is the subject and object relationship always in motion and with a center. There is always a center which makes up the universe. What is the center of a woman? She has a father and a mother, she has her own brothers and sisters, but what is her center? By finding that center, she can relate with everything in the universe. In other words, by connecting with the center we can occupy everything. Centering on this hemisphere [pointing to drawing], where would the center be? The center is situated an equal distance from any point. So it has to have another hemisphere, and the center would be here. It is focused from this point, from that point, and from this point. Focused to all the surface area. That is the most ideal point.

That was God’s first blessing after the creation: Grow, multiply, and occupy the earth. Thus perfection should have been reproduced. Do you think that mind and body are one, or is there division between them now? If this is God, with an upper portion and a lower portion, then where is that focal point or center? The focal point is the center not only for mind and body but for everything. That is where love can dwell. Here is man and here is woman. It cannot be that their focal points are different. They have to have the same focal point. So what is woman’s focal point? Of course, it is her conscience or mind, but what is the purpose of that mind? For woman, it is man. There is no purpose in a woman by herself. After being born, a female has to grow to perfection. How can a woman become perfected? Man is her perfection. A woman has to become a being who is absolutely needed by man. She has to exist in such a way that the man absolutely needs her. The reverse is also true. The man must exist in such a way that the woman absolutely needs him. Man will pull woman and woman will push man. When the two meet like so, then do they become just flattened? No, they begin to turn around and around, becoming a sphere. What is their focal point? It is that unchangeable True Love. Once you position yourself with that center, you never change. You will remain eternally with that focal point.

We should not think, “My focal point is in me.” The focal point of each person is in his or her spouse. What is marriage, then? Marriage means everything is okay, centering on True Love. You can put in everything, you can pull out everything and that is okay. That is freedom. Do you understand? Only in True Love does freedom exist. True Love is the center of woman and the center of man. Now we will represent woman by the dotted hemisphere. Should she go around man or in man? Well, is woman bone or flesh, compared with man? Who represents bone, man or woman? Man represents bone, woman represents flesh. Why is that? It is because man is the root of life, so he should stay in the center. Man represents the center root, center trunk, and center bud. Man should stay in the center position.

Anything that went through here is welcomed, like a pitcher and the catcher. The pitcher throws the ball and the catcher catches it every time. You throw it and it is always caught. Woman is very resilient and soft, while man is not so soft. He is hard. When something crashes into him, it breaks. That is not the case with woman. So the man should exercise like so, otherwise it will break. Woman makes a great catcher; the king of catchers. He throws, he pitches, and from the momentum behind it he attaches to woman. Woman is catching and circling one hundred and eighty degrees. Man is touching her, after that they turn around and embrace. Do you understand?

When you really understand this you cannot have any fights in your family. Should a woman’s skirt be very tight, or should it flare out? Yes, it should have flare. A woman has a colorful, flared skirt and she goes around the man. That’s where a woman’s beauty is. At this point, all the creatures will praise that woman, “Oh, we welcome you, our Queen!” Women always like colorful things, don’t they? The sisters sitting here are very colorful but over there, the brothers are wearing either black or brown. Bone is never colorful, it is only one color. The colorful nature of woman must be protected by woman herself. The white woman should not exercise tyranny and say, “Just white is good.” Every color must also be protected. We can see that women, both black and white, express a lot of compassion, not men. Because she is a woman, white women have the responsibility to protect the black man. White is a good color as a base, but if everything is white it is monotonous. You have to blend with other colors. What about flowers? Are they varied and colorful, or monotonous? Whom do they resemble? Women. Some flowers are more colorful than others, but they should not be too proud. Usually the most colorful flowers don’t have much fragrance, while the less colorful ones have a sweeter fragrance. In the same way, those most fragrant flowers often don’t have so much honey. When the honeybee and butterfly come around, they will look at the very colorful flower and they will be drawn there, but they won’t find honey. They just fly on until they find what they are looking for. They just stop by and enjoy the color, but that flower doesn’t have life and hope for the bee.

We can look at women in this light. There are some women who are exceedingly beautiful. Someone who is praised by everyone for her looks may be like that colorful flower with no honey or fragrance. It can be a beautiful flower, but it may not have life or offspring. In the Orient we have a saying, “A beautiful woman has a thin blessing.” This is a general rule. Actors and actresses are usually attractive. Do we often see ugly women becoming famous actresses? No, it is almost always the beautiful woman. In the movies, she is always famous and envied, but in real life she will eventually become a beggar. How sad that is! She cannot stabilize or settle down. Is that good? Blessing just spits her out. She has no place to settle for long. Those who say, “I want to be an actress no matter what,” are saying in effect, “I can only live for one day in love.” One day love, but even that is not real love. It is counterfeit. Do you like real love or shadow love? You American people like shadow love, don’t you? Yes or no? I think yes! That is absolutely no good!

This is a very important principle for life. If you understand that and look at America from that criteria you see America is colorful, flamboyant and fun. Everything is exciting. Look at the women, some wear beautiful hats, but there is no flavor and no fragrance to the country. There is no bubbling life. We have to see from that perspective. We should not be envious of that situation.

These points I am making may sound far away from our topic today, but they are very important. This is one of the first times I have spoken about this particular subject. It is so important in our life, we should remember it. That is why I have been speaking about it. Do you want to become bone or flesh? Of course, everybody wants to become bone because it is more important. It is the longest lasting; it has eternal characteristics in the body.

What we are trying to understand is the entity which has the longest lasting and most important quality. Is it money or knowledge? The power of True Love may not appear to be the most beautiful, but it has everything. Bone is the strongest substance, but is it stronger than True Love? If you hit True Love with a bone, which one gets broken, the bone or True Love? Of course, the bone gets broken. The more you strike, the more diminished you become. This is what Satan has been doing. Satan strikes True Love again and again, but the result is that he is the one who is being reduced. Why doesn’t God stop the persecution of goodness? Persecution means hitting, right? Good people get hit and hit over and over again. In anybody’s eyes, including God’s, that is not right, but God is not doing anything about it. Why? It is because He knows that the one who is being hit will eventually win and all the persecution will become fertilizer. The growth of True Love needs fertilizer. Do you understand? If the whole world comes and strikes this one person over and over again, but he is not destroyed and never breaks, then he becomes the king of all kings. Everything that strikes him will eventually be defeated. You might wonder if this is true or not, but it is true. I knew this truth from the very beginning, and thus I was able to continue throughout the history of our Unification Church. No matter how hard I was hit, I did not mind. Standing in that one center of True Love, everything hit me. All things came against me. Eventually everything else will disappear; the only thing left standing is that one center which stands forever. There is no enemy left. All of them have fallen and become fertilizer for the growth of True Love. How wonderful this phenomenon is! How wonderful we are! Mansei!

So the focal point for everything is True Love. Do you have True Love? [Yes.] Do you or don’t you have True Love? True Love sounds good when I talk about it, but you may not have ever truly tasted it. You may recognize the sound “True Love” but you may not recognize the taste. The sound is not reality; the taste is reality. Do you understand? Is that true? The one who tastes True Love can live like God. Do you live like God, more than I do? You say “no”. Which “no” are you saying- zero, nothing? Or know? The absolute nothing place is “no.” Do we need that absolute focal point? True Love has such a large area which it embraces. Everything is okay within the realm of True Love. Even though all 240 million Americans may be put into that bag of True Love, will it burst or will it accommodate them? It will welcome everyone. It stretches like rubber to make room. Even if you throw that big rubber ball a long distance, it won’t break. You can throw it but not off the center; you cannot get out of the center. That’s how you do it. Does America have any center? Does anyone know what it is? Is it money? Is it family? No, America doesn’t have any true center. Absolutely no center point-that is America. Americans put their premium value on freedom. What kind of freedom? Freedom that doesn’t have any true center.

Americans don’t like to hear these kinds of criticisms. You might ask, “Why does Father speak about this point so frequently?” Has anybody ever heard me stand up here and praise America for a change, even once? That’s what Father’s purpose is. You Americans are so high up on a tree. You have no foundation but live way up in a tree, so somebody has to bring you down. In America, one man can move from loving one woman to another. Throughout the day he has no center point. He moves around in many different circles without any center, but I tell you, once Americans come down and stay firmly on the ground, I will start praising them. Can you believe that I might actually praise America? [Laughter.] Even though you may not like to hear the things I say about America, it’s best if you can accept it.

It is not power, knowledge or material things that exist at the true center. It is love itself, True Love. If some woman gets married because the man has billions of dollars, is she a good woman or a bad one? What should she be looking for in a man? Where do you think it is most likely that True Love can be found? In the White House? Or would it be in some lowly place like a labor camp or some back alley, or in prison? Of course, you have never been in either of those extremes, but where do you believe True Love would be most likely to dwell? You know well; it is in the most miserable places, those places which are corrupt and surrounded by suffering. True Love plants itself in that place and says, “I will remain at this center forever so that I can protect this place. The True Love concept says this to you clearly. Is this right or not?

Through True Love, can you unify your five senses with the five senses of your love partner? Making that unified center represents True Love. Can you make a settlement for one through True Love? If you have True Love in your bosom would you be stronger than anything in the world, like a diamond? The diamond can reflect even the slightest bit of light in the darkness. The diamond is the hardest known substance on earth, but there is something harder and that is True Love. How is that? You can say that God is the True Love center; God who is the strongest, most powerful, above everything. He is harder and stronger and emits more light than anything, for the whole world. Knowing God is like that and since we know God is the center of True Love, then we can say that True Love is also hard and bright. It is like a lighthouse beacon shining through the night.

Everybody in all four corners of the world wants to go over that hardness and unite. Satan is pushing them much too hard so they want to come into God’s side. The world is so dark that people don’t know which way to go or what to make of anything. Yet man wants to get out of that darkness and find the light which is God. That’s True Love. What else do we need? The focal center of everything is what? True Love. Thus we cannot say that True Love is only a conceptual thing. It is reality, just as God is a reality. [Pointing to drawing on board.] This upper hemisphere is spirit world and the lower hemisphere is the physical world. The upper one should be the same as the lower one, then they unite and become a globe. What is the center? Absolute True Love. Front and rear have the same relationship. So three different beings have three different focal centers, but they do not repel each other, saying, “Oh, I cannot accommodate that.” By becoming selfless, they can come to accommodate any focal center any time. and all three can become one. The point here is that even though three different entities exist, each exists for the sake of others, not for his own self. Even though he has a center, that center exists for the sake of others. Then there is no problem. We should look for the zero point all the time. If you become a zero point, all the higher pressure will come toward you. If there is a huge high pressure system and a zero point which is like a vacuum, and that vacuum runs very fast and very far, would the high pressure follow or would it not? Which way does it go? Does the vacuum follow the high pressure or does the high pressure follow the vacuum? Yes, high pressure follows the vacuum or zero point. Why? Because that is the unifying place for nature. That is the nature of love. In there we find happiness and peace. Otherwise, there is no way. Only in the unifying place can it be possible.

So upper hemisphere and lower hemisphere, right and left, front and rear-all are perfected now. Where does God dwell then? God is the king of the zero place. That is where God wants to stay; the Zero King’s place. Do you understand? To meet God of that nature, we must become even lower than zero or become so strong that we can protect the zero place like the flesh should surround the bone. Either we can protect it or we must become lower than the zero point. Can we take that kind of position? Can you do that? It is easy to answer “yes,” but the reality is not so easy. Mind you, this is what all religions have been doing. This is what Buddhism has been doing; to search in your mind for the deepest areas. Also, all religions teach people to endure hardship and to do penance. That’s where persecution comes in. That’s what all major religions taught: to persevere these things. Without exception, all major religions have taught people to go down even into miserable situations, into that zero point.

How can we apply this? For women, you even have to forget the fact that you are women. The only thing you can remember is, “I exist for the sake of all.” The same is true for a man. By doing that, what happens to a man and a woman? That is the very safest place to be. You can become anything and do everything well from that point. You become a good wife and a good mother. Everybody will come to you. Here is the proof of the theory. You have to be able to explain something theoretically or by reason before you can experience it. You can establish the reasoning, the theory of the True Love concept. How can we find the power to invest ourselves and then forget it? You can explain this by understanding the relationship of these three sets of hemispheres. Subject and object relationship exists within all creatures, not only these three. The relationship with all things goes through this central point of True Love. This line which Father is drawing now, which does not go through the center, is as clear as the others but it does not mean anything because it does not pass through the center. No matter how many other points that line connects with, if it doesn’t connect with the center point of True Love, it does not have meaning.

This is the very principle where the original human being would have been; the original country, original cosmos, every level. Since we are not at that level we have to return to that point. How can you find out the center focus place of your mind and body and unite them? How can man and woman find their original focus point? That is True Love. Only True Love allows you to combine your mind and body. A True Love center connects them with one vertical pillar at one pivot point. One dot then becomes the center of the individual, the family and the tribe. they all have the same center. The nation, world and cosmos, and ultimately God himself-all have the same center, one pivot point, one pillar. Do you understand? That True Love point cannot be moved forever. Forever there is one center, not two. Until now, humankind hasn’t been able to find that original True Love center point. How can we find that point?

Before this, nobody knew this truth. Only after Reverend Moon came and appeared in this world was this truth proclaimed clearly for the first time. Now you can understand everything; how to connect with the individual center point, the family center point, the tribe, nation, world, cosmos and God. All are connected to this one vertical pillar of True Love. The True Love King’s vertical pillar is only one, not two, forever. Eventually the Kingdom of Heaven will come on the earth. The center point on this earth and the center point of the spiritual world will be the same, connecting in a vertical line. That dot in the lower position and that dot in the higher position connect with that pillar. All 360 degrees surrounding it stay forever, it cannot move. This is absolute tradition.

You have to follow your mind too which is man and woman’s center focus point of True Love. That means this pillar is connecting everywhere. Family and relatives are the same, nation, world and cosmos, even God, are all connected and made completely one by that same pillar. That is the unified world. It is clear? Your eye will be able to look at this forever point. The settlement of True Love will be your focus point forever. Your ears, your nose, your touch; every sense will be focused on that center point. If you go out, come back to that original place, there is no different place. That place of safety, that forever place is the Blessing place. No outside power can move that center point. That means we will be connected all the time with the absolute being, who is God. Each person will be able to say, “How wonderful I am! How wonderful that so many precious things represent me. Mansei!” That is the place of happiness and hope, peace and love. All humankind yearns for that point. If you don’t connect with that forever point, you will lose everything. No matter how beautiful a situation you may enjoy on this earth, it will have no meaning in the spirit world. No matter how many wonderful things we have in this world, they will not have value in the spirit world of eternity. We must connect ourselves, our children, family and relatives to this central point of True Love so that we will be connected forever. They are surrounding and praising you. Why? Because of your work, you have that kind of result.

In the past, when my English was not good at all, I never knew whether the translations were good or not, but now I feel that the translations go from one thing to another, so it’s best that I speak directly to you. That’s why I have been telling you for so long to learn Korean. You can learn more through Korean than through English. Now I am erasing these things which we have drawn on the board to illustrate these very important points. You should memorize that you were born in the flesh connecting to the True Love basement. The point on which you settle down is based on that original site.

What is the topic of the sermon this morning? The point is that the fall took place. The fall became our reality. The fact that mankind became fallen is more real than this country of America. That fact is more real than your own name. No matter how much truth and knowledge there may be on earth, the fact that mankind has fallen is most central. Do you treat yourself as a fallen person? Do you speak to your own body, saying, “You fallen arms, legs, hands and senses!” Do you treat yourself like that? Have you ever stopped to think that your eyes, your nose, your mouth, everything is undeserving? Have you ever thought about what they don’t deserve? Everyone likes to touch soft things, but because people have fallen you shouldn’t think about that at all. Have you ever really chastised your eyes, “You ugly eyes that want only to look at beautiful or attractive people. You have to take the opposite way and look at ugly people, ugly things.” You should feel whenever your eyes see something beautiful, they are not worthy. Your nose, too, when it smells something wonderful should not feel worthy. Your mouth, your sense of touch, your whole body is fallen. A fallen thing cannot be beautiful until it is restored. American women may ask, “Well, from what you are saying, where do I stand?” The answer is nowhere. Once you realize that, then you can begin to stand somewhere, to have some position in the sight of God. Do you agree? You may not like it, that is true. As a fallen woman, you should feel, rather than that you have beautiful hair, that you should burn it up. Have you ever stopped to think like that? “I should burn these feet, like a beef steak, and feed them to the rats.” [Laughter] Really, have you ever denied yourself to such an extreme?

We have to know that the fall is reigning over everything in the world, and we must feel how bad, how formidable that fall is. The fallen condition is occupying everything and taking the king’s position. We must press it down, cast it into the dungeon of hell, everything that has to do with the fall. When you feel hungry, before you go to eat, before you sleep, before you even feel the urge for sex, always think, “The fall of man is so terrible I can never win over it by myself.” Then say, “Well, if nobody ever lets me eat or sleep or enjoy life, that is all right. That is just.” This is the inevitable course we must go.

Now Father gave us the overall meaning of the birth of the Unification Church, but the essence that you need to remember this morning is that the whole world has fallen; it is in a fallen condition. We must come to realize, to jolt ourselves, that whatever we are thinking, whatever we are doing, even just looking and hearing, everything is within the realm of the fall. Our direction is to go over that, not to be a part of it. Is it appropriate for a woman who is in the fallen position to be looking for the most beautiful clothing or is that very far from right? Yes, it is very far from correct. That is because that woman is extending the tradition of the fall a little bit further. Obviously, that is what she is doing. Isn’t it generally true that everyone who lives a luxurious life here on earth will end up in a miserable place in spirit world? Isn’t that what the Bible speaks about? Here is the dividing point [pointing to board] and if you are living just slightly above and on the comfortable side, then you go to this level of hell, just a little bit below. But if you are living way up here, on the very well-to-do level, then you would fall down into the deepest hell in spirit world. All it takes is one step. We are living like so, and if we shift our weight into here, it’s heaven. Like the 38th parallel in Korea; that’s the line of demarcation between goodness and badness. God’s world and Satan’s world are separated by a line of demarcation; Heaven and hell. By going to the zero point as a fallen person in Satan’s world, you can slip across the line into God’s world. The Unification Church’s concept is like that. The left leg is connected to Satan’s side so how can we walk straight? It is not so easy.

The answer to the question of how people can get out from under the domination of Satan is that it is not an easy way. You must go into the place of constant denial. Do you follow me? These are not just Father’s words. How can you deny that? Nobody can deny that. You American women, is this true? You agree with me. Reverend Moon is a clever man, right? You may figure, “Since he is such a smart guy, I will follow Reverend Moon.” I am always taking you to the safest place, the zero place. I tell you, “Go down, everyone,” but you complain loudly, making lots of noises. No matter how much noise you make, I don’t care. I just keep on pushing you. I will kick you if you don’t follow Father’s commandment. It is not a happy situation. Do you welcome this place of the zero point? Do you want to come down to that place where I am always pushing you to go?

As you know, during the Korean war a lot of communist soldiers captured in the South were put in P.O.W. camps. They themselves were not communists. They were soldiers for the communists, but they wanted God’s side, as well. So the late President Rhee opened up the prisons and let them out. The American government was so angry because he did that. Father feels that is something which he was shown to do. Even though you don’t even know that you are in a prison camp, and you have no idea of how to get out, Father will open up the door and shout, “Go out! Get out!” even forcing you to get out to the point where you complain. The next day after you are finally free, you will be so thankful. You will say, “I didn’t even realize I was in a prison camp but you came along and led me out. Thank you so much.” That is a zero point exchange, like a prisoner exchange. Satan says, “I will give you this if you give me that.” The only place where this kind of exchange is possible is that absolute zero point. Do you welcome that? We should know where we are. Are we in enemy territory, north of the 38th parallel, or are we clearly south of that 38th parallel, on God’s side? We do not even know sometimes. It may take only one step to cross the line either way. No matter how happy we may feel in one particular area, we may not know we are dwelling in enemy territory and therefore we cannot remain happy.

“Tarak” means fall. What is the fall? “Fall” sounds the same as the Niagara Falls. English is too complicated with too many meanings. Tarak has only one meaning. Say it. “Tarak.” Not”Darak”, but “Tarak.” Darak means closet. So say it. Tarak, tarak, tarak. It means hitting down.

Our first ancestors were the only people at that time, and they were the ones who committed the fall. They understood the reality of the fall. They experienced the way the fall completely covered their lives, covered everything. We, too, should know the reality of the fall. It was such a powerful cover that nobody could get outside of it until now. Everybody has been struggling within the tent, the covering of the fall. Do you follow? We should implant within ourselves a sense of the fall. More than sleep, more than eating, that sense is important. Whatever urge you may have, whether it is the urge to eat something, to sleep at some time, to go to see some beautiful sights such as the Washington cherry blossoms, before any such urge, you must remember that the fall took place. Think, “I am the result of the fall. Therefore, I am acting out of that fall.” All beautiful women like to dress up in beautiful clothes and high heeled shoes and go out eating and dancing. You are the fruit of fallen humanity. There is rottenness inside. God is looking for something good. The cover may be beautiful but inside is rotten. This is Satan’s arrangement. Satan is shooting arrows to kill. You are Satan’s target, Satan’s field. We have to know that.

How can we wake ourselves up? This is most important thing. Your mind is part of God’s side, while your body is your enemy. Mind and body have been fighting continuously throughout history. No one could stop that war. This is a most fearful situation. This is the Tarak concept. Before you do anything like sleeping or eating you must realize that we are the result of the fall. We are not normal. Until we realize this, the purpose of religion cannot be accomplished and there could be no way for America to survive. The individual, family, nation and world have fallen into hell. Once they’ve fallen down how can they go over this barrier? Once you are in hell what shall you do? How can you liberate yourself? It will take thousands and thousands of years of agony and still you cannot do it. These are fearful words for you. It is like waiting in front of a monster with an open mouth who is ready to swallow. You live in that kind of fearful world. Reverend Moon understood this kind of situation clearly. All the world came against me but I don’t care. I had to take much persecution. When your situation is full of persecution compare it with that dungeon of hell. The time in this world is short compared with the eternal life of spirit world so Father took persecution his whole lifetime. Is this reality, or not? Even jail was waiting for me. The individual foundation, family foundation, nation and world must all be restored. No matter how strong you are, you cannot go over all those eight levels. No one can make liberation for you. Every time Satan tried making a fence around me I kicked it down. All American government departments including the CIA combined against me. No matter how strong the outside world is against me, I don’t care. I will always tear it down. Can American people continue to persecute Reverend Moon? No. Now they respect me because I have survived the bottom place. They say, “We need Reverend Moon. Please remain here.” Young people are going down and causing more destruction in this country. Who can save them? American people understand clearly that their secular power cannot save them. The younger generation cannot be saved by military power or knowledge power. Political power cannot save them. The surrounding sound is one of agony. All the surrounding countries shout, “Yankee, go home! We don’t need you or your breed.” The True Love breed is represented by the Unification Church. We don’t need any other breed. Otherwise we cannot save the next generation. Famous American people recognize that Reverend Moon has the power to save the next generation. They cannot deny that reality.

Once we realize the reality of the fall, we realize we need a remedy. We have to heal this problem. Somebody has to write the prescription to treat the ailment. Only Reverend Moon can do this. Say it: Tarak. Write it down: tarak. We must understand it clearly. We have to break down Satan’s world with our two fists. Push out Satan’s world. When you shave each morning, you are shaving a fallen beard. When you are picking your nose, you are picking the fallen nose. Every motion you do, always think, “I am the result of the fall.” If we don’t do that, we cannot get out of it. First we must know the problem; who we are and why we do what we do. Even you women who make up your face should think, “I actually do not want to wear makeup, but I have to because I have to go along with the fallen world.” You have to have a different reason for making up your face. Even though you are doing a lot of the same things as people in the outside world our direction is different. It is 180 degrees different. You say, “Oh, why is the Unification Church so complicated?”

What is the second reality of the fall which is most important? It is lineage. Father and Mother are bringing the lineage which connects you to life and love. Behind us there is lineage. Everything you have, every cell in your body, you inherited. You breathe in and out and you have blood flowing in your veins. Blood is pulling life all throughout our life. The blood which is running through you is what you received from the act of love between your mother and father. This blood lineage has increased parents’ life and parents’ love. Isn’t that true? I myself come to represent their life and love.

Whatever we are thinking has its origin in the fall. Whether that be part of the great country of America or whatever. Without exception, it comes from the fall. How can America be truly great? The Anglo-Saxon lineage, the white race too, is a result of the fall. Does that race belong to the satanic side or God’s side? Without exception, that race belongs to the satanic side. You know, England was the home for pirates. Isn’t that what the people there have done historically? They took everything by power, establishing their own kingdom far from God. They forced their own ways upon the people they occupied. Isn’t this the way history went? Anglo-Saxons didn’t understand the law of cause and effect which the Orientals have known. The white people tried to annihilate the Chinese race in the Opium War, but now, as a result of that the white people are suffering from so much drug abuse. Cause and effect are undeniable. No matter how strongly they try to deny this, they cannot. It is stronger than they are. So there is truly nothing to be so proud of; it is all from the fall.

The blood flowing through the youth is from Satan’s lineage. That big viper, Satan is always trying to speak in beautiful words. He disguises himself, hiding behind good arguments, but then he shoots his poison which immediately destroys his prey. While he is saying, “I love you,” to the side he is saying, “I will destroy you.” Once he hits, he destroys everything. That’s what Father literally had to fight against. When Father saw something which attracted him, he immediately realized the identity of it so he did not even want to look at women or at people dressed in a unique way. He didn’t. Father expected a lot of temptations. However, temptations don’t come to you up front, announcing, “This is a temptation.” Everything comes secretly, sneaking up on you. I have watched for these things all my life. You should too. You must defend yourself. My normal way is to always chastise those of you who are sitting at Belvedere in the front row. You are the only ones who are sitting close to me. Everybody else is far away. Once you know, then nothing matters. Once we know, then we don’t need to worry about it. No matter if Father gives attention to the sisters in the front row, Mother would not complain. That’s affection. We have a lot of enthusiasm in our blood, but right behind that is Satan. He is trying to usher us into his palace. The front door of Satan’s palace is wide open and he is saying, “Please come on in here!” Once you are in there, he swallows you up. You are his prisoner. Is that an enjoyable place or a deadly place? You young people in the Unification Church, have you ever been encouraged to go out on dates, enjoy yourselves and have a good time? Did anybody ever encourage you to do that? Let me ask you, when young women and men like each other and they come close, holding hands, does your blood get excited or not? It is like a volcano, rushing up and through you, but that power can destroy you! Father knew that clearly. That is why I always said, “Don’t take that kind of action.” That is the normal situation.

Look at the animal world. They only come together to mate at certain times of the year, many of them only in the spring. The rest of the year, they don’t have much to do with each other. When the time is right, they get together in order to multiply their children. Love is most precious to them. Human beings have been granted the unique privilege of expressing their love any time. Love making is the most precious power but the fall broke down everything. Now the love action became the worst power. Taking love action increases Satan’s world, not God’s position. The sexual organs are the worst palace, the dirty love palace, dirty life palace, dirty blood lineage palace. People of the fallen world didn’t know that until now. This is the most fearful place for humankind. Originally it was the most precious place, the True Love palace, true life palace and true blood lineage palace. It was the most valuable place. God dwelt in that place so God made it a very safe place within man and woman. It was the holiest place. That most holy place was created by God as the connecting place to True Love, true life and true lineage; those three. So it is the most valuable place. God is the absolute vertical owner. The horizontal owners are husband and wife; forever. Do you understand?

Once God permitted it, Adam and Eve were intended to open up their most holy places. Do you understand? The Unification Church took that original position. Father, standing as God’s representative, as True Parent, gives God’s permission connecting couples that for the first time they may open that True Love place; the place of love, life, lineage palace. Otherwise, absolutely no one could open it. This world has wanted that kind of point, but they could not do that. Why? They do not recognize the contents of this explanation. From now, you can understand everything clearly so that you can follow. Ultimately you will connect with that righteous point. That is the original way.

Lineage is fuson in Korean. Our hands and fingers move and that is because we have blood. Our blood is well united with our life. Life is well united with love. Therefore, we can move our fingers and hands as a result of love. This is the action of love. We have to realize that. That’s lineage. Which is more precious: blood or life or love? The first one is love. The second is life. The third is blood lineage. These three cannot be separated. Love first, life second, and blood third. Those are always connected, everywhere and every place. We can feel our own pulse. What is the pulse? It is the life power, the love power and the blood power. The fall connected that pulse with Satan’s love, Satan’s life and Satan’s lineage. How miserable the situation for humankind is now. We need the prescription to get back to health. Nobody knows that prescription. Until Reverend Moon came on the earth, nobody knew Satan’s identity. Satan was safe. Only after Father came out was Satan uncovered and his secret was exposed. Father has been the one whom Satan hates the most. Satan did a lot of incredible things. He inspired people to kidnap their own children from the Unification Church. What does that mean; kidnapping one’s own children? Where were their children? Why did they go there? Satan did a lot of inconceivable things, unthinkable things. Men kidnapped women, women kidnapped men. Extreme things happened. Even children kidnapped their own parents who had joined the Unification Church. These kinds of incredible things were inspired by Satan because he wanted to prevent our work.

The communists tried to stop Reverend Moon and so did the American government. They wanted to wipe out the Unification Church. The outside world wanted to do whatever they could to destroy Reverend Moon and the Unification Church, but God did not permit it. Father offered every place they hit, making it a fertilizer and using that power for God. That power grew up and up, vertically. Now at last we are at the top peak of that power. America cannot destroy the Unification Church. Neither can the White House. George Bush cannot do it either. The world did not know that, but in the future, the world will understand Reverend Moon and say, “Please lead us, Reverend Moon. We welcome you and want to give you citizenship and a permanent visa.” I don’t need that kind of thing. That is Satan’s armament equipment. It is clear. Father could leave this country any time. Father’s visiting mission is over. He will be working only with the Asian world. Say “Goodbye Father.” At that time is individualism going to invade and infiltrate the Unification Church here? My mission here is over now. Do you understand? I resurrected the Christian world. Now the people of America are waking up and taking action for this country’s future. That is represented by the U.S.A. activity.

In April the goal for holding rallies in 250 big cities was accomplished. From now on, there must be 2,500 places connecting to that movement. The American people and the Christian churches are awakening. Following Reverend Moon’s direction is the only hopeful way for them to move toward resurrecting a happy world. Now American people understand. They say, “We didn’t know that.” Once they hear the contents of Divine Principle, they will understand. They didn’t know that the truth dwelt here in the Unification Church. They will seriously repent for their past actions. They treated Reverend Moon so badly, but they will understand everything from an historical viewpoint. Until now the Western world has been leading the Eastern world but now the tide is moving in a different direction. The Eastern world will lead the Western world, no matter how much Americans deny that fact. It is heavenly fate that this kind of situation will come about. The Asian world will be respected and followed.

Japan is just a small island country. They have great knowledge power. Americans say, “We don’t like those small Japs.” But Americans can’t deny them. God protected them and heavenly blessing came to them. Heavenly fate connected the Korean peninsula and the Japanese islands. Islands represent woman’s side. A peninsula is like the man’s side. A peninsula looks like a man’s sexual organ. The Italian peninsula looks the same. It projects into the surrounding Mediterranean Sea which is like the woman’s sexual organ. They make a connection there.

By the same token, the Korean peninsula is like the man’s sexual organ. Japan is like a woman’s organ. Now the two combine into one. Who is making that happen? Father has proclaimed the fact that Korea and Japan will become one nation. In the surrounding area you find China and the former Soviet Union. This is a growing territory of the heavenly breed, the love race. China will say, “Welcome, welcome.” The Soviets will say, “Reverend Moon and Reverend Moon’s disciples, please come in anytime and anywhere within the Soviet or Chinese area.” They want us there. They want the most precious gift, something more valuable than their territory. Do you understand? The Soviet government is welcoming Reverend Moon now. Young people are being connected. There is only one person who is a hero they respect and that is Reverend Moon, not Yeltsin and not Gorbachev.

The American CIA looks at this and through their analysis they will make the decision, “We did wrong.” Think about that. At the valuable center, there is only one, Reverend Moon.

Genius students from famous Ivy League schools are now being chosen to go to Moscow. Students from high level American universities like Harvard are gathering in Moscow and being taught by Muscovite students. What a miserable situation this is for American youth. After hearing Reverend Moon’s principle concept, they are so surprised, even the professors. “The Unification Church has this kind of strong, valuable tool? We didn’t know that!” That is bad. It was being taught in their own place. Reverend Moon proclaimed this truth in every state in America. They heard but they did not follow. The people of this nation have no future. They listen to rumors that make them separate, analyze and make incorrect decisions.

It never mattered how much America’s 240 million people came against me. Reverend Moon was hit again and again. Only Reverend Moon is left standing and the righteous atmosphere has become clear. What shall we do? There is only one way to go. Kneel down with your head down. Cry with water coming from your mouth and nose. Repentance is the only way. Other than that there is no way. Reverend Moon did it. That means the Western world must bow down to the Eastern world. Their historic positions will be reversed. This is God’s perspective and viewpoint. No matter how much American people cry out, the morning time will come. No matter how much they want the evening time, they cannot stop it. The evening can’t last forever, the morning time is coming.

Reverend Moon is saving the Western world with the brotherhood concept. He is making Cain and Abel into one. The Eastern world and the Western world are standing in the ideal subject and object position. In the center is parentship. There, real unification is being made. Do you understand? This is not concept, it is reality. Father did everything. This explains everything. No matter how much you may deny it, you must follow this way. Don’t look around you, don’t be distracted by sounds behind you, only follow the repentance way. That is like Jesus.

When John the Baptist talked in the wilderness, the first thing he said was, “Repentance!” He said the kingdom of heaven was near. Jesus said the same words. John resurrected people with water. After the coming of Jesus, he carried out resurrection with fire. People who didn’t believe that prophecy were in a miserable situation. Those who believed in what John said made a big sound, making too much noise. Those following Reverend Moon make too much sound, spreading to all four corners of the country. There is no place people live where they do not know Reverend Moon’s name and message. All American people know who Reverend Moon is, don’t they? Do they think he is good or bad? Standing here, Reverend Moon makes a proclamation by God’s command. “Follow me. If you go against me, you immediately go against God.” For 2000 years, the Christian world has only been taking the persecuted way. After World War II, in just forty years Christianity has sunk to a miserable situation. Why? They made a secular atmosphere by going against Reverend Moon. Reverend Moon is connected with God. Father is the center of the terminal point of the providence. They wanted to destroy him, but God protected him.

The most valuable thing is the second generation. American young people are not following American Christianity. Satan’s side has claimed them. American youth have taken the path of going 180 degrees opposite of the Christian way. How can they be protected? There is only one man who has the power and that is Reverend Moon. Do you understand?

How can Reverend Moon do that kind of powerful, valuable thing? Reverend Moon has that power taught by God’s truth. Without this, you cannot have a true purpose, you cannot be successful anywhere or anytime.

You have to think about this. Talk every chance you get. Talk about Satan’s world. It looks the same, smells the same, feels the same. There is a variety of concepts, but there is only one center. The focus point is the zero point. That is the dwelling place of the ideal True Love. All things are focused on that, nature and human beings. When we connect with that center love, Satan’s side diminishes. When you focus on that center, you immediately connect with God’s territory, God’s side.

This should be the focus of your eyes, your ears, your hands. It is the center direction. When all your senses are focused there, immediately your sexual organs will follow. All will connect in one place with one center. The center of everything is True Love. Everything in the world, including human beings are divided into plus and minus. Their unity is the True Love way. All following True Love go in one direction. At the head is True Parents. They are leading the way and the entire universe is following behind. In that realm, everything is enjoyable not miserable. Mind and body unite and form an individual truth entity. The same value center will be found on every level; the individual value center, the family value center and world center. They will all share the same value. This is equalization of the original, ideal creation.

This is a spiritual teaching, but Father also has to teach you about physical things. Now I am going out to the ocean to fish, but at this rate, it would take me many hours to explain. At any rate, I will continue. Number three: three is hell. The stage of conclusion or perfection of the fall is hell itself. The terminal point is hell! Whether or not people want to go there, they will have to go there. They cannot escape. Those of you who can say to me, “Father, I am confident I will never go to hell,” raise your hands please. Of course, you don’t know enough about the fall because that fallen lineage can claim you. The lineage connected with Satan enables Satan to claim you. Satan is the king of hell. Do you understand? You are ultimately connected to hell. You cannot escape that place. It doesn’t make a different whether someone has a degree from Harvard or if he is the president of the country. Without exception, where will they end up? In hell. That doesn’t make you feel so good. All 240 million American people will go to hell.

To stop that from happening is, of course, the purpose of the religious movement. Have you ever stopped to think about the greatness of the Unification Church where these most ambiguous, difficult problems of history are being solved? Now even the smallest Unification Church member knows clearly and also has the system to explain the truth in language for even the greatest intellectual minds. Can you imagine that most of the library books which are of this nature have ceased to have a reason to exist? All those books which purported to contain truth but which had nothing to do with this central teaching will be cast out. They are unnecessary to anybody. All those archives and libraries full of archaic philosophies-what do we need with them? Many of the library books will cease to exist from now on. Can you imagine that? Once you understand truth and the fact that the Unification Church has that truth, then you can argue with intellectuals and you can certainly win them over, convincing them 100%. If you are not so confident now, then just wait. As time goes on, it becomes more and more clear.

You may not know why at first, but as time goes on, it becomes clear why free sex and homosexuality are wrong. Mankind is seeking stimulation which they should be getting from God’s love. Fallen love is the equipment Satan is using to destroy God’s ideal world. Don’t touch. A man is smoking, dating women; it immediately leads to connecting their sexual organs. Drunken men and women easily engage in free sex. This is Satan’s armament for destroying God’s ideal world. We understand clearly that this is the enemy’s weapon so you cannot touch that and cannot see that. That is how we can make God’s world. Those women who are anxious to find a husband who smokes cigarettes, drinks a lot and indulges in free sex, raise your hand. Is there any woman like that? How about men? Do you want that kind of woman as your wife? Yes? No? Most American people say yes, because that is the way they themselves are going. American people follow everything Satan does. The outside world says yes, but you are saying no. You are the “inside” world. Which one will follow the other? The outside world will follow the inside world more and more in the future.

Say this: Chiok. Chiok means hell! Do you like hell? Many times American people seem to be saying yes, they like hell, but you must say strongly, “No, absolutely no!” Forever and absolutely say no to hell. You have to know that concept. With that attitude, you can make a new nation. We have to deny the direction everyone else is taking. To deny means not just in concept, but also to become restored out of it. Thus we have restoration by indemnity. What is the solution to the fall? To deny the fall. How do we deny the fall? By indemnity. The American Unification Church is the one in the world which does not know so much about indemnity, about going the way of misery. You ask, “Why must we be miserable? Why can’t we enjoy ourselves while we are being restored?” I too, would like an easier way, but you cannot get out of Satan’s realm by enjoying yourself. You have to overcome that realm and kick it out. Otherwise there will be no hope for heaven.

To avoid hell, we have to restore by indemnity. Is Reverend Moon a wise person or a foolish person? Why do you say I am wise? Don’t I do everything backwards according to the standard of the world? How is it that a wise man can always be persecuted and opposed? They opposed all they could and now they have gotten tired of it. Even those who are still opposing Reverend Moon are following him, too. They say that Reverend Moon is growing stronger and stronger. Kim Il Sung is like that, too. He said, “Don’t follow, don’t go there.” It is very ironic. That’s true. The American White House has looked at Reverend Moon and said, “He’s not so bad. He’s so good! Very much good! He is too powerful in the Washington area.” That feeling is good. We are making an influence. They want to stand next to Father. From now we are completely making the unified world. They are awakening to morning time. This is the dawning, the darkness has been destroyed. People have no explanation for this. All people, all creatures, even the birds are coming into the light. They follow the sun. In the darkness Satan made noise so they followed him in the past, but when the morning comes it is different. The world’s morning time is coming. The sun is rising on the Unification Church foundation. Reverend Moon’s name is bringing resurrection to America and all the free world. From now on, the third world will look more to Father. The only hopeful point for leaders of third world nations is Reverend Moon. They know in the past he was the guy who made the most noise. They didn’t like that, but they see that where he made the noise good things have followed. The time is coming for a joyful sound to rise up from the whole world. God has been waiting for this time.

God knows that the most successful person in history is Reverend Moon. The most miserable one in history is also Reverend Moon. He had to overcome everything; going up there and coming down again to the original place. Do you understand? There I can plant the love seed in the field where no one is against me. We can sow everywhere, no problem. Nobody is against me. That time is coming up now, where our ideal world is opening up. You can look at the rising sun. Aaaah! How much wonderful is that sun. I want to kiss it! You think about it. Heaven and earth are coming into oneness centering on True Love. That kind of body, with that kind of center makes a laughing sound. That noise will be so loud throughout the universe. At that time, the outside world will say, “Why are you making so much noise in there?” They will come in and join us in dancing. That is humankind’s great hope: to make God’s dancing sounds all throughout the universe. True Love will occupy everything. God will dwell in every place. No one will be against Him. “Oh, my wonderful world of freedom. Please, all humankind, take happiness forever up here with me. Ha, ha, ha!” Do you want that? Are you American women sure about that? Is it the same for American men?

So should we accomplish restoration through indemnity or not? The Unification Church is the only church which knows the principle of indemnity. Do you welcome indemnity? Do you welcome being hit at every level? Until now, you haven’t even started. No matter how famous you may be in America or in the Unification Church, Father doesn’t care about that. Without tangam bok qui we cannot return to heaven. The American Unification Church does not understand much about this, and the second generation is no exception. Without this understanding we cannot overcome the fall. Here the biblical statement is very applicable: those who want to die will live, and those who want to live will die. How paradoxical, it seems 180 degrees different but that is truth, isn’t it? Your own family is the enemy and your own country is an enemy, according to what is written in the Bible, because they oppose you.

On the 80th birthday of Kim Il Sung, he selected seven heroes of the world, and he put in the name of Reverend Moon. America wants to discredit and denounce Reverend Moon, even at this point, and the South Korean government also wants to suppress him, but Satan’s side understands clearly now-they are first. The same thing happened in Jesus’ time. Those on the satanic side recognized Jesus’ greatness. We can remember this warning: that those who came earlier will be the last. Those who join later will become first. Say it: Tangam bok qui. Restoration by indemnity. Tangam bok qui. You understand, right? Without indemnity, we cannot go over the fall.

Why didn’t Reverend Moon prevent his imprisonment in the past? Why did I have to go to prison six different times? There was no way to prevent whatever came along the straight road of God’s will. If jail was on the path, then I went through it. Jesus, too, did not evade his suffering. When he was faced with Golgotha, he went. We too, must go through Golgotha but we must do it while we are alive, not dying there. Jesus died there and went to the spiritual world. At the time of the second coming we are going over Golgotha, not dying there as Jesus did. In there, there is no left wing, no right wing. Reverend Moon has unified those two. We are going the opposite way of overcoming.

Tangam bok qui. To accomplish that, we have to deny ourselves and indemnify the past. The more we deny ourselves, the more perfect our foundation becomes. This is not just what I am saying. This is the same path which I have had to go through. You are going the same way that I did. Would you like to cross over that barrier before you have a baby, or after? You know the answer well; before. The Bible warns, “Woe to those who are with child,” in the last days. Isn’t that why? Those who are pregnant are bound to that child. It becomes like her enemy. She has a path to go, but she has a lot of things to take care of. For those who are married, the same is true. A husband gets in her way. Of course that is a certain stage I am talking about. In general in the Unification Church we have to go by the family level. Of course, I do not mean that Blessed children are the enemies, but before restoration, before blessing, this is so true, isn’t it? Tribal messiah work must also be done as a family unit. Why? It is winning the position over Jesus’ failure. We can realize the Kingdom of Heaven, not by being persecuted but by being welcomed.

God sent out some 25,000 Blessed couples as tribal messiahs. This is a one-way path. You can only go out; you can never return. Live or die, you have to accomplish this. Of course, we want to accomplish by living. True Parents are forever; nothing can change that. It is their absolute position. We have to accomplish even if we face death. Jesus had to die without accomplishing everything, so God had to revive him and resurrect him spiritually, but here Reverend Moon sent out 25,000 couples to the world. Now we don’t need so much from the spirit world, but we can have horizontal support. Tribal messiahship is like the time of the Second Advent, centering on the earth. It has the same meaning, centering on the earth and centering on Father. Do you understand? We horizontally connect our blood line with Father’s foundation. Satan cannot influence this. Centering on Father and Father’s nation, the nation center and world center all connect to that pillar. They are completely one, making 360 degrees. Otherwise there is no way. We need restoration by indemnity.

How do we overcome the evil lineage? That’s the purpose of Blessed couples; the Blessed family. We all know the meaning of lineage, don’t we? By being Blessed we enter into a new lineage. We never want to go back to the fall or to the bad lineage. It is impossible for the Blessed family to fall again. We see that the first human ancestors fell before they were perfected or mature. It was when they were in the growth stage that Adam and Eve fell. We have now passed beyond Adam and Eve’s level where they fell. After being Blessed, should the American families go their own ways, the English families go their ways and so forth? Is that the right way for Blessed couples? Why not? White people control everything around the world, why shouldn’t everybody else follow them? No, that is the foundation of Satan that already exists everywhere. That is the satanic concept. Do you understand?

Father has been working so hard at cultivating Satan’s world and developing it. He had to endure so much persecution to do so. Such a great quantity! You have to know that. Father came against America and every powerful foundation within Satan’s side. They pulled back afterwards. You didn’t take that kind of action, so you were behind the True Parents’ power. Reverend Moon did not fall down, you did not fall down. What shall we do? We should embrace indemnity. Mansei. The ultimate conclusion is clear. Now our enemies are silent, sleeping. They are in the midst of night time and darkness. We are in the middle of noontime, looking at everything, occupying every place freely. In this time of harvest, you have to harvest your personal property. How about you? Until now, no matter how much you harvested, your youth passed away for indemnity action. In this time of harvest, it includes you. You can save your family and relatives. Following you, they will ultimately belong to heaven. What a wonderful gospel this is, how valuable. It cannot compare with any other.

All American women are so bad. American woman are stupid, dull, not sharp, because of bad action. The only exceptions are the Unification women. You are different aren’t you? Is that true? Can Father believe that, or not? Until now, I could not believe in you. From today, May 1st, Father wants to believe you and that you will follow this concept. Otherwise, no way of hope exists. Humankind inherited Satan’s blood lineage, so every single human being, including the most famous people, ultimately goes down to hell. How can they be liberated? This is God’s will. Father wanted to find some kind of truth. At last he found out everything and now he is teaching it clearly in this place; our Unification Church. You are hearing that concept clearly. You can have settlement on only one point. No matter how difficult a storm blew up around me, I didn’t fall down. Father still kept the same concept. No matter that the American world and the communist world came together to oppose me, I didn’t retreat. I just continue to connect. The American government tried to kick me out by bringing the indictment against me. As soon as I heard about it, I immediately flew back here. Why? Because this is Satan’s king’s dwelling place. Father was sent to Danbury as his mission. Without taking the middle position you cannot go back to hometown. Who took that middle position? Only me. Behind the walls of Danbury, the name of Reverend Moon was resurrected. The turning point was passed in the Western world and we welcomed the morning time. I understood this clearly. Now after seven years, all American high level people, as well as high level people throughout the free world now respect me and bow down to me. Representatives of the world are coming and saying “We were a bad nation, please forgive us.” They completely repent for that now. The most miserable branch of humankind in the future will be the white race. What shall you do? Do you like to hear that? Father wants to liberate all humankind. Your purpose is to follow. You will say, “Thank you Reverend Moon.” Father knew that concept of going the difficult way.

During the time of the court proceedings I initiated The Washington Times, Insight, World and I, . I started the American Freedom Coalition while I was in Danbury. All these projects were done for the sake of this country, but still they came against me. America stood on the enemy’s side. Father followed God so he forgets all that others have done against him. I forgot everything for the sake of saving this nation and securing the national foundation. Without me, American people can now go forward. God wants them to go the straight way. Do you understand? So from now Father is leaving to the Asian world.

What time is a good time? In May every flower blossoms. A green color covers everything, the mountainsides and hillsides. It’s a good feeling, isn’t it? Until now, the Asian world has been like a desert. That’s the world where Reverend Moon came from. He will bring them prosperity and make it into a green world. Economic power is growing in the Asian world too. America has been harvesting and now their warehouse is full. What is the point? They did it not for a serving purpose but for the owner’s purpose. Who is the owner? Not America, but God and the Second Advent, True Parents. The owner is standing in the Asian world. All economic power and everything will follow him and automatically connect to the Asian world. No matter how much American people deny this, it is heavenly fate.

The other day, the Japanese Premiere Mizawa, said that the American people were too lazy. That stirred up everybody! The response was “We are not!” But the American people are like the grasshopper. Japan is the ant. Grasshoppers have lots of fun during the summer, drinking and dancing around while the Japanese are working very hard. In the winter time they are gathering food. They take life seriously. So what shall America do when winter time comes? “I like to feel good.” In the future, America will be in the middle of the winter time. When serious times come, they cannot take the easy way to over come that situation. Father worries about the future of the American and the next generation. No one has the power to endure, but Unification Church members are different aren’t they? They know about wintertime, right? In spring time they take winter time training. In summer time they take winter time training. In autumn time they take winter time training. You are learning to overcome everything, no problem. In a day, we face one million problems. During one week we take on everything but we remain alive, no problem. We can fast for seven days, no problem. You have to have confidence. No matter how bad America is, the future will be different. I will digest everything, eating everything and digesting it, no problem. It takes energy. Do you understand? We can do everything. We can even die on a cross. We have to have that thinking. In this time God will appear. Why? Satan is not there. That kind of time is coming. Satan has no power over us. This is the Principle concept. In the sight of God, this is Principle. In the sight of Satan, this is Principle. Do you understand? Satan knows clearly that he cannot bend the Principle way. The only way to go is to follow. You think about it. Would Satan take the easy way or the difficult way? Darkness cannot stay in a place of light. Satan too much wants to stay in there. It is too tedious and a shameful situation.

Chupo means blessing. We went though the Blessing ceremony for the change of lineage, as well as the Three Day Ceremony. Was that easy or difficult? In your own experience, were those ceremonies easy or difficult? Yet to make them possible, you can imagine how difficult it was. All men and all women of the world opposed this in the beginning. To repel that and to pave the road and complete this, how difficult it was. You can only imagine. But you, who did not know what it took to create, have been given this opportunity. You know how difficult it was to build the Empire State Building. How much time and effort it took, yet once it is completed, all you need is a piece of paper to show your ownership, in other words, the deed. If that ownership is transferred to another person, he then owns it. Just one piece of paper gets passed on and the ownership changes. That building becomes yours. You don’t have to build it yourself. By the same token, God took great effort to create you, but then the fall took place. To get it back, all you have to do is sign and say, “He belongs to God.” After the fall, you married by yourself, didn’t you? Did you Unification Church members get married according to your own will? No, you married according to God and according to Parents. You have been through that change of lineage, correct? If you disdain it again, it is a very serious matter. Like many descendants of Adam and Eve blamed them, the same thing will happen to you. It is a more serious situation. Adam and Eve were not yet in the perfected position, but at this time, you are in the perfected position. You would be worse than Satan.

So we should preserve the renewed lineage of the Blessed family. If someone is trying to invade you, you would rather kill yourself than go through the fall. At least you won’t go to hell that way. Even if you die, you don’t go to hell. That means love comes before life. With that concept, it means that even if we have to lose our lives for the sake of love it is no problem. So we have a reason to be proud; we are not from this fallen lineage, but from God’s lineage. This is not a mere ritual or some empty gesture lacking deep meaning. It is a matter of life and death. There is nothing more important than the new lineage.

Those of you who are Blessed families, raise your hands. Almost all of you. Naturally, you know what comes in this position-heaven, instead of hell. But we must understand that there is a zero point. You have to replace your thoughts. Simply forget the old, disgraceful love affairs of your past. No matter what it was, simply erase them. You can even forget that you are an American or citizen of a great nation. To make you forget, especially the old ties from past love affairs, Father will just push you out. If you take the identify of an American, you will have too many enemies, but if you reduce yourself to the zero point, no enemy will confront you.

Americans who have been against us are now turning around 180 degrees and ultimately reaching God’s direction. The persecution way is not so bad. It is good. It is good because through it, we are taking our property out of Satan’s world. We are doing it without working, only by being persecuted. What a wonderful concept that is. Compare Father’s situation. America and the communist world all combined against me. They have continued to tear me down. That was bad, but because of that, I am now making a victorious foundation.

American people look at Father’s face and say, “He is so bad!” But no matter how bad they think I am, I am always taking things away to God’s side. How wonderful the way of persecution is. From there we become owners, gaining property on a high level. Satan and God both want that power. In this world there is only one man who represents humankind, that is Reverend Moon. He is the only one who recognizes this. You know well God’s situation. Receiving persecution means gaining more. Behind the scenes things are moving to God’s side. At last, only God, the winner, is left standing in the owner position. Do you understand?

Now the world is welcoming peace everywhere. What shall we do? I want to take on more persecution. By going down to dungeon of hell and being hit, soon everything will belong to me. That is the true way. Reverend Moon always took that way of life. At last, he is at the top of the world. Did I get to the top of the world by using guns or by fighting? No, only by True Love. In that place, naturally there is no persecution. In heaven there is no persecution. What do you think, is that true or not? Is it only a concept, or is it reality? Father is speaking about reality. You are reaching for the heavenly world. After that Satan will look back at me, all people will look at me and no one will be able to make any complaints against me. They will say, “We will follow only you, occupy only you and obey only you.” How precious is this kind of man. God will call Reverend Moon closer and closer. He even wants Father to go ahead of Him. That is what you can receive when you go the way of persecution. Do you think this is concept or reality? Now we are standing on the most high and proud level. I only think about how we are going to save every individual on the earth. That is my purpose.

Father has done this in America. In the future he will take that foundation to the Asian world. The Asian world will be very proud of Reverend Moon and will follow Reverend Moon. Three billion people will praise Reverend Moon. The Asian world and Western world both will be following one way, connecting with God’s ideal organization of the unified world, centering on parents. God is the vertical parents and True Parents are the horizontal parents. True Love can be found there. All humans, all creatures on heaven and earth want to dwell there. God’s True Love can occupy everything. No being will have any complaint there. No matter how proud a woman is, centering on the True Love concept, she will always welcome her husband. In True Love there is no hell, no complaint or dissatisfaction, only fulfillment.

We understand that this is the time of the Last Days and we are following this concept. How wonderful we are! Mansei! For every moment during the past thirty eight years, Father has thought about how to accomplish this. While he did that, Father was persecuted very strongly. During that strong persecution Father was lifted up in all different fields. That includes the area of academics and scholars. In all positions, Father is on top of the world now, but compare thirty eight years to the long time of human history. God tried to work out the restoration for thousands of years, but it has been a mere thirty eight years since the Unification Church was established. Father has accomplished something greater than God did himself. We can see that. We have to understand that.

Do we see division or unity between religion and politics, like mind and body? How can they remain divided? The flesh side, or politics, got the better of religion every time. Religion had to be sacrificed and had to pay the indemnity all the time. Now Father combined these two. Now the political field is afraid. They have no scapegoat anymore to pass on the indemnity to. They have to pay the price. Father created a political organization for world peace and also a religious organization for world peace, and then combined the two. The center of that, of course, is True Love. Mind and body, or politics and religion. The goal is never two; two must be made into one. Nobody in history could achieve this. They didn’t know how or why to do it.

Alexander Haig, the former Secretary of State, joined this organization. During the Falkland War, actually, Father criticized him because he wasn’t going in God’s direction. Later Father asked Haig if he remembered that time and he said yes. I asked him why he still joined this organization. He said that it was because he was indebted to Reverend Moon because of the Nixon administration, during which time he was White House secretary. In all levels, Father has accomplished; the individual level, family level, national and world levels. As a result of Father’s work during these thirty eight years we now see liberation coming on every one of these levels. Essentially, God will be liberated, and mankind will be liberated.

From now on through The Washington Times and through access to a great television media channel, we could educate the entire world in forty days. It wouldn’t take longer than that. The world will come to know the truth. When Father accompanies the presidents of all the nations of the world, every country will say, “Please visit us in our country,” and then we will bombard them with God’s love and God’s truth. Ultimately they will be liberated, even overnight. Every sort of preparation has been made now. When Reverend Moon shows the example of that in Russia, the United States says, “Please come here and do the same here in America.” They will plead with a long face. I know well that will happen soon. The day when the world will know Father is not far away. You understand, don’t you?

Everyone thinks, “I want to jump from here to here. I don’t want to take a millennium to get there.” As you know, the distance from the top of one mountain to the top of an adjoining mountain cannot be bridged by jumping. You have climb down the first mountain and climb all the way up the other mountain. That is the natural way. People get inspired about going to the Kingdom of Heaven. They say, “That’s so good! I want to jump into it,” but that’s not possible. You have to follow the restoration course. That means going through all the different levels of education, beginning with elementary school. You can’t just jump from primary school to college right away. You have to go step by step, following that original formula. You cannot skip one. Do you want to reach the Kingdom of Heaven? Really? I cannot believe you! It is not a very easy way. Don’t you want to take the easy path?

Go to your home town. That’s the most hopeful way. No? Yes? Why? You cannot stay on the high level forever. If you one time make a mistake you cannot reach the peak point of success. Restoration is so difficult. You must try harder otherwise you can never reach there again. That is a normal concept isn’t it? You are clever so you can understand this well. It is never so easy, especially the nearer you get to the top. I have explained things clearly to you, telling you to always take the indemnity way. You wonder why I am always taking the difficult way, going opposite from the easy way, but by going this way, the forever way, I become the owner occupying God. All creatures and everything become mine. This is true with love partners, husband and wife too. God is the original big plus. When He connects with His love object, both sides become of equal value. It means that sometimes God occupies me and sometimes I occupy God. The two have the same meaning. Ultimately God is in control. Standing in love, occupying God is no problem. This is the True Love concept of attributes. Inheriting, participation and dwelling together; these are the three attributes of True Love. Between absolute love and Absolute Being which one is first? Absolute love is first, so that means the Absolute Being which is God, is following behind Absolute True Love. The center is True Love, not God. This is different from a theological concept. God sometimes tells His children, “You have to follow absolute love.” Absolute love can own everything. God will do something and after He does it the first time, He educates the children saying, “Okay, now I did it, now you can do it.” This is the same kind of concept.

The one with absolute love can own everything. “How much do I love you?” and “How much do I own you?” have the same meaning. I can own everything including me, including God, all creatures and everything. Do you like that? After you reach that standing point how happy your situation will be then! Your mouth will want to break out laughing. Everything will be 1000% open; your eyes will be looking at everything, your hands touching everything, your nose smelling everything. You will want to participate in every action including dancing. In springtime the rain comes and everything buds and blooms, turning into a green world. That is the hopeful world.

True Love can control everything, the past, present and future, the joyful way and painful way. Every place can become heaven. Even the dungeon of hell immediately becomes heaven when True Love is there. Is that true? Father is saying this but Father cannot feel that love. It doesn’t feel so good to hear that, does it?

The global center is heaven. Regardless of which direction you are facing-north, south, east, or west, up or down-you are welcome. You are happy. Here we have gathered people of every skin color and every nationality, Japanese, American and German. People from enemy countries come together on the basis of loving Father, don’t they? Not because they love each other, perhaps. In America, there is so much promiscuity that people don’t recognize it as wrong. What if Father saw it that way, too? Would everybody still love me? No, because that is not godly. When I look at a woman, no matter how beautiful she may be, I see her only as a daughter perhaps, or as a sister. Father sees her as anything other than his object, in the sense of husband and wife subject and object. This is a very strict rule within the Unification Church, as well. We know this very well. In East Garden, the rules are not very strict about what people do, think, and so forth, but they are absolutely unbending when it comes to relationships of love. We have strict love rules. That is what keeps order and allows everybody to feel free and comfortable.

So we must understand the rules of even the spousal relationship. Before they became a couple, the husband and wife were children and brother and sister. After the recognition of God, they became a couple. The couple relationship is the last step. It does not start that way. But this is not the way it is in the world. Do you have to feel that person is your dear brother or sister before you develop that spousal feeling? No, people come right to that level of relationship without going through the other levels, but that is not love. You experience loving your brother or sister so dearly, and becoming a part of God. Then you are ready to give to God-like children after getting married; fostering God’s own families. Don’t make a mistake about the nature of sexual intercourse. Of course, this is the essence of the marriage relationship and it has a clear purpose: that is to rear a good, God-like family. Without that goal, then you can say that everything is evil. Before now, we didn’t have a clear idea so this idea is something new, but it is God’s idea. Compare that with the thinking that reigned in America for the past 200 years. How can you compare that? This is definitely godly, and that is ungodly, unclean. That is why I have given the name, the Royal Family of Heaven in regard to Blessed couples.

Now the elements of the fall cease to exist. [Referring to diagram on board.] Now we can go directly from here to here, but this zero point still remains and we have to go through that. That means we should empty ourselves of all these things. This indemnity is not at all sorrowful, tearful or heartbreaking. Now indemnity is something we can happily anticipate. By suffering, we know some blessing is guaranteed. It is that kind of indemnity we have now, not like the indemnity in the past. Do you see that difference? If we say, Let’s all go to Africa and work for three years very hard, and we are full of hope to build the brotherly nation of Africa, that means you are full of hope, even though you suffer. We call that indemnity. You know, those highbrows who never did anything but read books and never did so much as plant a tree or work hard, will be the ones who drop the books and do physical labor for three years. That’s a welcome change for them, too. Father loves labor. I love any sort of hard physical work so I know intimately the world of many different laborers, including fishermen, farmers, factory workers and construction workers. But that is not everything in the world. I have also become recognized in the scholastic world and the political world. By the same token, you should appreciate physical labor. What would you like to be? Just one thing, going a one-way course, doing only one thing in this world, knowing that you can’t do anything else? Maybe you can read or type, but that’s all you do. Is that good? Or do you want to become as versatile as Father, doing everything?

You know, people have a lot of problems with stress and insomnia. People spend millions of dollars to get over that, but if they would go and do hard labor for even one day, they would be cured of those problems. Stress will disappear and even if someone tried to wake you up in the middle of the night, they couldn’t! It is very simple. Somebody might force you to dig a tunnel for about a week and that would be enough to cure you. You wouldn’t have any stress or insomnia any more and you could go back to your other work. Insomnia? No, you would sleep while you were eating! How exciting, wonderful and magnificent is the Unification Church! Have you ever stopped to think that way? Are you going to follow the exact same pattern as Father? How about everyone going to do mining, side by side with Father? Maybe everybody else would run away or die, one or the other, but Father would survive to the end. When Father goes out on a boat, everybody who goes with me is excited the first day. But then there is the second day, third day, and finally they want to find a way to escape. Father started out at 8:00 in the morning, which is unheard of. Everybody liked that. Then I shifted it to 5:00 a.m. every day. They all said, “Father, why can’t we go back to 8:00?” You are always thinking like this, but Father says, “We will do our fishing starting at 5:00 and then we will go to the office at 9:00! If you start fishing at 8:00, how can you go to the office that day?” How wonderful it is-it is like having two days in one. You, too, should go out for three days and fish starting at 5:00 in the morning. Be prepared for even one week! Do you want to do it?

Father already told you to buy one boat, didn’t he? Have you done that? Do you have a boat ready? There is a beautiful, small boat in the Hudson River. It is a prototype. It costs $6,000-that’s all. Certainly it’s not for commercial purposes. It provides you with a good, local boat. It doesn’t sink. Styrofoam never sinks. You women would have a security net. Father recognized that American women are kings of their family, so I want to make them kings of their boat. Father may train a pirate-like woman captain for going out on the high seas. Then I would say, “Go occupy Japan.” Maybe she will. Not by force or by gun, but she will occupy a country by love. How wonderful it is to know.

“A-men” means a number one, wonderful guy. The fact that Father did all these things in a mere thirty eight years, less than the forty years which was my goal, is truly amazing. Now Heaven and Hell become so clearly visible. How wonderful is this happening in the whole cosmos. It is the best news throughout history in the whole universe, in God’s history and man’s history. Have you ever seen the farmer’s dance which the Little Angels do? Now Father will do that so the whole world will dance like a ribbon. Are you going to be part of that ribbon and stay there, dancing when Father dances? That’s how we’ve got to dance, see. All Father does is this, and what you should do is that. [Dancing around the stage.] We will dance into heaven not to hell.

Think how much has changed within the last two years, a mere two years! We have two more years until the 40th anniversary of HSA. If we did that in the next two years, how much more would the world change for the good? When America is full of welcoming sounds for the Unification Church, that will be the beginning of hope for America. What is your assessment? Do you think I am speaking just sweet talk, conceptual talk, something which is not true but sounds true? Or is what I have explained here this morning totally true? Not only that, but you can do it. Which one is it? Absolutely, you can do it because your brain is washed thoroughly! It is nicely cleaned. I don’t care what the people call us, we are happy! For thirty eight years, Father stood in the front, and also Father did everything. Practically, Father did everything. Now to inherit what Father has made for you, you must take the initiative during the next two years and work like Father. Pledge to me that you will do that and you will march forward together. Those who are ready to do that, raise your hands. What a great crowd! How wonderful you are! God bless us!

## BLESSED FAMILIES AND TRUE TRADITION

By Fami1yfed June 26, 2018 June 26, 2018 Speeches of Rev Sun Myung Moon 1992

## REVEREND SUN MYUNG MOON

### April 26th, 1992
Belvedere, New York
Translator – Sang Kil Han

The topic of Father’s sermon this morning is Blessed Families and True Tradition. America has it’s own tradition. What can you say is the tradition of America? Democracy? What is the tradition of democracy? Freedom. What is the tradition pertaining to freedom? Fulfilling responsibility maybe? Or the sense and concept of equality?

What is the tradition which supports equality? As we see, the tradition of America is not that clear. It is ambiguous and subtle. We see the results of that today. The tradition of democracy which calls for equality and brotherism, should be love itself. Love should be the center. We say we want equality but can man become equal with woman just like that? Or can woman be equal to man just like that; doing nothing but becoming equal? No, it doesn’t work that way. Men and women are different from each other. They cannot be equal so easily, but they are working towards equality. With what can we do that? That is the question. As you said, True Love should be an important part of all, but it is not very apparent in this society. In democracy we don’t see love, in equality we don’t see love, in freedom we don’t see love, yet we are trying to work these difficult problems out.

Man and woman think differently, not a little differently but very differently. Man wants to go up, up all the way and all the time and woman wants to come down to earth. Man wants to expand and woman wants to control what they already expanded. When you compare the bankbooks of husband and wife, the husband’s bankbook is always close to zero. No matter how difficult a time she says she is having, you can still always find something in the wife’s bank account because she always puts in something. That is her character; to save. Men, like unleashed horses want to go out and run and run without any limitations whereas woman want to control. Man now tries to connect to her bankbook, that is earth and real. It is like a root on earth. Can man and woman become so much the same that equality comes instantly?

What about freedom? Do you think that these two different types of personalities can enjoy freedom automatically? One wants to go this way and the other wants to go that way. Can a democracy be formed under these circumstances? No, so it is not a simple matter. But if one ingredient, love, is thrust in here, it always works. It makes unequal parts equal, it makes the not-so-free, free. Center love can make a combination anywhere. That means freedom. Love can balance anything, north and south, southwest and northeast, up and down, front and rear. It can create horizontal equalization anywhere. Love can do that, but with an individualistic ideal, love is not the real center of life. As a result of that we see horrible things such as free sex, which is truly unthinkable. That is what has become a tradition in America. It is not a desirable one, but still it is like a tradition. This is a result of complications without love. Free sex, drugs, AIDS, homosexuality, these things are America. Can you proudly say this is the tradition of America? Can someone argue this is not true and defend that argument successfully?

Why are Blessed families necessary? Blessed families, not only from America, but from Japan and anywhere else around the world are the same. They hold the same traditions as Blessed families. What is the difference between the average families out in the world and Blessed families? Their tradition itself is what differs. Blessed families of the Unification Church are founded on a new, truthful tradition. What is new? It is the kind of tradition we have never seen in history. What is true about it? It has the absolute criteria and standard so it becomes true. True means it connects to absolute value. Why is absolute value necessary? Because then it resembles God. God is the absolute Being. If we have absolute truth within ourselves then we can be connected with God.

Freedom without God involved is unthinkable. Equality is also unthinkable without God. Freedom cannot exist without parents. Godly love should be a part of these things before we can expect them to work and last. Why is it that God should be everywhere? Here is a tree. If God dwells right in the middle of the tree, the upper trunk and even the buds of the branches are connected to God. The world is like this. Can we see God with our own eyes? He is like the root of all of us. Like a trunk of a tree, throughout history the trunk of humankind was formed. The trunk has a long tradition which includes the root tradition, the branch tradition and the leaf and bud tradition. The trunk inherited the root tradition. With all of these aspects interconnected the tree will grow in a healthy way.

Even though we cannot see God, He is the root. Man and woman get married which is like the trunk. They give birth to children who also become a part of the tree which goes on and on in the same tradition of the root. Any part of the tree is a tree, no matter which part you are talking about, but which is the main part of the tree? Is it the trunk or the root? The root. If we can imagine all mankind centering on God as a tree, you can picture the tree inverted or upside down. The root, God, is up in heaven and the branches are all closer to the earth.

What part of the big tree is represented by America? Is it like the trunk or a branch? Is it like an easterly branch or a westerly branch? No American knows the answer to that. Here is the country America, which really does not know where it comes from. Americans do not know their direction, they do not know which branch they are. They don’t know what course they have to go through. They don’t know where the root is or even if they have a root. After knowing the root, they can find the real trunk. After knowing that they can find the center branch and bud.

Since Americans do not realize which part of the tree they belong too, they think they are all by themselves so they just go anywhere they want to go. We can see very easily that America does not have a root. Americans do not recognize the bud either. The bud is the shoot that keeps on growing so they do not recognize that growing point. We have to realize where the center bud is. It is the center of the branch, the center of the trunk. We need to know the center so we can harmonize and become a good tree.

Today, all humankind is trying to understand what position they are in. People just continue to live but they don’t know where they are going. They try to expand their branches but have no clear direction. Even though a blade of grass is very small, it still knows where it’s root is and it wants to become a good blade of grass. Which has more hope, this small blade of grass or a big tree that has no direction and no connection with the root? Though a tree may be huge, if it is confused it just drifts away, while this small blade of grass which is deeply rooted will last and last. Sometimes you see a big tree drifting in the current of a big river and here is one blade of grass rooted firmly in the ground; who will laugh at whom? The big tree says, “I am such a big tree, don’t you see me?”, but it is floating down the river becoming rotten, whereas the blade of grass is living and healthy. This is a very accurate analogy saying that though America is a big country, it is now about to drift into a big river and get lost. In the deep, dark wood of Africa, the average family is looking at America and asking, “Why has that big country become like a dead tree drifting down the river?” They wonder how that happened. They are laughing at America’s situation thinking, “It doesn’t pay to become a great big tree.”

What do you do to a nation that feels no shame? Americans are not ashamed of themselves and don’t see anything wrong with the way they live. They say, “I am all right,” though they are not. One way to make them aware is to make them more miserable. By becoming more miserable they realize they are miserable. In misery they will see their situation clearly and decide to turn around. That is the correct answer.

Do you think it is extreme to say there is nothing you can copy or learn from America anymore? The thing is, if Americans understood even a small part of what is wrong with the way they live, they would jump at the sight of the Blessed families’ tradition. Do American families have a tradition? They spit at their own father-the head of the family. They spit at their own mother. The father and mother no longer have value within the American family. Children no longer have value to their parents. They recognize no value in these relationships. Instead of uniting, each family member is spitting out the others. Is that a tradition? No Americans want that, but it is reality. It is more problematic and sad than anybody realizes.

You see American women acting as though their country has no problem. They dress up and proudly walk down Fifth Avenue. You really want to chastise that kind of woman. If you open her up, there would be many maggots inside. That is no exaggeration. In America, men are afraid of women and women are afraid of men. They don’t want to stay together too long. They come together for a few days and then they separate again in search of another woman or man which will hurt them even more. Animals come together only once a year to give birth to legitimate offspring, but man and woman are worse than those animals. Those who say this is extreme thinking, raise your hands. [No one raises their hands.] That means you realize this is true. You feel helpless but you know it is true. Father says, at least you know this much. We have to say not only do we understand our problems but we know our problems are deadly problems. American people don’t know their situation, that is the problem.

The Unification Church is different. How different? It is different all the way up from the root. The devil destroyed all things. The devil destroyed America and American families. When were they destroyed? The worst destruction is taking place today. American families today have become the worst in all history. God is on the opposite side and He wants to save American families. In Eden, God lost the family for the first time. God wants to find that family again in the last days. Satan knows that God wants the ideal family system. Satan knew this so he has focused on completely breaking down the family system. America is the world’s leader in the category of family breakdown.

From God’s point of view, whom would He hate the most? The one He used to love the most would be the one He hates most now. That is America. Americans go around the world and help destroy the families of other countries instead of helping them to come closer together. Americans spread AIDS all around the world. Somebody has to undertake some great work. The only way to prevent further decline is through a woman’s alliance. Women and mothers must get together and defend the family. They need to defend the family from the male family member’s wrong doings. [Father draws on the board.] Here is a grandmother, here is the mother and wife and here is the daughter. These are all the women members of the family. How can they unite and then properly educate the male members of the family? They need to set the right standard for men, saying, “Men should be like this, not just any way he pleases.” The day of women champions is now here on earth. Women will get together and properly show what a man should be. Understanding that, men will follow women. Just as a man followed a woman into the fall, this time in returning to God, they will follow too.

Which country is the country where the queens reign? [England.] No, in England there is only one queen. In America all women are like queens, they control everything, their husbands, even their grandfathers and eldest sons. They have money power too. That is true. An American husband is like a servant. They drive for their wives, opening the car door and saying, “Please step out.”

It is good they are queens, we will go along with that, but they aren’t good queens and that is the problem. They are queens on the satanic side. Satanic queens are centered on individualism. By divorcing they will get money from men. They cannot even go into hell straight, they will go upside down! We have to change that person and send her into heaven straight up. She needs to change 180 degrees. Is it easy or difficult to change a man or woman 180 degrees? How difficult? It is more than a thousand times very difficult.

God too, wants to make our upside down world right side up. He wants to change us 180 degrees, but He cannot. God is looking for someone who can do that. The key player here is not God Himself, but perfected Adam. Perfected Adam should confront Satan and bring everything right side up. After the fall bad parents became the starting point for all human history. In the time of restoration True Parents appear on Earth and take a completely different direction. They will turn the world back 180 degrees toward God. Otherwise there is no hope for an ideal world. Satan is leading all people directly to the dungeon of hell. America is now standing on the edge. If they make one wrong step they will fall into hell. How can they escape and be saved from this situation? No one knows about this situation. The American government cannot help. American youth can’t make a difference. No matter how powerful any man might be in a variety of ways, he cannot save America from her situation. This is America’s agonizing reality. Who can save this country? If you cannot save America it means the whole world cannot be saved.

The tradition of Unification Church Blessed families is completely the other way around from the rest of the world. A model must be built. The model is True parents, True family and True children, True brotherhood and sisterhood, all centered on absolute True Love. Those who are Blessed families, please raise your hands. The Blessed families here are doctors for the sick and decaying country of America. All American families are broken down with illness, how can they save themselves? They need a doctor. In the Blessed families we see a cure to bring about the True husband and True wife, for the True father and True mother, True brother and True sister. Otherwise we cannot save the American family system.

Do the Blessed families of the Unification Church use drugs? [No!] Do they practice free sex and free dating? No, man and woman do not touch outside of the Blessing. Do we make dancing an every day affair? Do we drink alcohol? [No!] But you are American youth and American youth like that direction! [No!] Father heard that some members of ACC began drinking. It may be just for social reasons, but it is no good. Father thought he should tear their mouths apart. Father won’t do it, Father will let you do it. If Father tears someone’s mouth apart because he drank alcohol, it is not good for obvious reasons. But, if you did it, Father doesn’t feel there would be any problem. Do you think this is a laughing matter or would you really do it? Have you ever thought, “I will be the one who knocks out everyone in my community who uses drugs or indulges in free sex”? Have you ever imagined that you would sweep them out? How can a person who never thought that way save America? Concept will never save America. Only by your living the concept can you save America.

Blessed families should be doing awesome things, but sometimes they do bad things themselves. That is no good. Most of you drank beer and wine before you joined the church, didn’t you? Especially women! There is hardly anyone who never drank alcohol. Now you drink, not openly, but hiding it. Father understands that kind of beer is more delicious than the beer you drink openly. Those who say, “Yes, I stealthily drank a few beers,” raise your hands and you can be forgiven. If you don’t you will carry this with you to spirit world! Only a few of you raised your hands, but Father feels all of you have done this. Father has a good reason to bring this up today instead of many days ago or a month ago. Now that Father stands where he is supposed to stand, and now that we renew our determination, bygones are bygones. From today, we should not drink.

Father is saying this because a few days ago he proclaimed the revival of the True Family so it is the time to stress the Blessed family tradition. Now Father and Mother stand in equal positions and it is time for Unification Church Blessed families to fulfill the correct traditions. Let us begin now. The topic of Father’s sermon last Sunday was, The Liberation of the World. The world is about to be liberated, so for a new beginning Father has to emphasize the tradition of our Blessed couples; not before now, but now.

We are 180 degrees different from satanic traditions. There is so much fighting and antagonism in outside families. No sooner do they say, “Good morning” than they start fighting. All throughout the day they fight. Do they spend more time arguing with each other or caring for each other? The originator of argument is Satan. Men and woman protect themselves by arguing and at the center of that thinking is Satan. It is Satan they are protecting. From this point of view, are American women more embraced by Satan or God? American women don’t feel so good hearing this, but this is reality. You cannot deny it. The first step to correcting the problem is to realize it. The family is sick and the country is sick with a deep illness. No matter how good a drug may be, this illness cannot easily be cured. We have to be proud that we know the remedy. No matter where an individual Unification Church member may be we have to learn to be proud and confident that through us every correction will begin. Without us America can never change. How proudful it is that we are part of the good tradition, part of God Himself, part of the Parents themselves.

To come to the point where Father could give the Blessing to each one of us wasn’t easy. You saw that. The whole world went against Father as if he were trying to destroy the whole world. A destroyer he is, but he is going to destroy the bad families and bring in the new, good families. We destroyed ourselves, then we gave rise to new families. Then we become the center bud of growth. Father created 25,000 Blessed couples and then dispersed them to the world to become Tribal messiahs. There is not only one messiah on Earth, but 25,000 of them! We don’t need to save the world, we only need to save the tribe. If we save the tribe it will quickly expand to the world. We are not alone. There are scholars and people in high positions who understand Father’s ideal and who want to go in the right direction to help us.

[Father draws on the board.] As we look at what Father drew, we recognize this is what he taught us about last Sunday. Here are the bad parents, and centering on Christianity, this kind of world has been formed. God’s purpose is to establish the same thing centered on good parents and transfer the world from one type of leadership to the other. That did not happen because of the opposition of Christianity. As a result of that, the Unification Church has to indemnify 4000 years of history in forty years. This connection is easy, it is no problem, it is very horizontal.

The world has really changed. The recent rally in Korea took place in torrential rain. There were hundreds of thousands of people mobilized, mainly women. Father proclaimed the age of the True Family as if it were a matter of fact thing. Father explained to them that the True Father of mankind is Reverend Moon and that the True Mother of mankind is Hak Ja Han Moon. Nobody said anything against that and some even said, “Yes, I already know!” They’ve never even heard the Divine Principle! They pledged, “Yes, we will follow you.” It was as simple and as easy as that. When they follow all the families they belong to will follow too. They will all move into the kingdom of heaven very easily. All the scholars and professors in each country of the world know what Father stands for. They want to help. Have you read and heard that Reverend Moon is about to take over the university at Bridgeport, Connecticut? It was in the New York Times and every other newspaper. All Father has to do is set one good example through that university, that students will never date each other until they get married. What kind of husband would you like to get? The one who dated many women or the one who never dated anybody except you? You want one with pure blood. Is that true? [Yes!] Are you sure you are Americans? Of course you are Americans, but you are different. You have been completely changed to the right way by Reverend Moon.

To uphold or support the existing, average American family is to destroy the whole world. If you follow their traditions of free sex and many other things, it will only serve to destroy the world. There is no question about it; you cannot uphold that tradition and practice and still go to the kingdom of heaven. You cannot do that. Are we going to just look at those who are perishing and leave them alone? That is not love. Those people include your parents, your family, your relatives and your nation. What kind of stand are you taking? Do you stand there and look at them or are you jumping up and rushing out to stop what they are doing? If you try to stop them they will surely attack you. They will shoot arrows at you, even bullets. Arrows are too slow!

It was never, ever an easy thing to establish Blessed families. There were so many degrees of attack from Satan’s side on every level. All his arrows came to rest in God’s heart. So much opposition came against God’s family, not even Adam’s family was able to accomplish this; it is that difficult.

Now that Father has proclaimed the arrival of Mother, man and woman both have position to stand on in God’s eye. Until now there was no position for any man or woman to stand on. Until now, any marriage that took place throughout history added one more sorrow to God, but not from this point on. Why? Because they multiplied many families and it has taken a long, long time for restoration. God understood clearly how difficult their restoration was going to be. Looking at humanity there was so much agony in God’s heart.

Giving God’s blessing to families never happened before in all history and it will never happen again. Father is only on Earth one time. When all these things are known to the world, even the last limping people who were blessed by Father will be proud. Many presidents of many nations will come and bow down to the Blessed couples. Have you ever considered the value of being blessed? In the spirit world too; if they recognize you are one of the people blessed by True Father, all spirit world will bow down to you. We must become the models for heaven’s world to begin. Do you understand? Other people wonder how they can get that kind of family. We are taking the resurrection way. It has been so difficult. If they are not blessed here, how much more difficult their way will be.

The ancestors of this Japanese man really look up to his Blessed couple, feeling proud that he is their descendent. If they do not feel that way, Satan is waiting for them on the other side.

We should never undermine our position. We should realize our position. We are here not just for ourselves as individuals. There are many hundreds of thousands of generations connected to us through our ancestry. Only through us, through you, will they and your descendants be connected. Earth is looking up and heaven is looking down to connect and become one centered on you. This is the mission of tribal messiahs. Until now you didn’t pick up that concept. You have been saying, “I don’t like tribal messiahship.” If you take that position when you go to spirit world your ancestors will call you a liar, asking what you did with the time you were on the earth. “Where is your result? You lived at the time of True Parents!” More than Satan, you will be accused by your ancestors. “You knew the truth for how many years? Why didn’t you work for us?” You will hear arguing from both worlds. How can you escape your situation? All the Earth’s atmosphere and all spirit world are centered on Father. You are part of the family system circle. You understand this completely and you cannot deny it. You can never say, “I didn’t know.” Father has taught you everything, clearly. Don’t ever complain to me. You know well. Centering on you, all your ancestors are connecting to your generation making one circle which will enter the kingdom of heaven. The title of tribal messiah is easily given but it is a very important position.

Knowing this, Father gave everything for this purpose. That means Father lived every minute of his entire life on the cross; not just a few years. Father did not live in a free atmosphere, he had to fight every inch of the way. Now we live in a free atmosphere. All we have to do is just grab onto Father, hold on and just follow. If you cannot do even that, you will go down to hell. Your ancestors don’t want that. They only want to go to heaven. So let us not be overly dependent upon Father. Yes, we met Father, but much responsibility lies upon us. Everybody has their own portion of responsibility. You have to have your own contents.

When Jesus saw the fig tree which bore no fruit he cursed it and the tree died. If you have no fruit, you have to die. You say, “Now I am Blessed, so my position is firm.” No, this is not true at all. If this is Father’s tree and a lot of insects come in and bite the buds off, what should Father do? He will cut them off so that the whole tree can live. If he leaves it alone, the whole tree will die. Do you follow?

As Blessed families, we have a great responsibility. Spirit world looks down on us. The world is watching us and our families are watching us. The Unification Church and Father himself are also watching over us. When you pass the test of everybody, you can enjoy freedom for the first time.

In a recent PBS special they tried to find fault in Reverend Moon and make a problem for him. According to their law they couldn’t find anything. Father has simply not done anything wrong.

The center, which is you is like a pillar. Centered on True Love, nothing on earth can move you. There is nothing more strong than True Love. That means only God can move this point. No one else can. Your husband, your wife, your parents, your relatives, your nation, cannot move you. Satan cannot move you either. You can say, “Standing in this point I represent all things. How proud all things are of me.” They will all answer, “Yes, we are proud of you” and they will bow down with respect. You can command them automatically.

We all bow down at the sight of Father. Who taught you that? Did Father teach us to do that? Your conscience, you yourself taught you to do that. Why don’t we shake hands like everybody else; it is so easy and simple. It is so elaborate and difficult to bow and to do that every time we see Father. Americans like horizontal action, but the way we greet Father is vertical. All creation wants to come around the man and woman centered on True Love. God wants to recognize that couple and that is shown by bowing down. That is the way we bow down to God. There can never be two vertical ways. There can be a million horizontal actions, but there is only one vertical way. No matter how big a tree is or how high a level it’s branches may reach, they bow down to the root. They are always grateful to the root.

After you know everything, which would you prefer: the horizontal way of greeting or the vertical way? Instead of shaking hands maybe you can shake feet. Horizontally there are so many different levels, the foot is lowest. The model would be to greet vertically first, then horizontally greet each other. With a combination of vertical and horizontal a spherical motion is formed. We must understand we are not individual families, but the families that represent the whole of mankind. We have so much responsibility within every different relationship we have and we have to live accordingly. That is the model of God’s family. If you have one model, mass production becomes possible. The prototype is the key.

You have to be very careful. If there is a slight deviation, the entire model becomes wrong. The man and woman who are the model of the love organization have to be exactly right. Do you love each other that way in the family? Perhaps not, because you don’t know. The sexual organ is like the prototype. It has to be just right. There is an even more rigid law pertaining to when you should meet each other. It is not just according to whenever you feel like it. It is not like what everybody else is doing. Americans don’t have the faintest idea of this. Even outside Oriental families start with a fetal education. When a baby is conceived and growing in the mother’s womb you start educating them. Fetal education is very important.

After conception a mother will love her child the most; more than her husband or anybody else. Which do you think will become more excellent children-consecrated babies or those conceived in just any fashion? Was Jesus Blessed? Why is Jesus in paradise, not in heaven? Only those who are blessed in matrimony can go into heaven. That is the way it should be. What do Christians know about heaven? Would you like to get into heaven by yourself; on an individual basis? Or, would you like the whole family to go to heaven?

[Father draws on the board.] It is easier to look at Father’s picture and understand it rather than explain it! The whole area will meet and divide through you. The center is True Love. If you establish this on earth, don’t start in heaven but on earth, then you become mainstream. Then even if you extend there, you will remain as mainstream. The only power that lets you move back and forth through this zero point freely is True Love. Your mind and body’s absolute combining place is the zero point. Only the road of True Love passes through that point. Your body is pushed down making a balance and that is the zero point. If the woman’s mind is zero and husband’s mind is zero they can combine into one. At the zero point they can be made completely into one. Don’t have your husband and wife concepts, only the zero point. The meaning of that is, “I am existing for you.” With that thinking you can freely pass through this point, going back, up or down. Freedom can be found there. The center point of the globe is the zero point.

On the cross Jesus said, “Please save me, but do not mind me, I will follow only Your will.” That was the zero point. A Roman soldier pushed his spear into Jesus’ breast. At that time Jesus said, “God forgive them. They do not know what they are doing. Please forgive them.” There was no hatred there, nothing of himself. That was the zero point. Many Christians do not realize this. Those who don’t reach the zero point cannot reach heaven. True Love can go up and down, any way and everywhere.

If this big, proud country of America can bow down, a big zero point will appear there. Many small countries will pass in freely and combine into one. In there you will find equalization, freedom and happiness. Whether you go up, down or turn around, it will be the same direction. A wheel is round and smooth. It needs a shaft to turn upon. When a man is says, “I am the subject and I am big,” he is not at the zero point, but when that great big man maintains the zero point it is very easy for a woman to live with him.

Do you all love Father? [Yes!] Why? Because Father brought ten thousand times more blessing to you than what you wanted. We all want to become a perfect minus to Father’s perfect plus and then we can all live together. We all want to go around centering on Father, getting closer day by day. When Father went to Korea all the young Japanese members went there to join him.

What is this zero point within Father that millions and billions of people want to pass through? How great this place must be that all things want to pass through it. Even God wants to dwell in this place. Automatically, the one who is the zero point king will occupy God’s position. It is the deepest place. The one who stands out and says, “I am great” will never meet God.

Who is the center owner of Divine Principle? Father. Parents connect to the trunk and that is the place where the center bud is found. There is only one center root, not two. Absolute and vertical is only one; straight.

You must go the straight, zero point way to realize your greatest value. Otherwise you have no value and you will never have that forever life.

In order to understand forever life here, we must understand the Blessed couple is the one who would dwell in this position where everyone wants to come through you. That is the Blessed couple’s position.

We have five senses, but we also have five good senses and five bad senses. It is not difficult to understand through history how much sin these eyes have committed. Through giving a signal, some eyes were responsible for the death of others. There are many things eyes have done. We must understand that until we liberate all the wrongdoings of the eye, we can’t be truly free. How do you indemnify this sin of the eyes? Do you just close your eyes so you don’t see any bad things anymore? If you have a concept that you are seeing through God’s eye, not just your own eye, you want to see everything like God would see it. If this is God’s eye and this is the fallen world, would God’s eye look at the fallen world or not? No, that means the fallen world does not exist as far as God is concern. How lonely God must be! He has nothing to behold; nothing to look at. Now is the time that you divide your eyes into parts; the good side and bad side. You can see both now. Your right side is God’s side so you see everything is good as if God Himself were looking at it. With the left eye you see as usual. The left side belongs to evil. You have two kinds of characteristics. You have a right side nostril and a left side nostril. Half of your mouth is good, speaking good things, the other side speaks evil. You have two hands and two legs. It is difficult when you walk. Will you go to God’s place or Satan’s place? You can immediately understand if your situation is right or wrong. You know well. You have the greatest knowledge and wisdom through the Principle. You can immediately understand yourself well. Think about your actions as you go along, are they good or bad? If you make the decision they are bad, chase out those ideas. “Go behind me Satan.” Your left eye goes this way but your right eye says, “No, no, no, no, go this way.” You know which one is good. Unification Church members understand clearly. You cannot deny that.

How can you overcome this conflict inside? You have to be strict with your left side. When you smell and your left nostril says, “This is so good smelling this!” your right side nostril has to say, “No, no, no.” Satan’s side wants to feel good, thinking anything is good, touching is good. That is the body side. God’s side is the mind side. Your five senses are originally connected to Satan so everyone is connected to and likes Satan’s action. You want to eat good food and play and go dancing. Twisting is the snake’s dance. This is Satan’s equipment and armament which leads people into hell. The good, enjoyable, sleeping place is automatically Satan’s place. If you connect with that side even one time it is so difficult to come back to the right way. This strong body wants to control everything, all your five senses are completely occupied and then Satan can pull you anywhere. Your body denies your mind, takes you to the edge of hell and then drops you inside. You know this well. You know well the result of this kind of action; is it good or bad? You know. You don’t say, “I didn’t know that. I don’t know the correct way.” You cannot say that.

The body and mind have both been fighting all through history and nothing in this world can stop it. If you go the way of the body one time you can’t stop that but you will continue forever. How can you stop it? From now Father is teaching you. Your brain can put a stop to it and you can control yourself. I think so! Can you do it or not? Really? You are proud American women because this morning you said “Yes!” God’s ear says, “You are number one American women clearly occupying the right side. The heavenly side Queen is appearing here. How enjoyable this is!” Spirit world is thankful too and dancing around. Like ballerinas they are jumping and going up. This is heavenly dancing. They are going higher and higher reaching to God. This is God’s dancing. They are praising God, “You are glorious forever.” Jazz music is dirty music. At nighttime people listen to it and take wrong actions.

Centering on your home, you can give grades to the people who live within a one hundred meter diameter. You can say, “This is a ten percent home. This home belongs to the twenty percentile home.” Or if someone has a bad family, they might even be a minus number. The number one dungeon of hell home is minus 100 points. You should have a discerning eye and by training yourself in this way, you can make your way around better. If you like a family which is similar to yours, pick them up and make them as a minus to your family. You can make them into a perfect family even though they may not be perfect to begin with. By doing this your family itself becomes greater. This territory is like a family field; the field of your family. It is just like a field where you plant and cultivate vegetables. All you do is give them the command and they will respond to you. If you have such a field will you be a happy person or unhappy? That field will come to belong to you when you go to the spirit world. You may have a small clan, but they will be good. If it is a big clan you will have a big and good clan. Which would you prefer; to connect to a big clan or small clan? Then we will become owner of the king clan. Even though this field is a square centered on this kind of thinking, it will become round and you will be the center of that sphere. As we know heaven is empty, so depending on what we can give back to these people, we can bring them to heaven. We have to start from True Parents and True Family. In other words, Blessed families are re-creators centered on the True Parent’s family.

Everything has to go through the process of recreation. Heaven is where these families will go. In a home there are grandparents, parents and children. The children are the future king, the parents are the present king and the grandfather is the Godly king. This is why traditionally we have to absolutely obey our grandfather. There are three stages, just like with the eyes, nose and mouth. Everything exists in three stages. There are three stages in the human arm.

The grandfather is the ambassador sent by God. We have to serve him as God’s ambassador. We have to create this and bring it along with us. American society has separated those three generations. The parents and grandparents have become separated and children go out the door taking any free action they want. There is no center. They have no tradition so Satan accuses God, “How can they make your traditional family in the future? They live in a corrupt situation so how can they combine into one? Ha, ha, ha, ha!” God says, “I don’t care. I will do it centering on Reverend Moon!” Amen! You understand the truth of the family concept. After knowing the truth you can make liberation wherever you go. You can explain the truth clearly and establish it wherever you go, no problem.

Does your grandfather live with your family today? True Parents are in the grandparents position, the Blessed couple is in the parents children and you have many children. This is like the king’s royal family. For the first time God has a royal family headed toward perfection. That family is headed to the ideal place once they go to spirit world. They will go to the most ideal high level of family, that means the heavenly royal family. Originally, Adam and Eve were to attain perfection. They would have accomplished the royal True family system. After reaching completion centering on True Love they would have established the heavenly world. Do you understand? All people passing through this world would have been heavenly people. It is clear.

You are in the position of kingship more than your own society. All families center on the parents nowadays. The grandfather’s position is first, parents are second and children are third. Modern society is focused on the second position. You represent the Blessed couple, the kingship of all mankind’s families. How proud you should be! Absolutely proud. With this kingship tradition your children will be princes and princesses in the future. They will automatically inherit your kingdom. The first family, Adam’s family lost this completely. It is time to regain it by making the re-creation system centered on rebirth. It is very difficult to do. This is the restoration of God’s job.

This is so valuable. Do you think you can exchange this for one country? No, it is more valuable than an entire country. What would equal the value of this heavenly territory you create? God and all creatures would be included in this area. Centered on this place you would inherit everything. The purpose of Blessed families is to become that kind of family. Would you like Father to move in and live in your own family? The enjoyable life is absolutely dedicated to serving parents and this is automatically connected to the heavenly kingdom tradition. If you dedicate everything to the family you will automatically be connected to heaven. How wonderful, how valuable, how enjoyable, how precious this is! You cannot exchange it for anything. You know it very well. This morning I have heard it well; American women have said they know how valuable this kind of life would be. This is very good. Good is spelled g-o-o-d. That is double God. The subject and object of this concept are found in there. That good thing exists in English.

Our aim, our terminal purpose is this precious goal. How wonderful our lifestyle is! Even if Satan pushes us down it is no problem. When we reach the zero point we will automatically spread out and create a heavenly power by which we can lift up the Earth. God says, “I need these kind of people.” He puts woman in His left pocket and man in His right pocket. He walks along thinking, “My situation is too wonderful and too enjoyable.” He is dancing and laughing and making loud sounds. With this kind of love between the parent and children, you can never be separated. God was separated from His children one time and since then has been walking the road of agony. This was such a difficult situation and God has known it well.

You have to make yourselves a model. After that you will become heavenly ambassadors. That is the most ideal way for humankind. God is cleaver isn’t He? That is our conclusion. You always think, “I want to become high level. I want to become number one, on top. I want to be the President’s wife or the world level queen.” A man wants to become the world level king. That is what everybody wants. This is what everyone desires, but after the fall every opportunity was lost. So again, we have to find that place and this is the restoration process. We have to go through restoration or we can never come back to the original way.

That is all we need to know. Everything the human being needs is in this area surrounding your home. For the first time we can be completely satisfied. All of your children will look like God in your eyes and to your children you look like God Himself. You can never divide; wherever the husband goes, the wife will go automatically and wherever the parents go, the children will go automatically because they are all God. God will follow that family saying, “I like this!” It’s true. You are God’s living, breathing relatives; God’s children. You will want to stay in that place forever. You will stand forever as this vertical pillar. In there you will find God’s absolute love, ideal and life forever. Everything is an enjoyable thing. There is much variety and all of it has value. All this is in one place centered on God. Many people now have property and use it as a measure of their success but it cannot compare to this area you will have.

This is a true tradition. It is unthinkable that American daughters-in-law send their grandfathers and grandmothers off to live in the old folks home. It is like hell.

Your eyes represent God, your nose represent your parents. It is the highest feature on your face and in the middle, that means it has the center position. The mouth is in the children’s position. These three also symbolize God, Adam and Eve and all things. What is the purpose of the head moving around? Does it move for the sake of the eyes, nose or mouth? For the eyes, because they represent God. On the outside of your eyes, there is white, then blue, then a black dot in the center. That is the deepest place. One eyeball represents three levels. The head moves to look at something and the body then follows. All of that action is for the sake of the eye. Everything follows the movement of the eyes.

Two nostrils representing Adam and Eve join together here. We need two nostrils. The mouth represents the material world. We have thirty two teeth which is eight times four. That is all four directions starting over and over again. It symbolizes all creatures and all things.

Our family exists in three tiers. Since the grandfather’s position is open now, Father is recreating this in a king’s royal family position. Since it has to have a mainstream that is what Father made from the individual to the family to all different levels. It has become the highway course. All the walls and barriers have come down and now you can travel the smooth highway Father has created. You have a car, don’t you? The mind is in the driver’s position. Your mind should control your body. Do you want to go fast or slow, which one? You need strong gas. How do you get it? Through prayer you receive vertical power. You can push down the gas and take off like you are flying.

Cain and Abel must be united and come into oneness. By uniting Father’s children and our children too, we should form a mainstream. Growing up, many families will create a mainstream all moving in the same direction of the elder brother’s position. We will connect to other families and to the nation becoming heavenly people. The royal family will be connected to all this. There are two kinds of kingdoms on the earth. The heavenly kingdom will be connected to the same tradition.

What is the offshoot from the mainstream? What would be the branch? Many types of brotherhood; the elder son will take the mainstream direction and so will the younger brother. They will follow the mainstream water making it bigger and bigger like the Hudson River. Blessed families should not only occupy the world with love but they should also create this and become the royal family. In summary, as Father pointed out, in the 100 meter diameter around your home, you will see what kinds of families are there and you will make them like your own family. After doing that you will become the royal family. The center always connects in three different ways, forming a mainstream of families. This is the path and the goal of Blessed families.

Blessed families are not just haphazard families. This is the first family which began along with Father.

“Celebration” is written like this in Chinese characters. This part means big brother. Big brother can be written only in this way. It is the only meaning this character has. This side means “show” so together it means big brother shows off. How wonderful is when you find some lost big brother. We congratulate you because you found your big brother. Now you have that tradition.

This word means “blessing.” It shows the number one mouth or character which represents the entire world. Here we see four directions which represents the world. Representing the world, one person shows up. This mouth also means truth. To show the number one truth is the blessing. Oriental style writing is always made up of very revealing characters. Every word means something. You don’t always understand it, but sometimes you do. Father is explaining this for the first time.

We have known about the existence of these three things; love, life and lineage. Until now we have lived day by day with no plan, but now we live with this in mind. In order to do this we have to win over the satanic world. Satan has very strong weapons which include wine and drugs. He uses them to destroy heavenly orderliness. Drugs are destruction itself. They are the palace of Satan.

In the Orient we have a saying about wine and women stimulating mischief. This refers to a person who gambles and what have you. These are the three things we need to do away with. Almost all crimes stem out of here. There is no big crime case which doesn’t have something to do with wine or women. Drugs of course are just a much stronger form of wine. After using drugs you have no control over anything including women. You conscience has been acting as a brake, but soon the brake doesn’t work anymore. Thousands of years of achievement can be washed away overnight because of drugs and women. We have a saying in the Orient to be aware of these things.

Do you have wine in your house? Why not? Because Satan sent millions of people to hell through using alcohol. Satan sent millions and billions of people to hell through misusing sex. The basics of the human being will be destroyed by drugs. Cigarettes come in between. First it begins with having a cigarette and then they say, “Let’s go have a drink of wine.” Next they use drugs. A man takes his cigarette and puts it in a woman’s mouth and already they are connecting. Then they drink, sharing their wine and drugs also. What God hates most, what God does not want to see is this illicit love. Adam and Eve fell because of that. Every breakdown within society, the cause of our rotten society came about because of that power. This culture and civilization have been destroyed through sexual activities. These are Satan’s strong, formidable weapons.

Sixty thousand people die every day and end up in hell in spirit world. Nobody is thinking about stopping and reversing this trend, only Reverend Moon thinks about it seriously. Do you think God will look at this and say, “You are doing the right thing,” or do you think He will say, “Let them go to hell”? So, will you ever smoke? Will you ever even pretend to smoke? Those who say, “I will still smoke once in a while Father,” please raise your hands. In all seriousness, if you are so hooked, Father will give you a forty day grace period. You can get over that habit within this forty days. If you want to do that most quickly, you can smoke three cigarettes at the same time. Continue that for forty days and at last you will say, “I don’t like those cigarettes!” and you will throw them out. It is the same with wine. You can put a hose into your mouth! You can do this for forty days, but not more. Those who promise and pledge, “Father I will never smoke, I will never drink again,” please raise your hands. Drugs too and sexual activity too. Illicit love is the worst thing you can imagine. You must have correct sexual action. Today we have a new beginning as far as these matters are concerned.

In order to teach our children, we should bow down together. Our children will then learn how to worship. You are the modern God and your children are the future God. You must educate them correctly. You have to teach them heavenly kingship. Why is this so important? By doing this, we can go to the same place Father goes in the spirit world. This is not just light talk, this is serious truth and reality. You can imagine eternity. Compare one year or even one hundred years to eternity. A hundred years is like one second in eternity. So don’t lose this precious hundred years or one second. So many walls exist here in between people. You have to make preparation to tear down those barriers. That is the indemnity way. Your lifestyle is most important. Father understands clearly the future of the world so Father wanted to take persecution to go to the place of agony. Now peace and silence surround him. They hit me everywhere from every corner. All their power was spent hitting me. Did Reverend Moon immediately fall down? No, every time persecution came I was standing in the vertical place. The vertical place covered me. When outside forces hit me, they all automatically fell down. You can inherit this property from me so ultimately the individual can be lifted up and eventually the family, the tribe and as time passes, the nation and the world will also be lifted up. Last time America, the Soviet Union and China, all three powerful countries came together to try and shoot me. Now the only one that remains is Reverend Moon. America is going down. The Soviet Union has disappeared. China is in the same situation. North Korea is included here too. There is now no enemy. They want help from Reverend Moon. That pillar, the vertical center is automatically standing there and going all the way up to the top place. In the future the only one able to accomplish this is Reverend Moon. America didn’t know this and the Soviets didn’t know this. All humanity is looking up to me and saying, “He is going up to the top of the mountain to make it a flat place. Green spring is coming.” We will meet in this springtime. This time is based on the True family system, the royal family. It is the ideal family system. Father made up everything and is teaching it clearly to you. Do you understand? What a wonderful position you are in. Don’t forget that. I cannot trust or believe in American people. They promise one time very clearly but then forget their promise and it disappears. That is an American tradition. How can I trust American people? They are only thinking about themselves. That is the pragmatism of Americans. The Oriental concept is different from that.

Oriental people are now going back to their hometown. Many Oriental people have understood the truth so they are now following the concept of the religious world. There are four major religious realms in the world now: Christianity, Buddhism, Confucianism and Islam. They started in the Oriental world. They want an ideal home world, home nation and home family. They are spending a long, long time to find that kind of valuable thing. Finally the fruit of that Oriental concept and expectation was born. The fruit of that valuable concept came in the form of Reverend Moon. The Western world can only be saved by Reverend Moon, otherwise there is no way. Is this real? Just think how valuable this place is. This is not a normal place to attend. Father is seventy three. He is close to spirit world. With one step he could disappear from the earth. How much the future generation will long for him. It is natural to pass away when one reaches their eighties. No matter how much someone doesn’t want that to happen, it does.

You should feel unchallenged pride within yourself that you have received the Blessing. The most important thing is that we cannot stain the blood lineage. True love, True life and True blood are what come from the Blessing. Those three make a trinity and cannot be separated. Every time two connect, the third is following. Love is in there following life and lineage cannot separate. Lineage automatically connects to life and love. History cannot separate those three. This is the trinity system.

How can you make expand horizontally? With your wife or with your husband. Otherwise you cannot inherit the most valuable things from me. You absolutely need partnership. Without that you cannot inherit True love, True life or True lineage. Why do you need those three? You need the tradition of connecting to history. Those three are the most valuable traditions. The sexual organs are the connecting place. It is the place where those three things are welded. That is where the strong bond begins. It is the most valuable place. It cannot be exchanged for anything. That’s why Father calls the sexual organs the love palace. It is the original dwelling place. The love palace is there, the life palace is there, the lineage palace is there. It is most precious. If you use that organ to make sin how can God forgive you? There is no way. Immediately you drop down to the dungeon of hell. It is the most valuable thing. If you break that then all the created world, center value will come down. That means God’s purpose will be cut from all things. Through that God cannot make a True love partner, True life or lineage partner. God lost absolutely everything. God cannot stand that or permit it to continue so we must go the restoration course. That means recreation. God has the blueprint. Up until now, it’s taken thousands and thousands of years for God to find only one man, Adam. After the completion of man, Adam had to make the complete woman, Eve. In this time, Father stands in that position. Mother is horizontally on the same level. Mother is proclaiming all over the world, “From now we have the liberation of the woman’s world.” This is the proclamation time; April 10th, 1992 at the Olympic stadium in Korea. From there heavenly fate is changing. Until now women have been going the indemnity way. They have been pushed down everywhere. They could not take the equal position in past history. From now the woman’s side can achieve equalization. I made that.

Father is asking us deeply, to keep ourselves pure. We should never let ourselves become colored by the world. Keep yourself pure. Keep purity in your blood lineage, in your love, in all the Godly qualities that Father wants us to have.

This is very interesting. Parents arrange a meeting between a girl about to be married and her possible groom. The girl takes a first look at the groom and after she sees him, she has a better idea what she would like in a husband. She wants someone somewhat better than him. She meets the second person and decides she wants someone still slightly better than him. This goes on and she usually ends up not marrying one at all because she can’t find one. It takes a long time and if she is lucky she becomes so experienced that she says, “Any one of them will be alright” because she is about to lose all. When you miss all your chances to get married, you become a woman in the street. This rather typically happens in Korea.

When Father gives you a spouse, you should think you can’t get anyone better than him. Usually you’re not going to be instantly happy. If anything, he will be the last kind of man you would want. What Father likes, you don’t like. Usually from that zero point, great sons and daughters can be born. For about three years you are going to have all sorts of problems. Father warned all of you that it is not your happiness you are getting married for.

Once a baby is conceived, you cannot abort it. No matter how many babies you may have you can’t do this. You never know what that baby is going to grow up to be, maybe even the president of the whole United States. If Father’s mother believed in abortion, would such a man have been born? No, Father might not have been born.

Now there is a controversy whether abortion is right or wrong. It is very clear from God’s standpoint. It is bad. Those babies represent the lineage, love and life. In that one cell that exists after conception, love, life and lineage all connect there. Those who support abortion say it is just a cell, but it represents the parents and everything else. It has equal value to the parents. To kill that certainly is wrong. The father’s love and mother’s love is in that would-be baby. Isn’t that true? To kill that baby is the same as killing the parents.

We know how hard Father worked to establish the Blessing so it is not something of small or simple value. Now Father is bequeathing this to us so don’t forget how valuable it is. Guard it with your life. If this kind of True Blessed couple emerges in each of the fifty states, America will never perish no matter how bad it becomes. You know how hard God worked nurturing Father to get to this point. God wants to protect all the victorious value which Father made. Father wants to bequeath everything to you. Why? You are the children.

Now we are given the positions of tribal messiah. We have come a long way to be given this position. It is Father who made this tradition and we are the ones who are trying very hard to inherit that and eventually become successful as Father has done. Those Blessed couples who pledge this, raise your hands. God bless us!